Version 6.

71 User Guide
InstallShield® DemoShield® User Guide

© 2000-2001 InstallShield Software Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

This document is being furnished by InstallShield Software Corporation for information purposes only to licensed
users of the InstallShield DemoShield software product and is furnished on an “AS IS” basis, that is, without any
warranties, whatsoever, express or implied. InstallShield is a registered trademark and service mark of In-
stallShield Corporation. DemoShield is a trademark of InstallShield Software Corporation. Other brand and prod-
uct names are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective holders. Microsoft Windows, Windows NT,
the Windows logo, the Windows NT logo and FrontPage are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.
Adobe Acrobat is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Information in this document is subject
to change without notice and does not represent any commitment on the part of InstallShield Software Corpora-
tion. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement. The software may be used
only in accordance with the terms of that license agreement. It is against the law to copy or use the software except
as specifically allowed in the license. No part of this document may be reproduced or retransmitted in any form
or by any means, whether electronically or mechanically, including, but not limited to the way of: photocopying,
recording, or information recording and retrieval systems, without the express written permission of InstallShield
Software Corporation.

The InstallShield DemoShield User Guide

Initial Publishing September 2000.
Printed in the USA
Part No. DEMUSG02-1000

Visit our Web site at http://www.installshield.com.

January 2001
Dear DemoShield Customer:

Thank you for choosing InstallShield DemoShield. The User Guide, Online Reference, and
Knowledge Base comprise the comprehensive DemoShield documentation set. Please note
that some information and examples might not apply to previous versions of DemoShield.
For additional DemoShield information, please visit our Web site at
http://www.installshield.com. The latest InstallShield news, hot installation topics, technical
white papers, and downloadable files are now available to you 24 hours a day, seven days a
week.
We are committed to providing you with the most innovative software distribution technology.
As such, we welcome your comments and suggestions about DemoShield and its documenta-
tion, or any other input you might have. Your feedback is invaluable. Please contact us
through the Support page of the Web site: http://support.installshield.com.
Thank you for using DemoShield.

Sincerely,

Viresh Bhatia
CEO InstallShield Software Corporation

Chris Knoll
Technical Publications Manager

Eric Thomas
Lead Technical Writer
Table of Contents

Welcome to DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
Potential DemoShield Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Marketer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Technology Trainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Software Developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Technical Publications Author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Generalist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi
Easy to Use Multimedia Authoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi
Powerful Authoring Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi
Versatile Resource Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvii
Professional Audience Impressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvii
A Complete Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
What Can I Do with DemoShield? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
Presales Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
Quick Tours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Tutorials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
CD Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Interactive Web and Help Authoring Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Installing DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Internet Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Register Your Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
About InstallShield Software Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
InstallShield’s Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Administrator Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Installation Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxii
Multimedia Authoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Internet Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Technical Support Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Help Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Context-Sensitive Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Web-based Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi

InstallShield Software Corporation v

 InstallShield Knowledge Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
InstallShield Newsgroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
InstallShield Training Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
InstallShield Consulting Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii
Document Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii

Chapter 1 The DemoShield Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

DemoShield Program Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
DemoShield Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
DemoShield Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Designer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Designer Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Demo Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Demo Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Scene Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Output View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Log View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Demo Integrity View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Compatibility View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Timeline Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
DemoShield Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
DemoShield Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Object Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

vi InstallShield Software Corporation

 Control Panel Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Time Panel Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Alignment Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Autoshapes Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Standard Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Line Objects Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Quick Objects Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Formatting Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
DemoShield Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Capture Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Spell Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
DemoSpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Automation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Distribution Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Macro Recording Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Chapter 2 Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Scenes Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Creating Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Switching Between Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Reordering Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Duplicating Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Checking Scene Spelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Scene Transitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Specifying a Scene Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Transition Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Sub-Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Adding Objects to a Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Chapter 3 DemoShield Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Objects Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Standard Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

InstallShield Software Corporation vii

 Creating Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Creating Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Creating Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Creating Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Edit Field Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Creating Edit Field Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Creating Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Condition Builder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Condition Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Building a Custom Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Group Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Creating Group Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Creating Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Creating Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Streaming Media Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Creating Streaming Media Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Creating VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Autoshape Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Creating Autoshape Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Line Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Line Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Creating Line Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Polygon Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

viii InstallShield Software Corporation

 Creating Polygon Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Creating Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Quick Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Quick Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Creating Quick Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Quick Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Creating Quick Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Quick Link Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Creating a Quick Link Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Creating Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Displaying Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Quick Sound Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Creating Quick Sound Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Quick Video Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Creating Quick Video Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Controlling Object Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Manipulating Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Positioning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
To reposition an Object by Dragging: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
To reposition an Object by Nudging: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Resizing Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Uniform Stretching and Shrinking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Stretching Horizontally or Vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Shrinking Horizontally or Vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Layering Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Aligning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Sorting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Deleting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Chapter 4 Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Available Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Transition Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Demo State Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

InstallShield Software Corporation ix

 Display Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Object State Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Object Ordering Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Launch Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Multimedia Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Advanced Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Building Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Information Required for Advanced Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Specifying Fully Qualified Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
<path> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
<temp> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
<cd> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
<wind> and <windir> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Where DemoShield Looks for Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Launch Application Actions and Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
View Internet URL Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Launch Demo Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Object-Assignable Event Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Associating Events with Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Events Triggered by Mouse Moves or Clicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Events Triggered by Key Clicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Events that Reflect Scene Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Creating Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Creating Conditional Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Comparable Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Comparable Global Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Building Comparisons with Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Performing Comparisons from User-Generated Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Chapter 5 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
The Resource Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Importing Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

x InstallShield Software Corporation

 Naming Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Renaming Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Importing Resources by Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Resources that Can Be Imported By Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Size Limits When Importing By Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Resource Searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Removing Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Chapter 6 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Demo Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Shortcut Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Pause/Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Next Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Previous Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Next Jump Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Previous Jump Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Initial Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Demo Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Miscellaneous Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Color Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Windowed Playback Style Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Full Screen Background Window Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Caption Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Eliminate Border Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Position Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Sizing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Solid Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Image Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Globals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
User Defined Global Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
View State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Reset Global Variables Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

InstallShield Software Corporation xi

 Permanently Save Variables Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Scene Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Scene Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Scene Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Scene Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Transition Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Transition Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Application Scene Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Palette Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Fill Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Group Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Do Not Scale Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Jump Mark Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Initial Object State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Fill Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Font Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Actions Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Life Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Start Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Hold Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
End Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

xii InstallShield Software Corporation

 Lifeline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Add Window Border Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Add Scrollbar Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Only Draw Scrollbar Frame Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Caption Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Object Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Edit Field Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Streaming Media Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Line and Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Autoshape Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Polygon Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Quick Animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Quick Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Quick Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Quick Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Quick Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Quick Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Quick Sound Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Test Sound Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Sound Playback Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Quick Video Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
Video Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
Positioning Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69

InstallShield Software Corporation xiii

 Quick Animation Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Type of Animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Image Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Import Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Build Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Test Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Quick Link Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Permanently Save State Information Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Quick Button Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Using Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Specifying Life Periods for Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Adding Motion to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Available Motions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
Adding Effects to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
Object-Assignable Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
Assigning Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Demo Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Scene Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78

Chapter 7 Practical DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Planning the Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Design Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Demo Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
CD Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
CD Browser Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Cue Card Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Benefits of Cue Card Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Presales Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Presales Demo Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Quick Tour Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Quick Tour Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

xiv InstallShield Software Corporation

 Tutorial Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Tutorial Demo Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Creating a New Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Customizing Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Removing Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Adding Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
CD Browser Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Scene One - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Scene Two - Install Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Three - Contact Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Four - Other Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Five - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Launching Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Specifying Fully Qualified Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
DemoShield Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Browse CD Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Cue Card Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Scene One - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Scene Two - Feature 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Scene Three - Feature 2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Scene Four - Feature 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Scene Five - Feature 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Scene Six- Feature 5a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Send Message Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Sending Keys to the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Playing Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Presales Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Scene One - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Scene Two - Feature 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Scene Three - Feature 2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Scene Four - Feature 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Scene Five - Feature 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Scene Six - Feature 5a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Scene Seven - Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

InstallShield Software Corporation xv

 Scene Eight - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Creating and Displaying Printable Order Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Adding Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Quick Tour Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Scene One – Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Scene Two - General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Scene Three – Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Scene Four – Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Scene Five - Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Scene Six- Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Scene Seven -Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Scene Eight - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Tutorial Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Scene 1 - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Editing Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Scene 2 - Lesson 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Scene 3 - Lesson 1a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Scene 4 -Lesson 2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Scene 5 - Lesson 2a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene 6 - Lesson 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene 7 - Lesson 3a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene 8 - Lesson 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Scene 9 - Lesson 4a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Scene 10 - Lesson 5a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Scene 11 - Lesson 5a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Scene 12 - Contact Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Scene 13 - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Customizing Questions in the Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Expanding Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Adding Application Simulations to Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
AppCam Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Adding Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Begin Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Setting Up Your Scene Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Adding Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

xvi InstallShield Software Corporation

 To Customize the Scene Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Adding Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Choosing Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Positioning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Adding Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Adding Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Adding Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Creating a Navigation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Building Navigation Based on Viewer Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Creating an Automatic Navigation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Additional Methods for Controlling Navigation in Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Distributing Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

Chapter 8 Using DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Attaching Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Editing Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Editing Template Properties for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Editing Template Properties for a Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Editing Template Properties for a Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Creating Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Thumbnails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Adding Images to a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Attaching a Template to a Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Reusing Demo Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Import Demo Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Import Scenes with Associated Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Resource Import Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Overwrite Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Copy and Paste Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Testing Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing from a Local Hard Drive or LAN Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing on a Local Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing on a Network Hard Drive or Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

InstallShield Software Corporation xvii

 Distribution with the Distribution Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
CD Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Creating a CD Browser Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Demo Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
DemoNow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
DemoX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Creating a DemoX Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Single Executable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Creating a Setup Wizard Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Preparing Your Demo for Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Distribution Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
DemoX vs. DemoNow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Software Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Automation Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Automation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
AppCam Automation Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Creating AppCam Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
AppCam Tips & Tricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Displaying Your AppCam Automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Creating SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Synchronizing AppCam and SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Screen Capture/Move Cursor Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Capturing Screen Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Modifying the Sequence Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Removing an Image or Cursor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Capturing New Images and Cursor Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Adjusting Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Creating a User-Led Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Software Simulation vs. Live Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Software Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Recording a Software Simulation Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Importing the Video into DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

xviii InstallShield Software Corporation

 Embedding the Video into DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Testing the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Playing and Reviewing Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Displaying Your Video with Quick Video Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Video Recording Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Chapter 9 DemoShield Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Spell Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Demo Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
DemoShield Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Managing Captured Image Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Using captured images in your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Action Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Macro Recording Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Creating Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
DemoSpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
DemoText Editor & Localization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Features of DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Font Setting Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Incorporated Spell Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Conversion to Other Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Creating a DAT File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Editing the DAT File with DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Available DAT File Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Functions of DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
DemoShield Objects in DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Text, Quick Link, and Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Global Demo Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Launch Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

InstallShield Software Corporation xix

 SoftPhrase Automation Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Localizing Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Distributing Localized Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Placing DAT Files with the Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Using Language Directories to Contain Localized Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Chapter 10 DemoShield Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Setting Up Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Basic Lesson: Editing Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Choosing Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Displaying Body Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Resizing Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Positioning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Basic Lesson: Displaying Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Basic Lesson: Modifying Scene Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Editing Scene Length and Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Basic Lesson: Editing Interactive Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Bitmap Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Changing a Bitmap Button’s Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Changing a Bitmap Button’s Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Basic Lesson: Object Timing, Motions, and Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Life Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Basic Lesson: Using Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Resource Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Building a Send To Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Basic Tutorial Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Customizing Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Advanced Lesson: Blank Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Advanced Lesson: Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Advanced Lesson: Capturing Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Using Captured Images in your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Advanced Lesson: Automation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

xx InstallShield Software Corporation

 Creating an AppCam Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Using AutoSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Advanced Lesson: Software Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Using Software Video Camera to Create Software Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Starting Notepad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Checking System Color Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Starting Software Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Defining the Size of the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Recording the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Importing the Video into DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Embedding the Video into DemoShield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Testing the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Adding Text Annotations to the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Testing the Video and Text Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Appendix A DemoShield Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

DemoShield Server Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Calling the DemoShield Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

InstallShield Software Corporation xxi

xxii InstallShield Software Corporation
Welcome to DemoShield

Table of Contents
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
Potential DemoShield Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Marketer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Technology Trainer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Software Developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv
The Technical Publications Author . . . . . . xxv
The Generalist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi
Welcome to InstallShield DemoShield. Before you begin Easy to Use Multimedia Authoring. . . . . . . . xxvi
using this application, take a moment to look at some of Powerful Authoring Environment . . . . . . . . . xxvi
the features and benefits of DemoShield. Also, take the
Versatile Resource Support . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvii
time to register your software and familiarize yourself
with InstallShield and our technical support resources. Professional Audience Impressions . . . . . . xxvii
A Complete Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
What Can I Do with DemoShield?. . . . . . . . . xxviii
Presales Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
Quick Tours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Tutorials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
CD Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxix
Interactive Web and Help Authoring Effects . xxix
Installing DemoShield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Internet Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
Register Your Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxx
About InstallShield Software Corporation . . . . xxxi
InstallShield’s Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Administrator Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Installation Development . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxii
Multimedia Authoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv
Internet Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv

InstallShield Software Corporation xxiii

Technical Support Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Online Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
Help Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Context-Sensitive Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Web-based Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
InstallShield Knowledge Base . . . . . . . . xxxvi
InstallShield Newsgroups . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi
InstallShield Training Courses . . . . . . . . . xxxvii
InstallShield Consulting Services . . . . . . . xxxviii
Document Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxviii

xxiv • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Features and Benefits
Whether you are a marketer, a trainer, a software developer, a technical publications
author, or a generalist responsible for any or all of these roles, InstallShield
DemoShield 6.7 will help you create professional multimedia and Web presentations
in a fraction of the time required by other products. DemoShield’s point-and-click
interface makes it easy to learn and operate-without any specialized scripting lan-
guage.

Potential DemoShield Users

The Marketer
Design sales presentations that show off your product with a multimedia edge.
Emphasize features and solutions with software-specific demonstrations and inter-
active simulations-methods no other medium can match. Let your prospect see and
hear what your product does. They can interact with it as though your software is
running on their machine. You don't need to hire an expensive consultant or start a
big project. DemoShield is so easy to learn and operate that you can drastically cut
time and cost per sale!

The Technology Trainer

Develop state-of-the-art tutorials with DemoShield. Available templates get you
started, and DemoShield's easy-to-use interactive user interface will help you create
demonstrations that capture and maintain your student's attention for CD-ROM,
Web-based, and Intranet-based material. Software-specific functionality allows you
to create demos that actually show product functionality in action, ensuring students
are educated and entertained.

The Software Developer

You’ve done the installation, but who will guarantee that the first contact between
your users and your software will be positive and engaging? A CD Browser is the
way to ensure a pleasant experience when the user loads your CD and first interacts
with your software. DemoShield allows you to include software animation, help,
quick tours, and tutorials in the CD Browser that allow your user to become even
more proficient with your software.

The Technical Publications Author

DemoShield offers many ways to animate your help files and ensure that your com-
pany's software help is intuitive. Use cue cards to maximize help ease-of-use and
efficiency, or take advantage of DemoShield's animation capabilities to illustrate
actions and ensure maximum clarity and user comfort. Also, the DemoShield Demo
Text Editor makes it easy to export all the text in your demo, allowing for an elegant
way to support multiple languages.

InstallShield Software Corporation Features and Benefits • xxv

 The Generalist
Sometimes you have to do it all: the CD browser, the help files, the Web content,
and the sales demonstration. DemoShield is here to help you face your multiple
responsibilities with a single, easy-to-use solution. With DemoShield, distributing
your demo is a cinch. DemoShield's Distribution Wizard leads you through a simple,
step-by-step process of selecting your distribution type and packaging your demo,
whether you want to distribute it on floppy, CD, Zip® Disk, the Web, or all of the
above.
DemoShield's powerful features and easy-to-use interface make it the ideal solution
for anyone looking to create exciting, informative multimedia. Software profession-
als from all backgrounds can utilize DemoShield to produce an interactive experi-
ence their audience won't soon forget.

Easy to Use Multimedia Authoring

• An Intuitive, point-and-click user interface allows you to quickly manipulate
buttons, text, quizzes, and hot spots (along with their multiple properties such
as, actions, life, and color) without any scripting.
• No matter which type of demo you are designing-sales demo, CD browser,
Web-based demo, tutorial, or product quick tour-DemoShield templates help
you hit the ground running with pre-formatted background, navigation, and
graphics.
• The Distribution wizard does all the work to package your demo in the format
that best fits your application: single executable, DemoX for the Web, CD
Browser for CD-ROMs, and many more options.

Powerful Authoring Environment

• DemoShield Player allows you to play your demo at any time during develop-
ment to test and verify that your design works as intended.
• The Demo Viewer allows easy navigation through your demo's scenes and
objects and allows the user to preview the layout of the demo through thumb-
nail representations of each Scene.
• The dockable time line editor window allows you to monitor the sequence of
effects in your demo. Magnifiers provide an easy way to zoom in and out of
objects in a scene.
• Send To option allows you to send information to the default printer, to an
email address, or to a predetermined folder.
• A new dockable output window helps debug demos faster. It consists of 3
tabs:
• Log: acts as a debugger, displaying all mouse events, actions, keyboard events,
and the scene time.
• Integrity: displays all issues found within a demo and flags them as errors or
warnings that should be corrected before distribution.
• Compatibility: displays any compatibility issues found when distributing your
DemoX Web-based demo.

xxvi • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Versatile Resource Support
• A resource manager helps you manage graphic, sound, and animation
resources. Cursor, GIF, Animated GIF, QuickTime® Movie, RealMedia®,
Microsoft® Media Player, and MP3 audio resources are supported.
• NEW! DemoShield 6.7 now supports animated GIF files.
• NEW! Incorporate streaming audio and video files into all of your
DemoShield presentation, including Web distributions. DemoShield now sup-
ports the most commonly used streaming-file formats.
• NEW! Smaller file sizes for faster downloads. The entire DemoShield product
has been rearchitected to generate smaller files, up to 47% smaller, depending
on the type of demo.
• The DemoShield player has been trimmed by 20%, decreasing the time to
open and save a DemoShield file inside the Designer.
• All scene and object data are now compressed to decrease the size of the
DemoShield file (DBD file).
• DemoShield supports BMP, GIF, JPEG, WMF,EMF, PCX, and PNG multi-
media graphic formats.
• DemoShield supports WAV, MIDI, MP3, and CD track audio formats as well
as all audio formats supported by RealPlayer and the Windows Media Player.
• DemoShield supports MPEG, AVI, and MOV videos as well as all video for-
mats supported by RealPlayer and the Windows Media Player.
• Text files can be handled separately for easy localization. DemoShield sup-
ports up to 30 languages.
• Global variables such as CPU type, resolution, browser version, language, and
operating system allow you to adapt your demo to your audience's require-
ments.
• DemoShield Media Library includes sound effects, custom button faces, and
images ready for immediate demo integration.
• Change cursor type depending on specific events.

Professional Audience Impressions

• Dozens of dazzling transitions and effects capture your audience's attention
and maintain focus.
• DemoShield allows quick connection to relevant URLs from your demo to
ensure your users follow up.
• Launch applications during or after demos, including PowerPoint® presenta-
tions.
• Print scenes in various formats such as handouts, timeline reports, scene pre-
view reports, and more so your audience can follow along and take notes at the
same time.
• From a demo, your audience can send email as a call to action or to give imme-
diate feedback.

InstallShield Software Corporation Features and Benefits • xxvii

 • Launch a demo from a demo to organize your content and provide cross-sell-
ing opportunities.

A Complete Solution
• Among several bundled tools, Software Video Camera from eHelp captures
on-screen actions and creates software movies in the AVI format.
• State-of-the-art online documentation provides immediate access to needed
information.
• Knowledge Base articles are available online to review previous support ques-
tions at no cost.
• A wide range of services are available:
• Training classes provide insight into advanced DemoShield features and
multimedia techniques.
• Consulting services design professional and effective demonstrations for
you.
• A wide range of support packages is available to address your needs.

What Can I Do with DemoShield?

Featuring a completely point-and-click design environment, DemoShield allows you
to achieve solutions in a very short period of time. Once your Demo is complete,
DemoShield walks you through the distribution process, whether your completed
Demos are distributed via disk or CD, over the Internet, or as fully functional parts
of your applications.
The range of products you can create with DemoShield is as vast as your imagina-
tion. Most users of DemoShield use it to create demonstrations of Windows appli-
cations to attract potential buyers. DemoShield is also very effective in developing
tours and tutorials of applications to show prospective customers how to optimize
the features of your product. Since DemoShield Demos are visual and interactive,
your viewers remember the information.
To help you get started, template Demos for several of the most common Demo
types are included with DemoShield. When you begin to create a new Demo, a New
Demo Wizard offers you the choice of one of these common types. If you choose to
do so, you can edit the existing Demo to your specific needs.

Presales Demos
A presales Demo is a visual representation of a product used to describe and influ-
ence prospective customers. When compared to “text-only” descriptions of prod-
ucts, the advantages of exploring features interactively become readily apparent. You
can easily highlight features, demonstrate benefits, provide sales contact informa-
tion, and even include an interactive simulation of how your product works.

xxviii • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Quick Tours
A quick tour Demo allows you to give viewers a virtual tour of your product. By cre-
ating such a Demo, you allow viewers to see only the information they want to see.
Typically, viewers are given the opportunity to launch a quick tour from the Demo’s
Welcome dialog or from the Help menu.

Tutorials
A computer-based tutorial (CBT) teaches a viewer a new skill using interactive com-
puter based programs. By designing a Demo with user interaction included, the
chances that the viewer will retain the information are greatly increased. Tests can be
incorporated into such Demos to determine what information the viewer has mas-
tered, and where the viewer needs additional instruction. Tutorial Demos allow soft-
ware developers to create Demos in which the viewer can interact with their
applications in real time. Simulations demonstrating particular tasks can encourage
the viewer to perform the tasks independently.

CD Browsers
A CD Browser provides a graphical user interface for launching other applications,
including setup programs. CD Browsers solve the dilemma of deciding how to
present installation information to end-users in a user-friendly manner. In addition
to launching the setup program that accompanies your software, a CD Browser
allows viewers to display information on additional products and services.

Interactive Web and Help Authoring Effects

Instead of explaining the functions of your products, you can show your viewers
these functions with a DemoShield Demo. DemoShield Demos are easy to incorpo-
rate into any application that supports ActiveX technology, such as Web sites and
help authoring applications. Such Demos are very small files that illustrate the
effects of a certain aspect of your product.

InstallShield Software Corporation What Can I Do with DemoShield? • xxix

 Installing DemoShield
System Requirements

Designing Demos Playing Demos

Windows 9x, NT 4.0 SP3, 2000, or Windows 9x, NT 4.0 SP3, 2000, or
Windows Me Windows Me
Pentium 133 or equivalent Pentium 133 or equivalent
32 MB RAM (64 MB for NT/2000) 32 MB RAM (64 MB for NT/2000)
VGA Monitor (SVGA recommended) VGA Monitor (SVGA recommended)
Mouse or other pointing device Mouse or other pointing device

Internet Requirements

Designing Demos Playing Demos

Internet Explorer 3.0 or higher or Internet Explorer 3.0 or higher or
Netscape Navigator 2.0 or higher Netscape Navigator 2.0 or higher
Windows 9x, NT, 2000, or Me Windows 9x, NT, 2000, or Me
32 MB RAM 32 MB RAM
33.6K modem or higher 33.6K modem or higher

Installation Procedure
1. Insert the CD into your CD-ROM drive. The DemoShield CD Browser will
automatically launch if Autorun is enabled on your system. The CD Browser
will allow you to install DemoShield, preview some features of DemoShield, as
well as install some CD extras.
2. To install DemoShield, simply click on the Install DemoShield icon.
3. If the DemoShield CD Browser does not launch automatically, select Settings
| Control Panel from the Start menu, and complete the following Actions:
a. Double-click the Add/Remove Programs icon.
b. Click the Install/Uninstall tab.
c. Click the Install button. Windows should automatically locate the installa-
tion program SETUP.EXE.

Register Your Software

In order to receive 30 calendar days of free technical support and be eligible for our
Developer Support Programs, be sure to register your software. Registering also
enables you to receive the latest information about product releases and upgrades.

xxx • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Register your InstallShield software in one of the following ways:
• Fill out a registration form on InstallShield’s registration Web page at
http://support.installshield.com/request.
• Fill out and send in the registration card included in the DemoShield box.

About InstallShield Software Corporation

InstallShield Software Corporation is a leading provider of professional Windows®
software development tools. We focus on bringing innovative software distribution
technologies to independent software vendors, corporate build and release engi-
neers, and enterprise administrators worldwide by providing solutions for delivering
applications from development to installation via all possible paths and mediums -
especially the Internet.
In 1987, Viresh Bhatia and Rick Harold founded our company, adopting the mission
of producing applications and software development tools for emerging Microsoft®
Windows platforms. Today, with a vast network of international partners and a staff
of more than 240 employees at our corporate headquarters in Schaumburg, IL, we
provide industry-standard software distribution products worldwide.
Our dedication to providing the latest technology to our customers and their con-
tinued use of our software distribution solutions have led Media Metrix Inc. to rank
InstallShield's products as the sixth-most-frequently owned and the eighth-most-fre-
quently used software. Moreover, InstallShield recently received its third inclusion in
the annual INC.® 500, a ranking of the fastest growing private companies.
Whether you want to create bulletproof installations, solve enterprise distribution
challenges, or deploy applications over the Internet, we offer the latest software and
service solutions for your installation and distribution needs. Let InstallShield pro-
vide the software delivery solution you need today. Find out more about us and our
products on our Web site www.installshield.com.

InstallShield’s Products
In 1990, Microsoft introduced Windows 3.0, which quickly became the standard for
graphical operating systems. InstallShield Software Corporation (then named the
Stirling Group) was among the first in the marketplace to respond, offering the
Shield series of tools for Windows application development. From this series,
InstallShield and DemoShield® emerged as market leaders, filling the need for Win-
dows installation and demonstration development.
InstallShield Software Corporation has continued to lead all competitors through
the years, providing products and services that meet and exceed industry demands
for software distribution in a number of varied categories.

Administrator Solutions
InstallShield Software Corporation now provides network administrators with an
easy-to-use, yet robust solution for customizing software distribution within the cor-
porate network.

InstallShield Software Corporation About InstallShield Software Corporation • xxxi

 InstallShield Tuner
Released in September 2000, InstallShield Tuner marks the Network Administration
field's first solution for graphically creating MST transform files. These MST files
are used to alter or customize setups created for the Windows Installer service.
Native to Windows 2000 and extendable to other Windows platforms, the Windows
Installer service was created by Microsoft to reduce total cost of ownership for
organizations by standardizing installations via several relational databases.
The file format, MSI, that targets the Windows Installer service cannot be altered
before deploying across a network or an enterprise. Network Administrators, how-
ever, can use InstallShield Tuner to create MST transforms that allow file addition or
subtraction, feature manipulation, and other customizations when installation
occurs. The original MSI is not altered, and Administrators have an easy-to-use solu-
tion designed to meet their specific needs - only with InstallShield Tuner.
Additionally, software vendors can integrate Tuner functionality into their products
and allow their administrator users to customize from among a choice of several
configurations or as a completely unique solution. InstallShield Tuner - OEM
License makes this possible and is available only from InstallShield's Strategic
Accounts team.

Installation Development
With a successful reputation honed over years of dedicated use to its bulletproof
systems, InstallShield Software Corporation is the undisputed industry standard for
installation development.

InstallShield Professional—Standard Edition

InstallShield 1.0, released in 1990, was instantly recognized as the premier installa-
tion development tool for Windows applications. As developers created more intri-
cate applications, InstallShield responded to their needs with more robust versions
of its flagship product. InstallShield 3 was developed with setup guidelines formed
by a relationship with Microsoft for the Windows 95 operating system. In March
1997, InstallShield 5 Professional provided users an integrated development envi-
ronment for faster and easier creation of intricate setup applications.
With the release of InstallShield Professional 6 in September 1999, InstallShield has
met developer needs with enhanced third-party technology support, new event-
based scripting, and many other enhancements and features to lower installation
development cycles and offer more powerful control over every aspect of the instal-
lation.
The May 2000 Release of InstallShield Professional—Standard Edition 6.2 added
new functionality for One-Click™ Install functionality. This Internet-enabling fea-
ture allows developers to provide their users the easiest possible download and
installation experience.

InstallShield Professional—Windows Installer Edition

First released in July 1999 as InstallShield for Windows Installer, the Windows
Installer Edition allowed developers to create setups that supported the new
Microsoft® Windows installer service, enabling an application to meet the installa-

xxxii • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

tion requirements for the Windows 2000 logo. Additionally, InstallShield for Win-
dow Installer let developers reduce total cost of ownership with support for
Windows Installer features such as component level install/uninstall, application
advertising, auto-repair of corrupt application components, and automatic rollback
after a failed installation.
Subsequent version releases included support for InstallScript™, InstallShield's
familiar scripting language, as well as support for Merge Module authoring and
reuse. The April 2000 release of version 1.5 included software patching for easy
Internet update creation among other new features.
The October 2000 release of InstallShield Professional—Windows Installer Edition
2.0 provided the market a powerful, new leader in Windows Installer setup develop-
ment with advanced error- and bug-tracking features that ensure developers a com-
plete and efficient Windows Installer setup the first time, every time.

InstallShield Express
In 1995, InstallShield Express met Visual Basic developers' need for a quick and
easy-to-use installation development solution. This completely visual installation
tool offered setup creation in minutes and quickly earned praise from developers for
its ease of use.
In May 1997, the second release of the award-winning InstallShield Express was well
received by rapid application developers. InstallShield Express 2 provided more cus-
tom support for Visual Basic and other rapid development environments than any
other tool.
The May 2000 release of InstallShield Express 3 gives developers a rapid, productive
solution for authoring Windows Installer setups. Easy migration to InstallShield for
Windows Installer allows developers to choose whether they need speed or custom-
ization power to deliver their applications. A new interface means quick deployment
has never been easier.

InstallShield Multi-Platform Editions

InstallShield entered the cross-platform market in September 1997 with the release
of InstallShield Java Edition. The first available tool for producing true cross-plat-
form installations, InstallShield Java Edition gave Java developers a single solution
for their software deployment.
With features focused on extensibility and Web-distribution, InstallShield Java Edi-
tion 2, released in January 1998, further utilized the power of Java for installation
building. InstallShield Java Edition 2.5 improved with localization features and flexi-
ble source and target directory support.
The January 2000 release of InstallShield Java Edition 3.0 gave greater customiza-
tion power with reusable beans that developers may take from an included gallery or
author on their own. Additionally, version 3.0 included a new, powerful IDE allow-
ing greater flexibility and control throughout the installation authoring process.
The June 2000 release of InstallShield Java Edition 3.5 further defines the product as
the standard for cross-platform development. New support for Linux as well as

InstallShield Software Corporation About InstallShield Software Corporation • xxxiii

 existing support for Windows and Solaris Platform Packs allows version 3.5 to let
developers create more robust cross-platform installations than ever before.
InstallShield continues to evolve its offering, enhancing functionality to meet emerg-
ing needs of true multi-platform developers. In November of 2000, InstallShield co-
developed in partnership with IBM, an entirely new family of Multi-Platform instal-
lation solutions, thus replacing InstallShield Java Edition. InstallShield introduced:
• InstallShield Express—Multi-Platform Edition
• InstallShield Professional—Multi-Platform Edition
• InstallShield Enterprise—Multi-Platform Edition
This new family of products further extends InstallShield de facto installation stan-
dard to the multi-platform world, allowing developers to create one powerful and
consistent application installation that meets the needs of multiple platforms,
including Solaris, Linux, OS/2, AIX, OS/400, and Windows. Offering three distinct
products, InstallShield provides developers with the freedom to choose the features
and functionality they need most. With InstallShield Multi-Platform Edition prod-
ucts, developers are freed from redundant coding and platform-specific errors,
allowing them to create reliable, sophisticated installations that combine many dif-
ferent capabilities into one smart install.

Multimedia Authoring
InstallShield Software Corporation pioneered dynamic, software-specific demon-
stration technology. Multimedia Authoring, Technical Publications, Development,
Sales, or Marketing departments can now target their audience and show-not just
tell-what their software can do.

InstallShield DemoShield
DemoShield's first two releases promoted the ability to create demos specifically for
Windows platforms. DemoShield 3 became the first visual demo-creation software,
and DemoShield 4 allowed creation of a wider variety of demos. In July 1996,
DemoShield 5's automated processes made it easier to show and sell Windows
applications, solidifying its position as the leading Windows software demonstration
product. DemoShield 6 gave users easy-to-use yet powerful tools to create stunning
visual software demonstrations, including Presales demos, CD browsers, Tutorials,
and Quick Tours
The October 2000 release of DemoShield 6.7 offers a new, streamlined player and
other enhancements to make demos smaller and easier to download. An enhanced
DemoX player makes Web demonstration easier than ever before.

Internet Deployment
InstallShield's Internet Distribution products will successfully deliver your bits and
the installation you built with InstallShield's installation development systems.
Enhance software downloads and maximize online sales.

xxxiv • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

InstallShield PackageForTheWeb
Introduced in January 1997, PackageForTheWeb helps to ensure secure delivery of
files by offering password-protection and digital signing with Microsoft Authenti-
code technology. Developers using PackageForTheWeb can easily create single, self-
extracting packages containing ActiveX controls, applications, or any other types of
files.
PackageForTheWeb 3.0, released in March 2000, is available for all InstallShield cus-
tomers at no additional cost.

RTPatch® for InstallShield Professional

Made available by exclusive arrangement in March 2000, RTPatch® for InstallShield
Professional is the developer's solution for creating software patches—byte-level
differences from one software version to the next. RTPatch is the industry-standard
solution for creating these patches and is produced by Pocket Soft, Inc. RTPatch for
InstallShield Professional is a version of the industry's favorite patching solution
customized for ISVs and release engineers deploying with InstallShield Professional,
the industry-standard setup-authoring solution. When developers use RTPatch for
InstallShield Professional, they can compare software versions and provide
upgrades to customers that are over 90% smaller than sending the entire new ver-
sion, reducing end-user download time and server traffic. InstallShield Software
Corporation and its worldwide network of vendors are the exclusive resellers of
RTPatch for InstallShield Professional.

InstallShield WebUpdate
Released in October 1999, WebUpdate 1.0 is a solution for software vendors and
enterprise development groups looking for an easier method to be sure users of
their applications have the most recent version available. WebUpdate allows a user
to easily find and download the latest release, making sure support personnel aren't
taxed with questions resolved in the most recent version. WebUpdate can also
enable a machine to automatically download any free updates or present users with
the opportunity to purchase upgrades. The release of WebUpdate marks
InstallShield's continued commitment to providing the software community with
powerful solutions for easily distributing and deploying applications over the Inter-
net.

Technical Support Resources

Before you contact our Product Support Services department, check out the wealth
of online and Internet resources that InstallShield offers to support your demo
development.

Online Help
When you have questions about DemoShield, first consult the online DemoShield
Help Library. Help is available both from the Help menu and directly from certain
individual user interface elements.

InstallShield Software Corporation Technical Support Resources • xxxv

 The help resources listed below are available from within DemoShield.

Help Library
The Help Library is your complete user’s guide for DemoShield. This library con-
tains reference materials that cover every aspect of your Demo development.

Context-Sensitive Help
Online help pertaining to specific dialog boxes is available throughout DemoShield.
Press the F1 key or click the Help button to view the specific help for the current
dialog box.

Web-based Help
Consult the InstallShield Support Web site (http://support.installshield.com) for
immediate access to an extensive selection of useful information. The site is a com-
prehensive resource of free support materials including the following:
• Technical information and product news
• Sample projects
• Frequently asked questions
• White papers
• Documentation updates
• Maintenance releases and updates for registered software
• Information about consulting, support, and professional services
This information is available to you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

InstallShield Knowledge Base

The InstallShield Knowledge Base is located in the Support section of our Web site
(http://support.installshield.com/kb/). It contains answers to many commonly
asked questions and includes new information about DemoShield that may not
appear in the documentation. You can use the Knowledge Base search engine to
search articles by phrases, numbers, platforms, and version.

InstallShield Newsgroups
The newsgroups are another excellent resource when you have questions about
DemoShield. In these newsgroups, DemoShield users like yourself share tips and
ideas and help each other get the most out of DemoShield. Visit the InstallShield
and DemoShield newsgroups in the Support section of our Web site
(http://support.installshield.com/nwsgrps/).

Technical Support
Once you have registered your copy of DemoShield, be sure to visit
http://support.installshield.com for information about our support options if
you have not already contracted for support.

xxxvi • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Whenever you contact technical support, our Developer Support Engineers will
need the following information:
• Your full name and the full name of the registered user, if different
• Your street address, telephone number, and email address
• Your DemoShield serial number
• The full DemoShield version number. To find this number, select About
DemoShield from the Help menu.
• The system information for the computer on which the problem occurred,
including the make and model of the machine and video driver, the operating
system, the amount of memory and system resources, any relevant devices or
peripherals, and any system DLLs you are using
• A detailed description of the problem. Describe any error messages exactly as
they appear. Please list all of the steps and conditions that led to the problem.
Our Developer Support Engineers are available via World Wide Web, email, fax, or
phone:

WWW http://support.installshield.com/request
Fax (847) 240-9138
Phone (847) 413-2896

Support is limited to installation assistance and answers to general DemoShield

usage questions. Responses to questions relating to operating system functionality,
development environments, and the operation of various Windows technologies are
not included.

InstallShield Training Courses

An InstallShield Training Course can show you everything you need to
know to create setups that install flawlessly the first time and every time.
DemoShield Training Courses help users of all levels become familiar with the fea-
tures and functionality available in DemoShield. In an InstallShield Training Course,
you will learn how to take advantage of the Windows Installer service with the latest
InstallShield tools, allowing you to streamline installation development and tackle
the complexities of software deployment. In DemoShield Training Courses, you will
navigate through DemoShield features and functionality and will work with the
advanced features of DemoShield, taking time to absorb and apply the skills you will
learn during your training.
InstallShield Training Courses are offered in five United States locations and several
more around the globe - or can be conducted at your place of work. For more infor-
mation:
• Call 888-560-6933
• Visit our Web site at http://www.installshield.com/training
• Email [email protected]

InstallShield Software Corporation Technical Support Resources • xxxvii

 InstallShield Consulting Services
If you have very complex requirements for your setup, or are just pressed for time,
you might consider hiring InstallShield Consulting Services. InstallShield Consulting
Services provides access to a group of experts who are trained in every aspect of
Windows software deployment and who specialize in helping developers create
highly sophisticated and customized installations for Windows applications. The ser-
vices that InstallShield Consulting Services can provide include the following:
• Analysis and troubleshooting of existing setups
• Specification, design, development, integration, and testing of new setups
• Meeting requirements for any Microsoft logo
• Customized training and knowledge transfer
When you need to produce top-quality Demos and tutorials of your Windows appli-
cations, DemoShield Consulting Services can provide you with a quick and reliable
solution. DemoShield consultants have had comprehensive training in Demo cre-
ation, as well as extensive industry experience. Allow DemoShield Consulting Ser-
vices to help introduce your products to a global market. The benefits include:
• Direct access to the DemoShield Development staff.
• Extensive experience in creating a wide variety of Demos.
• Graphic Designers available to create polished, professional Demos.
• A proven record of achieving results for numerous companies.
For information on InstallShield or DemoShield Consulting Services:
• Visit http://www.installshield.com/consult
• Contact [email protected]
• Call 888-999-1334

Document Conventions
To enhance readability, certain text elements are specially identified as follows:

NOTE: Helpful information, tips, and warnings you should keep in mind as you use
DemoShield are set off by horizontal bars, and can appear in either the main text
flow or in the margin.

Italic text denotes points of emphasis.

Bold text denotes commands, menu items, selectable options, Internet and
email addresses.

Monospace text denotes command line input, file listings,

scripts, and path specifications. It can appear in a shaded area,
depending on its length.

xxxviii • Welcome to DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 1
The DemoShield Interface

Table of Contents
DemoShield Program Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
DemoShield Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
DemoShield Player. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Designer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Designer Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Demo Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Demo Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
This chapter provides you with information about the
Scene Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
DemoShield interface, including the major views in the
Designer, menu commands, and toolbar functionality. It Output View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
also provides a brief introduction to some of the Log View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
DemoShield tools provided to create your Demo. Demo Integrity View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Compatibility View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Timeline Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
DemoShield Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Edit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
DemoShield Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Object Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Control Panel Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Time Panel Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Alignment Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Autoshapes Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

InstallShield Software Corporation 1-1

 Standard Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Line Objects Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Quick Objects Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Formatting Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
DemoShield Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Capture Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Spell Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
DemoSpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Automation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Distribution Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Macro Recording Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

1-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

DemoShield Program Files
DemoShield Designer
The Designer is the application you will use to create, edit, and test-run your
Demos. The Designer file is “Designer.exe.” The Designer saves demo files with the
.DBD file extension.

DemoShield Player
The Player is a smaller executable file you must provide to the viewers of your demo
to enable them to open the .DBD file type. The Player file is named Demo32.exe.

Designer Components
Upon opening the DemoShield Designer, the screen you see looks very much like
the one presented in the figure below. Minor changes may occur due to the screen
resolution you are using, as well as your version of DemoShield. If you do not ini-
tially see all of the toolbars displayed, do not worry. You can view these toolbars by
selecting them from the DemoShield View menu.

Figure 1-1.
The DemoShield Designer.

Designer Window
From within the DemoShield Designer, you have direct access to all the tools used
in the construction of DemoShield Demos. The largest screen, positioned to the top
right, is called the Designer Window. The Designer Window is the actual work area
of the demo creation process. This is where you place Objects into your demo,

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Program Files • 1-3

 assign them roles to play, and have them carry out functions. The other windows in
the DemoShield Designer are the Demo Explorer, Scene Preview Window, the
Timeline editor and the Output View Window. Each window in the Designer is
explored in greater detail in the following pages.

Demo Viewer
The Demo Viewer is the collective name for the panel that contains both the Scene
Preview window and the Demo Explorer. You can toggle between these two views
by clicking on their respective tabs. You can also hide the Demo Viewer by clicking
on the “x” at the top of the panel. If the Demo Viewer is not currently visible, you
can re-enable it by clicking on Demo Viewer from the View menu.

Demo Explorer
The Demo Explorer View provides you with a tree-like representation of all the
Scenes in your demo, and all of the Objects in each Scene. The Demo Explorer is
structured in much the same way as the Windows Explorer. An analogy to describe
the Demo Explorer would be to compare the demo as an individual drive to which
you have access on your system. The Scenes would correspond to the folders con-
tained in this drive, and the Objects would be the contents of these folders. You can
expand a particular Scene to look at its Objects, or look at the entire structure of
your demo.
If you want to work with a particular Object or Scene in the Demo Explorer, click
its name. The Object or Scene selected from the Demo Explorer appears selected in
the Designer. By right-clicking or double-clicking on the Object or Scene, you can
access its properties, and configure the way it behaves in your demo.

Scene Preview
The Scene Preview View allows you to preview all Scenes in a demo as a thumbnail
image. Clicking on one of the thumbnails in this view opens the selected Scene in
the Designer Window.

Output View
The DemoShield Output view allows you to view key aspects that should be consid-
ered before you distribute your demo, whether distribution is via conventional
media, or the World Wide Web. For example, the Output View provides you with a
means of monitoring the way you have constructed your demo, and alerts you if you
have designed it in a way that may cause problems when it runs. Additionally, the
Output View Window provides a method of viewing a “log” generated while your
demo is running in the Designer. This log allows you to monitor when Events are
triggered, and when Actions are being executed. The Log View is an invaluable
resource to use when debugging your demo and preparing it for distribution.
The DemoShield Output view consists of three views:

1-4 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

Log View
The Log View provides a method of debugging your demo when it is played inside
the Designer. For example, when you are playing your demo, the Log View displays
a “log” of every Action as it occurs, every Event as it is triggered, and provides the
precise time that any error occurs.
When debugging a demo using the Log View, you should immediately press the stop
button from the control panel toolbar so that you can learn the precise reason as to
why an error occurred.
This view can be configured by selecting Options from the Tools menu and then
selecting the Log tab.

Demo Integrity View

Check Demo Integrity reviews the content of your .DBD file. All potential prob-
lems in playing your demo are listed. The yellow icon indicates a warning, a potential
problem that you should investigate, while the red icon indicates an error, a problem
that will cause a malfunction when the demo is played.
This utility is useful to periodically monitor the status of the construction of your
demo and will also assist in troubleshooting when your demo does not perform as
you intend.

Compatibility View
The Check DemoX Compatibility View is a way to monitor the compatibility of
your demo with the DemoX version of the DemoShield Player. This is a useful tool,
as certain Actions are not supported by the DemoX Player, and if they are included
in a demo distributed via the World Wide Web, errors could occur.

Timeline Editor
The DemoShield Timeline Editor allows you to change the life properties of several
Objects within a Scene visually, from a single location, and eliminates the need to
open each individual Object’s Properties dialog box. The Timeline Editor allows you
to pinpoint exactly when you want an Object to enter a Scene, how long it should
take to reach its Hold Position, when it should begin to exit the Scene, and when it
should complete its exit. This information is displayed for each Object within the
Scene, enabling you to orchestrate your Scenes.
Along the top of the Timeline Editor is a scale. The scale represents current demo
time and can be adjusted by clicking the magnifiers in the upper-left corner of the
Timeline Editor. The name of each Object in the current Scene appears on the left
of the Editor, directly below the Scale. Next to each Object name is a graphical
timeline. This timeline is usually composed of three colored sections, representing
the life periods of each Object.
The first section, usually a dark-blue color, represents the Start period of the Object.
The middle portion, usually magenta in color, represents the Hold period of the
Object. The last section, cyan in color, represents the End period of an Object. Life
properties for each Object can be adjusted by clicking and dragging at either end of

InstallShield Software Corporation Designer Components • 1-5

 a timeline, or by clicking and dragging at the points between the Object’s life peri-
ods. While dragging, you see the current demo time representation in the Designer’s
status bar. The timeline at the top of the Timeline Editor corresponds to Demo
Time as displayed by the Demo Clock.

TIP: Colors for each of the life periods can be configured by selecting Options from the
Tools menu and then selecting the Color tab.

For example, you want an Object to enter your Scene at 10 seconds after the Scene
has started. Using the Editor, you can move the beginning of the Object’s start time
to the number 10 marker on the top of the Timeline Editor. When the demo is test
played and the Demo Clock progresses 10 seconds into the Scene time, the Object
will appear.

Status Bar
Selecting Status Bar from the View menu displays the Status Bar at the bottom of
the Designer Window. It is especially helpful for positioning and resizing Objects.
For example, when you select an Object, the current Scene is displayed on the left
side, and the Object’s name, screen position, width and height, and lifespan appears
on the right side of the Status Bar.
When you point to an empty spot in the Designer Window, your current cursor
position (X,Y) and the RGB value of the cursor’s location appears in the middle of
the Status Bar. When you point to or select a button or a submenu, a description of
the selected item appears on the left side of the Status Bar.

DemoShield Menus
Following is a listing of the nine DemoShield menus, their associated commands
and shortcuts:

1-6 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

File

Command Shortcut Description

New Blank Demo Ctrl+N Creates a new demo file (.DBD).

New Demo Wizard Launches the New Demo Wizard.

Open Ctrl+O Opens an existing demo file (.DBD).

Close Closes the currently active Demo.

Save Ctrl+S Saves the current Demo file.

Save As Allows you to specify a name and location

for the demo and then save it to the specified
directory.

Print Ctrl+P Prints the selected report.

Print Setup Enables you to select a printer and configure

printer properties.

Attach Template Allows you to attach a template (.TPL) file for

use in your Demos, enabling you to maintain
a consistent look and feel between Demos.

Import Demo Launches the Import Demo Wizard, allows

you to import Resources and Scenes that are
part of other Demos.

Demo Text Imports or Exports DemoText files (.dat).

Recent Files Provides you quick access to the most-

recently opened Demos.

Exit Alt+F4 Exits the DemoShield Designer. If you have

unsaved changes, DemoShield will prompt
you to save before exiting.

Edit

Command Shortcut Description

Undo Ctrl+Z Undoes the last operation you performed in
your demo. For example, if you moved an
Object, Undo places the Object back in its
original location.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Menus • 1-7

 Command Shortcut Description
Redo Ctrl+Y Performs the operation that was undone
using the Undo command. For example, if
you moved an Object, and then used Undo
to put the Object back in its original location,
Redo will place the Object back in its moved
location.

Cut Ctrl+X Removes the selected Object in your demo

and places it on the Windows clipboard.

Copy Ctrl+C Copies the selected Object from your demo

into the Windows clipboard.

Paste Ctrl+V Pastes the contents of the Windows

clipboard into your demo.

Delete Delete Deletes the selected Object.

Select All Ctrl+A Selects all Objects in the current Scene.

Clear Selection Esc Deselects any currently selected Objects.

Find and Replace Ctrl+F Launches the Find and Replace dialog,
allowing you to search for and replace items
within your entire demo.

1-8 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

View

Command Shortcut Description

Demo Viewer Toggles display of the Demo Viewer,
consisting of the Scene Preview and Demo
Explorer.

Output Toggles display of the Output Window,

consisting of the Log, Integrity, and
Compatibility views.

Timeline Editor Toggles display of the Timeline Editor.

Toolbars Toggles display of the DemoShield toolbars.

Select the appropriate toolbar from the
associated submenu.

Status Bar Toggles display of the Status Bar at the

bottom of the Designer.

Grid Toggles a grid overlay in the Designer.

Invisible Objects Toggles display of invisible objects in the

Designer.

Demo

Command Shortcut Description

Resource Manager Ctrl+Enter Launches the Resource Manager, allowing
you to view information about, preview,
import, and manage Resources in your
Demo.

Check Demo Reviews your demo for potential problems

Integrity and displays the results in the Integrity view
of the Output window.

Check Demo Reviews your demo for DemoX distribution

Compatibility compatibility issues and displays the results
in the Compatibility view of the Output
window.

Properties Displays the Demo Properties dialog box,

from which you can configure global demo
properties.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Menus • 1-9

 Scene

Command Shortcut Description

New Scene Displays the New Scene dialog box, from
which you can specify a Scene layout and
create a new Scene.

Duplicate Scene Duplicates the current Scene.

Delete Scene Deletes the current Scene from your demo.

Move Up Moves the current Scene up one position in

your Demo’s Scene display order.

Move Down Moves the current Scene down one position

in your Demo’s Scene display order.

Refresh Alt+P Refreshes your Scene view.

Reset to Initial State Displays your Scene in the Designer

Window with all Objects placed in their
starting positions.

Re-index Scene Recreates the color palette for the current

Colors Scene.

Save Screen as Saves the current Scene as a bitmap image

Image (.bmp).

Properties Displays the Scene Properties dialog box,

from which you can specify properties that
relate to the currently selected Scene.

Object

Command Shortcut Description

New Object Enables you to create an Object in your
demo. When you select this command, a
submenu appears enabling you to select the
appropriate DemoShield Object.

New Quick Object Allows you to create a Quick Object in your

demo. When you select this command, a
submenu appears enabling you to select the
appropriate Quick Object.

New Autoshape Enables you to create an Autoshape Object

Object in your demo. When you select this
command, a submenu appears enabling you
to select the appropriate Autoshape Object.

1-10 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

 Command Shortcut Description
New Line Object Allows you to create a Line Object in your
demo. When you select this command, a
submenu appears enabling you to select the
appropriate Line Object.

Bring to Front Brings the selected Object to the front of the

Z-order.

Send to Back Sends the selected Object to the back of the

Z-order.

Move Up Moves the selected Object up one layer in

the Z-order.

Move Down Moves the selected Object down one layer in

the Z-order.

Align Enables you to select the alignment of the

selected Objects. When you select this
command, a submenu appears providing
you with various alignment commands.

Sort Allows you to sort Objects in the Demo

Explorer. When this command is selected, a
submenu appears providing you with the
option to sort alphabetically, by start time, by
Object type, or by layer.

Properties Displays the Object Properties dialog box for

the selected Object.

Edit Template Provides a way to edit specific Objects in a

Properties template (.TPL) file.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Menus • 1-11

 Control

Command Shortcut Description

Play from Beginning F5 Plays the current demo from the beginning in
the Designer window.

Play from Current Plays the current Scene from the beginning
Scene in the Designer window. The current Scene
will play continuously until stopped.

Run in Player Plays the demo in the DemoShield Player, as

your viewers will see it.

Jump Backward Moves the current time on the Demo Clock

back one jump, as defined from the Options
command in the Tools menu.

Step Backward Moves the current time on the Demo Clock

back one step, as defined from the Options
command in the Tools menu.

Stop Ctrl+Break Stops the current demo from playing in the

designer.

Play Plays the current Scene in the Designer,

starting at the time specified on the Demo
Clock.

Step Forward Moves the current time on the Demo Clock

one step forward, as defined from the
Options command in the Tools menu.

Jump Forward Moves the current time on the Demo Clock

one jump forward, as defined from the
Options command in the Tools menu.

Go to Next Scene Pg Down Advances your demo to the next Scene in the
Designer window.

Go to Previous Pg Up Moves your demo to the previous Scene in

Scene the Designer window.

Tools

Command Shortcut Description

Spell Check Brings up the Check Spelling dialog box.
Depending on the selection from the
associated submenu, you can check the
spelling either for the current Scene or for
your entire demo.

1-12 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

 Command Shortcut Description
Capture Images Allows you to capture images for use in your
Demos using an integrated capture utility.
Captured images are saved in the Resource
Manager

Automation Wizard Starts the Automation Wizard, from which

you can produce AppCam and SoftPhrase
automations.

Macros Allows you to record macros for use in your

demo. After recording a macro, it is stored
in the Resource Manager.

Distribution Wizard Displays the Distribution Wizard, enabling

you to specify distribution formats and
options for your demo.

DemoText Editor Displays the DemoText Editor, which assists

you preparing your demo for international
viewing.

DemoSpy Enables you to access information about

applications you are using in your demo,
such as window size. This can be useful
when configuring Application Objects.

Options Displays the Designer Options dialog box,

from which you can configure the
DemoShield Designer.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Menus • 1-13

 Help

Command Shortcut Description

Contents F1 Displays the DemoShield online help.

DemoShield on the Allows you to check for DemoShield

Web Updates, go directly to the DemoShield Web
site, or access DemoShield Knowledge Base
articles.

Play Tutorial Plays the DemoShield Tutorial, which

provides helpful lessons about creating
Demos.

Play Quick Tour Plays the DemoShield Quick Tour.

About DemoShield Displays the About DemoShield dialog box,

containing important information about the
version of DemoShield, and providing you a
way to register your copy of DemoShield
with InstallShield.

DemoShield Toolbars
The Toolbar buttons provide shortcuts for many of the DemoShield operations
used in creating Demos. All DemoShield Toolbars are dockable, meaning you can
drag them with your mouse and place them anywhere you want in the Designer
Window.

Object Toolbar
The Object Toolbar is the source of a variety of Objects for you to incorporate into
your Demos. By clicking the Objects from the Object Toolbar, and clicking on the
location in the Designer Window where you want to place the Object, you can
incorporate highly functional Objects into your Scenes quickly and easily. Buttons,
Edit Fields, List Boxes, and VCR Objects are just a few of the pre-formatted
Objects you can use. After you place an Object on the Scene, you can edit its prop-
erties to meet your needs.
Application Bitmap Button Edit Field Group List Box Streaming Variable
Media

Automation Button Event Hot Spot Menu Text VCR Button

1-14 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

Control Panel Toolbar
The Control Panel Toolbar allows you to play, stop, or jump through parts of your
demo by using VCR-style buttons. At any time during the process of designing your
Demos, you can test play them in the Designer Window using the Control Panel
Toolbar.
Reset to Initial State Step Backward Play Jump Forward

Jump Backward Stop Step Forward

Time Panel Toolbar

By using the clock on the Time Panel Toolbar, you can visually compare the Actions
that happen in your demo in real time. You can play the demo in large or small time
increments by dragging the slider to the right and left, which displays demo time, as
well as how the demo appears at that particular time.
Current Time in Scene Scene Beginning Time Slider Scene End

Alignment Toolbar
The Alignment Toolbar provides an efficient way of organizing the Objects you
place in the Designer Window. You can align Objects to be evenly spaced, giving
your demo a professional look. Use the Alignment Toolbar to align Objects in many
different ways: to the left, right, top bottom, horizontally, and vertically. You can
also sort objects in various ways in the Demo Explorer.
Align Align Center Center Space Sort Sort by
Left Top Horizontally in Demo Vertically Alphabetically Object Type

Align Align Center Space Sort by Sort by

Right Bottom Vertically Horizontally Start Time Object Layer

Autoshapes Toolbar
Use the Autoshapes Toolbar to incorporate a variety of predefined shapes into your
Scenes. These predefined shapes, or Autoshapes can perform any number of func-
tions. They can be filled with images, or various other graphics such as bullets or
arrows. This is another way to customize your demo, making it very unique.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Toolbars • 1-15

 Left Up
Circle Diamond Octagon Rectangle Star Trapezoid
Arrow Arrow

Rounded Square Right Down

Cross Hexagon Parallelogram Triangle
Rectangle Point Arrow Arrow

Standard Toolbar
The DemoShield Standard Toolbar allows you to perform routine functions such as
creating, opening existing, and saving demo (.DBD) files. For example, you can
open, save, and print your Demos by using the buttons on the Standard Toolbar.

Create a Spell Check Play

Blank Demo Open Current Scene Copy Print Quick Tour

Invoke New Play

Demo Wizard Save Cut Paste Tutorial

Line Objects Toolbar

The Line Objects Toolbar allows you to add Line, Polygon, and PolyLine Objects
into Scenes. To add a Line, Polygon, or PolyLine Object into a Scene, click the
Object you want to add from this toolbar, and then click the location in the
DemoShield Designer Window where you want the Object to appear.

Line Polygon Polyline

Quick Objects Toolbar

The Quick Objects Toolbar features all the DemoShield Quick Objects and makes
them available for you to place in your demo. To place a Quick Object in your demo,
click the type of Quick Object you want to place in your demo, and click the area in
the DemoShield Designer where you want to place it. A comprehensive description
of Quick Objects is provided in the Objects chapter.

1-16 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

 Quick Quick Quick
Animation Link Sound

Quick Quick Quick

Button Report Video

Formatting Toolbar
The DemoShield Formatting Toolbar allows you to change the format of the text
contained in Text Objects in your demo. Select a font, size, style, and alignment
from this Toolbar.

Font Color Bold Underline Align Center

Font Size Italic Align Left Align Right

DemoShield Tools
DemoShield is distributed with several tools to aid in the process of creating
Demos. For example, DemoShield features a spell checking utility, an image capture
utility, and other utilities useful for creating Demos. All the tools distributed with
DemoShield can be initiated by selecting them from the Tools Menu. Further details
about all of these tools can be found in the Tools chapter.

Capture Utility
The DemoShield Capture Utility allows you to conveniently capture screens from
any application you want to demonstrate. By offering a variety of capture options,
the Capture Utility can incorporate any screen shot into your demo. Once you have
captured a screen shot, it is automatically incorporated as a DemoShield Resource
and does not need to be imported again.

Spell Check
The DemoShield Spell Check feature offers many choices to help alleviate unwanted
spelling errors, significantly reducing the number of errors in your demo. The
options associated with the Spell Check feature allow you to create specialized dic-
tionaries, and ignore such words as acronyms, proper nouns, and words with incor-
porated numbers. The Spell Check feature supports the following languages:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Finnish, and Swedish.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Tools • 1-17

 DemoSpy
The DemoSpy Utility is provided in DemoShield to allow users to access informa-
tion when using an Application Object to launch an Application. The DemoSpy
utility provides the users with necessary information to configure an Application
Object.

Automation Wizard
The Automation Wizard allows you to “automate,” or develop a software simulation
of an application that can be combined with cursor moves and corresponding text
blocks. The Automation Wizard can produce automations of screen captures, and
blocks of descriptive text. These Automations can be synchronized to illustrate and
describe how a product works. The Automation Wizard provides an excellent
method for illustrating exactly what your product can do.

Distribution Wizard
The Distribution Wizard walks you through the process of preparing your demo for
distribution. By creating a fully configured directory structure, the Distribution Wiz-
ard ensures that your demo is optimized for distribution and eliminates the possibil-
ity of misplacing the necessary distribution files on your viewer’s system.
The Distribution Wizard allows you to select the type of distribution method you
intend to use to distribute your demo. By selecting the type of distribution method
and providing the Wizard with the necessary information to create that type of dis-
tribution, DemoShield creates a directory structure for you to copy onto your distri-
bution media and pass on to your viewers.

Macro Recording Utility

The Macro Recording Utility allows you to record macros. A macro is a recording of
cursor moves, keystrokes, and basically any input you supply. When a macro is trig-
gered in the demo, it appears as if the viewer made the same cursor moves or key-
strokes as you did while recording the macro. The most common use of macros is to
control other application programs from within your demo.

1-18 • The DemoShield Interface InstallShield Software Corporation

 2
Scenes

Table of Contents
Scenes Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Creating Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Switching Between Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Reordering Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Duplicating Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Checking Scene Spelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Scenes are the building blocks for Demos, and serve as
the canvas on which you place all Objects, Actions, and Scene Transitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Events in your Demo. A Demo may consist of a single Specifying a Scene Transition . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Scene, or hundreds of Scenes that are interconnected Transition Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
through Scene Transitions.
Sub-Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Adding Objects to a Scene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

InstallShield Software Corporation 2-1

2-2 InstallShield Software Corporation
Scenes Overview
Scenes are best compared to film or television scenes in that they are a place in
which content occurs. In movies and television, this content includes the actual set,
the people in the scene, the dialog, the sound, the visual effects, as well as any move-
ment into, out of, and within the scene. Likewise, DemoShield Scenes consist of
Objects, Action, Events, backgrounds, Scene Transitions, movement into, out of,
and within the Scene, visual effects, sound, etc.
A Scene can function to organize information and pass it along to the viewer in
organized units. For example, Scenes in a Demo can be intended to teach a skill,
highlight or demonstrate a feature of a product, introduce a new topic, or simply
thank the viewer for watching your Demo. Scenes can be very diverse in terms of
their composition; they can be long, elaborate, and exciting, or they can be simple
and informative. The amount of interaction you intend to have between the Demo
and the viewer largely determines how complex the Scene will be.
Scenes should be organized to lead into one another in a logical sequence and at a
pace comfortable to the viewer. Organization and composition of Scenes becomes
very important when placed in the context of a self-running Demo. This means that
a Demo can run with little or no interaction from the viewer. The importance of
logical sequence and clarity of information becomes very important when consider-
ing that the viewer may view this Demo without input from you.
Each Scene has properties associated with it, accessible through the Properties com-
mand under the Scene menu. For an in depth discussion of Scene properties, please
refer to the Properties chapter in this guide.

Creating Scenes
To create a Scene:
1. Select New Scene from the Scene menu, or right-click and select New Scene
from the resulting menu.
2. Select the Scene layout from the resulting dialog.
3. Click OK.
The new Scene appears in the Designer Window.

Switching Between Scenes

Use the Scene Preview window, Control menu, or Demo Explorer to switch
between Scenes in the Designer window. The current Scene appears highlighted in
the Scene Preview window.
To switch Scenes from the Scene Preview window:
1. In the Scene Preview window, click the thumbnail image of the Scene you
want to work on in the Designer.
2. The Scene you select appears in the Designer window, and appears highlighted
in the Scene Preview window. It is not necessary to save your Demo before

InstallShield Software Corporation Scenes Overview • 2-3

 switching Scenes. You can edit multiple Scenes in a Demo and all changes are
saved when you save your Demo.
To switch Scenes from the Control menu:
1. Select Go to Next Scene or Go to Previous Scene from the Control menu.
The previous or next Scene (as illustrated by the Scene Preview window) will
be displayed in the Designer window.
2. Select Go to Next Scene or Go to Previous Scene from the Control menu
until the Scene you want to work on appears displayed in the Designer win-
dow.
To switch Scenes from the Demo Explorer:
1. Click the Name of the Scene you want to edit.

Reordering Scenes
The order of the Scenes in you Demo is largely determined by the way you establish
the navigational flow of your Demo. For example, if you have a main menu type
Scene, the Scenes that the viewer of your Demo can view from this Scene is deter-
mined by the Go to Scene Actions that you apply to the Objects that you use to
allow the viewer to navigate through your Demo.
If you want your Demo to automatically go to other Scenes after a certain time, you
can control which Scenes the viewer goes to by using either Event Objects or Scene
Transitions.

NOTE: You can set a Scene to be the first one in your Demo by specifying it in the Options
tab of the Demo Properties.

Duplicating Scenes
Duplicating a Scene is very useful, as it provides you with a mechanism for creating
an exact copy of a Scene, including all the Objects in the Scene. Simply duplicate the
Scene and delete or edit the Objects in the Scene as necessary. Duplicating a Scene
can be done from the Scene menu, the Demo Explorer, the Scene Preview window,
or by right clicking in the Designer Window and using the resulting menu.
To duplicate a Scene from the Demo Explorer or Scene Preview window:
1. Right-click the name of the Scene you want to duplicate in the Demo
Explorer, or the thumbnail image of the Scene you want to duplicate in the
Scene Preview window.
2. Select Duplicate Scene from the popup menu.
3. The duplicated Scene appears in the Designer window. This new Scene is
assigned a default name by DemoShield. The name of this Scene appears in
the Demo Explorer, and a thumbnail image of this Scene appears in the Scene
Preview window.

2-4 • Scenes InstallShield Software Corporation

To duplicate a Scene from the Scene menu:
1. Display the Scene you want to duplicate in the Designer Window.
2. Select Duplicate Scene from the Scene menu.
3. The duplicated Scene will appear in the Designer window. This new Scene is
assigned a default name by DemoShield. The name of this Scene appears in
the Demo Explorer, and a thumbnail image of this Scene appears in the Scene
Preview window.
To duplicate a Scene from the Designer window:
1. Display the Scene you want to duplicate in the Designer window.
2. Right-click on the Scene in the Designer window to initiate its context menu.
3. Select Duplicate Scene from the Scene’s context menu.
4. The duplicated Scene will appear in the Designer window. This new Scene will
be assigned a default name by DemoShield. The name of this Scene will
appear in the Demo Explorer, and a thumbnail image of this Scene will appear
in the Scene Preview window.

Deleting Scenes
If you decide that you do not want to include a Scene in your Demo, you can easily
delete it.
To delete a Scene through the Scene menu:
1. Display the Scene you want to delete in the Designer window.
2. Choose Delete Scene from the Scene menu.
To delete a Scene from the Designer window:
1. When the Scene you want to delete is displayed in the Designer window, right-
NOTE: To undo a Scene addition
click anywhere in the window where there are no Objects. or deletion, simply select
2. Select the Delete Scene command from this menu. The Scene displayed in Undo from the Edit menu.
the DemoShield Designer window disappears. The subsequent Scene in the
Scene Preview window appears.
To delete a Scene from the Demo Explorer or Scene Preview window:
1. Right-click the name of the Scene you want to delete in the Demo Explorer, or
the thumbnail image of the Scene you want to delete in the Scene Preview win-
dow.
2. Select Delete Scene from the resulting menu.

Checking Scene Spelling

To check the spelling in a Scene, you can use the internal spell checker to search for
misspellings in the text of that particular Scene. To check the spelling in a Scene:
1. From the Tools menu, select Current Scene from the Spell Check submenu.
2. The spell checker immediately runs and checks checking the spelling of all text
in the Scene. The spelling of SoftPhrase Resources is not checked by this func-
tion, and must be checked at the creation of the SoftPhrase.

InstallShield Software Corporation Checking Scene Spelling • 2-5

 Scene Transitions
DemoShield supports many transitions between Scenes. A Scene Transition is
where the Scene goes, or what Action the Demo performs, after the Scene time has
expired. For example, a Scene may continue to the next Scene, or pause, waiting for
some type of viewer interaction before moving along to the next Scene. Following is
a list of Scene Transitions, along with an explanation of what happens when a Scene
ends:

Scene Transition What Happens When the Scene Ends

Exit Demo The Demo exits.
Table 2-1.
Scene Transitions. Go to Next Scene The next Scene starts.

Go to Previous The previous Scene starts.

Scene

Go to Scene A Scene you specify is displayed.

Go to Sub Scene A Sub-Scene is a special Scene or group of Scenes, not

included as a part of your regular Scene sequence. Sub-
Scenes are useful when you think a Scene, or group of
Scenes, may be accessed from many different places within
the Demo. DemoShield tracks the Scene triggering the Go to
Sub-Scene Action and provides a mechanism for returning to
the original Scene.

Pause on Scene Pauses the Demo. Instead of switching to another Scene

automatically, viewer interaction is necessary to make the
Demo proceed to the next Scene.

Replay Current The Demo Controller clock returns to zero, and the current
Scene Scene plays over again from the beginning. This creates a
loop, broken only when the viewer interacts in some way with
the Demo to start a new Scene.

Restart Demo The Demo starts again from the beginning of the initial
Scene.

Return from Scene The Demo returns from the last Sub-Scene.

Specifying a Scene Transition

To specify a Scene Transition, complete the following:
1. Select the appropriate Scene from either the Demo Explorer view or Scene
Preview view.
2. From the Scene menu, choose Properties.
3. From the General tab, select the transition type you want to use from the
Transition Type list.

2-6 • Scenes InstallShield Software Corporation

Transition Effects
In addition to choosing a Scene Transition for each Scene in your Demo, you have
the choice of including a Scene Transition Effect. Scene Transition Effects are visual
effects that will display during the transition period as one Scene disappears and the
next appears. After approximately 0.5 seconds, the new Scene fills the screen. A list
of Scene Transition Effects is as follows:

Scene Transition Resulting Visual Effect

Effect Table 2-2.
Scene Transition Effects.
None The current Scene is immediately replaced with the new
Scene.

Appear from Four The new Scene enters by appearing as four small squares on
Corners the four corners of the screen. These small squares grow
toward the center to overtake the previous Scene.

Box Out The new Scene begins to appear in the center of the current
Scene, expanding outward so it fills the screen.

Circle Out The new Scene begins to appear as a circle in the center of
the current Scene, expanding outward until it replaces the
current Scene.

Double Radar The new Scene enters starting at the top, center of the screen
Beam and sweeps to the left and right concurrently, in a double
sweeping motion.

From the Bottom The current Scene rolls up and is replaced by the new Scene
from the bottom.

From the Left The current Scene rolls away and is replaced by the new
Scene from the left to the right.

From the Right The current Scene rolls away and is replaced by the new
Scene from the right to the left.

From the Top The current Scene rolls down and is replaced by the new
Scene from the top.

Grow Bottom to The new Scene enters by appearing as a small vertical strip
Top on the bottom of the screen. This strip grows upward to
overtake the previous Scene.

Grow from Center The new Scene enters by appearing as a small vertical strip
in the center of the screen. This strip grows downward and
upward to overtake the previous Scene.

Grow Left to Right The new Scene enters by appearing as a small vertical strip
on the left of the screen. This strip grows to the right to
overtake the previous Scene.

InstallShield Software Corporation Transition Effects • 2-7

 Scene Transition Resulting Visual Effect
Table 2-2 (continued). Effect
Grow Right to Left The new Scene enters by appearing as a small vertical strip
on the right of the screen. This strip grows to the left to
overtake the previous Scene.

Grow Top to The new Scene enters by appearing as a small vertical strip
Bottom on the top of the screen. This strip grows downward to
overtake the previous Scene.

Horizontal Band The new Scene begins to appear through horizontal bars that
Slide slide down from the left and right of the screen.

Horizontal Blinds Horizontal strips of both the current and new Scenes appear
on the screen in a manner that simulates horizontal blinds.

Radar Beam Similar to the sweeping motion of a radar beam, the new
Scene enters in a sweeping, circular motion, originating from
the center of the screen.

Vertical Band The new Scene begins to appear through vertical bars that
Slide slide down from the top and bottom of the screen.

Vertical Blinds Vertical strips of both the current and new Scenes appear on
the screen in a manner that simulates vertical blinds.

NOTE: Examples of each of these Scene transition effects can be found in the online help.

Sub-Scenes
Sub-Scenes are a sequence of Scenes that will not be viewed by everyone viewing
your Demo. For example, suppose you have a Demo consisting of 10 Scenes that
you expect will be viewed in a linear order by all viewers of your Demo. However,
you also want five extra Scenes to be displayed if a certain button is pressed in Scene
5. Sub-Scenes are these extra Scenes that are only accessible to those viewers who
pressed that button. When used in conjunction with a Go To Sub-Scene and
Return From Scene pair of Actions, these Sub-Scenes serve as a detour in your
Demo, but one that can be returned from and end up back on the main Demo
order.

Adding Objects to a Scene

To place an Object in a Scene in your Demo, simply click on the Object type that
you want to include in your Demo, and then click on the location where you want to
place the Object in the Designer. You can place Objects from the Object, Quick

2-8 • Scenes InstallShield Software Corporation

Object, Autoshapes, or Line Object toolbars in the Designer at any time during
Demo construction.
Once you have placed an Object into a Scene in your Demo, you can move the
Object around in the Designer by either dragging or nudging the Object. To move
an Object by dragging it in the Designer, select the Object by clicking it, and drag it
to the location you want it to appear with the mouse. To move an Object by nudg-
ing, select the Object by clicking on it in the Designer, and press the arrow key that
corresponds to the direction you want to move the Object in.
When you move Objects by nudging them, they will be moved by one layout unit.
By default, a layout unit is one pixel. You can adjust the size of a layout unit by
selecting Options under the Tools menu.

NOTE: To assist you in placing your Objects in a consistent location, you can display a vis-
ible grid by selecting the grid option from the View menu.

InstallShield Software Corporation Adding Objects to a Scene • 2-9

2-10 • Scenes InstallShield Software Corporation
 3
DemoShield Objects

Table of Contents
Objects Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Standard Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Creating Application Objects . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Creating Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
DemoShield provides you with a large variety of Objects
Creating Bitmap Button Objects. . . . . . . . 3-5
to incorporate into your Demos. Each Object has a cer-
tain set of intended uses, however the possibilities of uses Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
that an Object can serve in the Scenes of your demo are Creating Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
limitless. Edit Field Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Creating Edit Field Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Creating Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Condition Builder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Condition Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Building a Custom Condition. . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Group Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Creating Group Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Creating Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating Menu Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Creating Text Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Creating Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Streaming Media Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

InstallShield Software Corporation 3-1

 Creating Streaming Media Objects . . . . 3-12 Aligning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Sorting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Creating VCR Button Objects. . . . . . . . . 3-13 Deleting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Autoshape Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Creating Autoshape Objects . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Line Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Line Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Creating Line Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Polygon Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Creating Polygon Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Creating Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Quick Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Quick Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Creating Quick Animation Objects . . . . 3-16
Quick Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Creating Quick Button Objects . . . . . . . 3-17
Quick Link Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Creating a Quick Link Object . . . . . . . . 3-17
Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Creating Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . 3-18
Displaying Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Quick Sound Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Creating Quick Sound Objects . . . . . . . 3-19
Quick Video Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Creating Quick Video Objects. . . . . . . . 3-20
Controlling Object Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Manipulating Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Positioning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
To reposition an Object by Dragging: . . 3-21
To reposition an Object by Nudging:. . . 3-21
Resizing Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Uniform Stretching and Shrinking . . . . . 3-21
Stretching Horizontally or Vertically . . . . 3-22
Shrinking Horizontally or Vertically . . . . 3-22
Layering Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

3-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Objects Overview
Objects are the aspects of DemoShield that most directly initiate user interaction.
There are four Object categories: Autoshape, Line, Quick Objects, and standard
Objects. Standard Objects include text, buttons, menus, and list boxes. Autoshape
and Line Objects are visual shapes that you can see on the screen, and use to design
your demo. Quick Objects are interactive or independently active Objects with
appropriate pre-built Actions already in place.
After you place an Object into the Designer, you can adjust its Object Properties to
most closely meet your needs. When a new Object is created, it appears in the
Designer Window, as well as in the Demo Explorer under the Scene where it
appears. New Objects will also appear in the Time Line Editor. Objects with an
invisible property appear as icons in the Designer Window to provide a way for you
to keep track of those Objects as you are working on them in the Scene.

Standard Objects
There are 14 standard Objects included in DemoShield, all of which can be accessed
via the Objects toolbar and by selecting the appropriate Object from the New
Object command under the Object menu. The available Objects include:
• Application
• Automation
• Bitmap Button
• Button
• Edit Field
• Event
• Group
• Hot Spot
• List Box
• Menu
• Streaming Media
• Text
• Variable
• VCR Buttons

NOTE: For specific information about each of these objects, please refer to the sections
that follow. For information on Object Properties, please refer to the appropriate
section in the Properties chapter.

Application Objects
An Application Object launches an application at the beginning of a Scene. In a full-
screen demo, you can create an Application Object only in an Application Scene. An

InstallShield Software Corporation Objects Overview • 3-3

 Application Scene appears with a transparent background on top of which appears
your demo. In this way, the demo is actually running over an application used as the
background, giving the appearance that you are interacting with the application. You
can display text, graphics, or other Objects in this Scene, if they are arranged in a
way that allows your application to play without interference.

NOTE: A transparent background is not available in a windowed demo. When using an

Application Object in a windowed demo, the demo window must be made small
enough to appear alongside the application, or disable the topmost window prop-
erty for the demo so the application window appears on top of the demo window.

Creating Application Objects

To create an Application Object:
1. Click the Application Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Applica-
tion Object from the Object | New Object menu, then click the location in
the Designer Window where you want to place your Application Object.
2. Application Objects are invisible to the viewers of your demo, so the place-
ment of an Application Object doesn’t affect the way your demo will appear to
those who view your demo.
3. By assigning Properties to the Application Object you can tailor it to meet
your needs.

Automation Objects
Automation Resources are composites of several internal DemoShield data types.
Typical DemoShield Resources, such as bitmaps, are produced externally and then
imported into DemoShield to serve a specific purpose. An Automation Resource
serves to automate functions that exist separately in DemoShield, but are easier to
use when combined. Automation Resources can be orchestrated to work together,
resulting in a series of screen captures displayed simultaneously with a text descrip-
tion explaining how to perform any given task. Automation Resources are created
by walking through the steps of the Automation Wizard, which makes constructing
Automation Resources a quick and easy job.
Automation Objects are used to play Automation Resources within Scenes. By
adjusting the Automation Object’s properties, you can control how your demo plays
the Automation Resource. Using Automation Objects to play Automation
Resources is one way to produce a Software Simulation. Automation Objects can be
used to automate a series of images to demonstrate an application, or to display mul-
tiple Text Objects displayed sequentially at specified time intervals.

Creating Automation Objects

To create an Automation Object:
1. Click on the Automation Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Auto-
mation Object from the Object | New Object menu.

3-4 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 2. Click on the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your
Automation Object.
3. Configure properties for the Automation Object as necessary.

Bitmap Button Objects

Bitmap Button Objects can be filled with any image Resource imported into your
demo. You can create Bitmap Button Objects that appear with a button caption.
You can associate Actions with Bitmap Button Objects so they are used to initiate
user interaction in the Scenes of your Demos. For example, you could use Bitmap
Button Objects to control the way a viewer navigates through your demo, to print
an order form, or to launch an Internet URL.

Creating Bitmap Button Objects

To create a Bitmap Button Object:
1. Click the Bitmap Button Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Bit-
map Button Object from the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your Bit-
map Button Object.

Button Objects
Button Objects are used to display radio buttons, push buttons, and check boxes in
the your demo Scenes. Button Objects emulate normal window controls. You can
use them to initiate viewer interaction in your Scenes. For example, you can use
them to control navigation, print files or launch Internet URLs.
To use Button Objects to initiate viewer interaction, adjust the Button Object prop-
erties to meet your needs. For specific information on these properties, please refer
to the Properties chapter.

Creating Button Objects

To create a Button Object:
1. Click the Button Object button on the Object Toolbar, or from the Object
menu, select Button Object from the New Object submenu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your But-
ton Object.
3. Configure properties for the Button Object as necessary

Edit Field Objects

Edit Field Objects provide a way for the viewer to enter alphanumeric characters
into fields. You can configure your demo so certain types of viewer input in Edit
Field Objects initiate different responses. You can configure the Edit Field Object’s
properties to compare input entered in an Edit Field Object with a string you have
provided. If the viewer’s input matches the string you have provided, the demo per-
forms an Action you specify, otherwise, a different Action will be executed.

InstallShield Software Corporation Standard Objects • 3-5

 Edit Field Objects allow you to customize Demos by obtaining information from
the viewer, and re-displaying that information later in the demo. For instance, you
could ask the viewer for his or her name at the beginning of the demo, and use the
viewer’s name throughout the rest of the demo. To customize your demo in this way,
it is necessary to use Quick Report Objects.

Creating Edit Field Objects

To create an Edit Field Object:
1. Click the Edit Field Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Edit Field
Object from the Object | New Object Menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your Edit
Field Object.
3. By assigning Properties to the Edit Field Object you can tailor it to meet your
need

Event Objects
Event Objects trigger Actions in your demo without any viewer interaction. For
example, you could create an Event Object that displays an Internet URL when the
viewer arrived at a specific time within a Scene.

Creating Event Objects

To create an Event Object:
1. Click the Event Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Event Object
from the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want the Event Object
to be placed. Event Objects are invisible to the viewers of your demo, so the
placement of an Event doesn’t affect the way your demo will appear to those
who view your demo.
3. To assign Action(s) the Event Object will trigger, assign the Properties in the
Event Object Properties Dialog box.

Condition Builder
The Condition Builder is a DemoShield tool invoked from the Event Object that
allows you to create a condition, which, when evaluated, can trigger various Actions.
By selecting various arguments, condition types, and operators, you can create highly
customized conditions that allow you to exercise enormous flexibility in your
Demos.
All conditions are based on whether a statement is true or false. If a statement is
true, one specific Actions can be executed. If a statement is false, entirely different
Actions can be executed. Additionally, the Event Object allows you to define multi-
ple conditions, thus allowing you to create more refined evaluations upon which
True and False Actions are performed.

3-6 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 Figure 3-1.
The Condition Builder.

The Condition Builder allows you to select from predefined condition types, or
define a custom condition based on criteria you specify.
The process for creating a condition is relatively simple. Select a condition type from
the condition types drop down list, and end the condition descriptions as you see fit.
A listing of all of the condition types, and an example condition is provided below.
Once you have created your condition(s), create a True and a False Action from the
Action tab of the Event Object’s properties dialog box to execute when the condi-
tion is evaluated.

NOTE: You must click APPLY each time you configure a setting in the condition in order for
the changes to take effect.

Condition Types

NOTE: For more information, see “Comparable Global Variables” on page 4-15.

• Acrobat - Allows you to create comparisons based on whether the viewer has
Adobe Acrobat installed on his or her computer.
• Always - The Always condition type automatically executes any Actions cre-
ated under the True Actions Event on Action Tab of the Event Object prop-
erties dialog box. This is the default setting for the Event Object.
• Color Depth- Allows you to create comparisons based on the color depth that
the viewer is currently running on his or her computer.
• Custom - Allows you to create a comparison based on custom conditions (see
“Building a Custom Condition” on page 3-9).

InstallShield Software Corporation Standard Objects • 3-7

 • Day of Week - Allows you to create comparisons based on the day of the
week.
• FTP - Allows you to create comparisons based on whether the viewer has an
FTP client installed.
• HTTP - Allows you to create comparisons based on whether the viewer has a
Web browser installed.
• Language -Allows you to create comparisons based on the language of the
operating system used by the viewer.
• OS - Allows you to create comparisons based upon the Operating System the
viewer is running.
• Resolution - Allows you to create comparisons based on the resolution the
viewer has set on his or her computer.
• System Date - Allows you to create comparisons based on the system date of
the viewer’s computer.
• System Time - Allows you to create comparisons based on the system time of
the viewer’s computer.

Condition Description
The Condition Description Window allows you to evaluate the terms of the condi-
tions the Condition Builder has created, based on the type of conditions you have
selected from the Condition Type drop down list. For example, if you selected the
condition type OS, by default, the Condition Description window would similar to
this:

If OS equals Win2000 then

{
}
else
{
{

The first set of braces ({) denotes where a True Action occurs. True Actions are
Actions executed when the result of the comparison is true. In the above example, if
the viewer is running Windows 2000, any True Actions associated with this compar-
ison are executed.
The second set of braces denotes where a False Action occurs. In the case of the
example above, if the viewer is running Windows 98, any False Actions associated
with this comparison are executed.
True and False Actions are created under the Action Tab of the Event Objects
properties dialog box.
Any words displayed in blue and underlined can be edited directly in the Condition
Description window. For example, if you click the word “equals,” a drop down list is
displayed from which you can select another operator to use in your comparison.

3-8 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

Condition Details
Whenever a word displayed in the Condition Description window is clicked, a drop
down list displays in this window. From this drop down list, you may choose a dif-
ferent argument for you comparison. In the case of OS, you can select from
Win2000, WinNT4, NT, Win98, or Win95.

Building a Custom Condition

When using Event Objects, it is possible to build custom conditions that
DemoShield can evaluate. If the condition evaluates to true, true actions are per-
formed. If the condition evaluates to false, false actions are performed. The custom
conditions are evaluated using a condition statement in an Event Object.

Set Up the Event Object

1. Place an Event Object on your Scene.
2. Right click the Event Object and choose Object Styles.
3. In the Conditions list box, click Always Perform True Actions, then click Edit.
4. The Condition Builder dialog is displayed. From the Condition Type drop
down list, choose Custom.
5. In the Condition Description box, a condition statement is provided. This
statement has three parts, the left side, the operator, and the right side. Each
part can be customized by making choices in the Condition Builder.

NOTE: When customizing the condition, remember to click Apply after each change to
insure that the change takes effect.

Build the Left Side

1. Click Global Variable/Object in the Condition Description area.
2. Choose Global Variable or Object from the Condition Details drop down list.
• If you choose Global Variable, you must choose the appropriate Global
Variable from the Select Global Variable drop down list (see “Comparable
Global Variables” on page 4-15).
• If you choose Object, you must choose the name of the Object from the
Select Object drop down list. Additionally, you may need to select an appro-
priate property for the Object (see “Advanced Actions” on page 4-6).
3. Click Apply. NOTE: When comparing strings,
the ASCII value of the first
Choose the Operator letter in the string is used
1. Click the equal sign in the Condition Description area to edit the operator. to determine if a string is
“less than” or “greater
2. Select the appropriate operator in the Condition Details area.
than” another string. This
3. Click Apply is then applied for all
remaining characters in
Build the Right Side the string.
1. Click Object Property/Constant in the Condition Description area.
2. Choose Object or Constant (string or numeric) in the Condition Details area.
• If you choose Object, you must specify the name of the Object and the
Property you want to compare in the Condition Details.

InstallShield Software Corporation Standard Objects • 3-9

 • If you choose Constant (numeric or string) you must enter the value of the
Constant in the Condition Details area.
3. Click Apply.
4. Click Ok to return to the Object Styles tab. From there, you can create more
custom conditions, or click Ok again to finish.

NOTE: It is possible to create multiple conditions within a single Event Object. If you create
multiple conditions, they are evaluated as “and” conditions, meaning every one of
the statements you define must be true for the True Actions to be triggered. If any
one of the statements is false, the whole statement is false and any defined False
Actions will be performed.

Group Objects
A Group Object controls the behaviors of two or more Objects used in a Scene. For
example, when a Group Object is created, Hide/Show Actions performed on the
Group Object effects all Objects that are members of the group.

Creating Group Objects

To create a Group Object:
1. Click the Group Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Group Object
from the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in Designer Window where you want to place your Group
Object. Group Objects are invisible to the viewers of your demo, so the place-
ment of a Group Object does not effect the way your demo appears to the
viewers of your demo.
3. Set the group name property of all Objects in the group to the same name as
the Group Object, to make the Objects members of that group.

Hot Spot Objects

Hot Spot Objects allow you to designate a portion of the demo screen to be open to
viewer interaction. For example, the viewer can initiate an Action by clicking a Hot
Spot Object. The Actions assigned to Hot Spot Objects can be used to control
demo navigation, launch external files or Internet URLs.

Creating Hot Spot Objects

To create a Hot Spot Object:
1. Click the Hot Spot Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Hot Spot
Object from the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your Hot
Spot Object.
3. By assigning Properties to the Hot Spot Object you can tailor it to meet your
needs.

3-10 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

List Box Objects
A List Box Object allows you to simulate the appearance and functionality of a win-
dows List Box. A List Box Object can contain up to sixty list items. Every list item
in a List Box Object can have one or more Actions associated with it. When the
viewer clicks a List Box item, the entry appears highlighted and the Actions associ-
ated with the entry are performed. You can associate any DemoShield Action with a
List Box list item.

Creating List Box Objects

To create a List Box Object:
1. Click on the List Box Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select List Box
from the Object | New Object Menu.
2. Click on the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your
List Box Object.
3. By assigning Properties to the List Box Object you can tailor it to meet your
needs.

Menu Objects
Menu Objects allow you to create PopUp or Dialog menus displayed to viewers of
your Demos. For each selection on the menu, you can assign one or more Actions.
Typically, a Menu Object serves as a way to allow users to navigate to different sec-
tions of the demo. For each menu item or dialog selection, you could set an Action
that would go to a Scene in the demo. Menu Objects are displayed via a Display
Menu Action.

Creating Menu Objects

To create a Menu Object:
1. Click the Menu Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Menu Object
from the Object Menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want your Menu Object
to be placed.
3. By assigning Properties to the Menu Object you can tailor it to meet your
needs.

Text Objects
Text Objects are used to display headlines, body text, and other text items in the
Scenes. You can enter the text directly into the Text Objects itself, or you can paste
text from another application, such as a text editor, into the Text Object. You can
also import text from a previously created .RTF file. DemoShield features its own
Text Editor that allows you to enter and format the text used in your Text Objects

Creating Text Objects

To create a Text Object:

InstallShield Software Corporation Standard Objects • 3-11

 1. Click the Text Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select Text Object |
New Object from the Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want the Text Object to
be placed.
3. By default, the Text Object will display the caption “Right-Click Here.”
4. By assigning Properties to the Text Object, you can tailor your Text Object to
meet your needs.

Variable Objects
A Variable Object allows you to save items of data used in your Demos. For exam-
ple, you could set your demo up to “remember” if the viewer has been to a certain
Scene by setting a variable in that Scene. This would allow you to build Actions con-
ditional on the state of that variable, such as displaying a check mark on the Scenes a
viewer has already visited. The data stored in a variable can consist of text or num-
bers. Variables that store numbers are referred to as numeric variables, variables that
store text are referred to as text, or string variables.

Creating Variable Objects

To create a Variable Object:
1. Click the Variable Object button in the Object Toolbar, or select Variable
Object from the Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your Vari-
able Object.
Variable Objects are invisible to the viewers of your demo, so the placement of a
Variable Object doesn’t affect the way your demo appears to those who view your
demo. By assigning Properties to the Variable Object you can tailor it to meet your
needs.

Streaming Media Objects

Streaming Media Objects allow you to stream audio and video media files in your
Demos. You have the option of using Microsoft’s Windows Media Player or Real-
Networks’ Real Player as the delivery mechanism. DemoShield does not install these
applications; if you want your end users to view streaming media, the appropriate
application must already be installed on their computers. The Streaming Media
Object will not stream the media if the appropriate application is not installed.
Audio and video files used by this Object are not imported into the demo file.

Creating Streaming Media Objects

To create a Streaming Media Object:
1. Click the Streaming Media Object button on the Object toolbar, or select the
Streaming Media Object from the New Object list under the Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place the
Streaming Media Object.
3. Configure properties as necessary for the Object.

3-12 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

VCR Button Objects
VCR Button Objects allow you to display a set of buttons featuring a caption or pre-
set VCR symbol. With the pre-set VCR Button Objects, your viewers can move to
the next and previous Scenes in your demo, pause and continue the demo, and exit
the demo. You can change the captions for each button on the VCR Button Object.
You can also change the Actions associated with each button on the VCR Button
Object.
VCR Button Objects are similar to browser navigation buttons (back and forward)
and are easily recognizable by viewers. VCR Button Objects provide easy navigation
in one Object, and the Object can be reused on all Scenes of your demo.

Creating VCR Button Objects

To create a VCR Button Object:
1. Click the VCR Button Object button on the Object Toolbar, or select VCR
Button Object from the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place your VCR
Button Object.
3. Configure properties as necessary for the Object.

Autoshape Objects
Autoshapes are predefined shapes in DemoShield. There are 16 Autoshape Objects,
all available from both the Autoshape toolbar and from the New Autoshape com-
mand under the Object menu. The Autoshapes included with DemoShield are:
• Circle
• Cross
• Diamond
• Hexagon
• Octagon
• Parallelogram
• Rectangle
• Rounded Rectangle
• Star
• Square Point
• Trapezoid
• Triangle
• Left Arrow
• Right Arrow
• Up Arrow
• Down Arrow
Autoshape Objects, with few exceptions, include the same tabs on their Property
dialog boxes.

InstallShield Software Corporation Autoshape Objects • 3-13

 Creating Autoshape Objects
All Autoshape Objects are created in the following manner:
1. Select the appropriate Autoshape Object from the Autoshape toolbar, or by
clicking on the Object menu, then clicking New Autoshape Object, and select-
ing the Autoshape Object from the resulting menu.
2. Click on the Scene into which you are placing the AutoShape Object and drag
to create an outline of the Autoshape Object.
3. When your Autoshape Object is the size you want, click the left mouse button
again, which places the Autoshape Object into the Scene.
4. Modify Autoshape Object properties as necessary.

Line Objects
Line Objects are much like Autoshape Objects. However, unlike Autoshape Objects,
their form is not predefined. There are three Line Objects available:
• Lines
• Polylines
• Polygons
Polylines consist of connected lines. Polygons are irregular two-dimensional figures
created by filling in connected polylines.

Line Objects
Line/Polyline Objects are shapes you can see on the screen, and use to design your
demo. Lines or Polylines can be used to emphasize certain areas of a Scene, or
divide certain groups of Objects into specific groups on the Scene. You can set the
thickness and color or apply an arrowhead to one or both ends of your Line Object.

Creating Line Objects

To create a Line Object:
1. Click the Line Object button on the Lines Toolbar, or select Line Object from
the Object | New Object menu.
2. Click the location in the Designer Window where you want to place the Line
Object.
3. Move your mouse to adjust the Line Object’s size.
4. When you are finished, release the mouse.
5. To create a truly vertical or horizontal line, hold down the shift key while drag-
ging the mouse.
6. To choose a line style for your Line Object, select the Object Tab of the Line
and Polyline Objects Properties Dialog box.

Polygon Objects
Create a Polygon Object when you need an irregular closed shape, such as a light-
ning bolt with six sides. Click the Polygon Object button on the Lines Toolbar to

3-14 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

create a Polygon Object. Although the process for creating a Polygon is a little dif-
ferent, both Polygons and Autoshapes are Objects with very similar properties.

Creating Polygon Objects

To create a Polygon Object:
1. Click the Polygon button on the Lines Toolbar, or select Polygon Object from
the Object menu, and then click the location in the Designer Window where
you want to place it.
2. To set each vertex of the Polygon, simply left-click.
3. When you are finished creating your Polygon Object, double-click.
4. To create an edge of the Polygon that is truly vertical or horizontal, hold down
the shift key while dragging the mouse.
5. To choose the line style for your Polygon Object, select the Object Styles Tab
of the Autoshape Objects Properties Dialog box.

Polyline Objects
Polyline Objects are simply Line Objects that are made up of more than one line.

Creating Polyline Objects

To create a Polyline Object:
1. Click the Polyline Object button on the Lines Toolbar, or select Polyline
Object from the Object menu, then click the location in the Designer where
you want to place it. NOTE: To create truly vertical or
2. To change the direction of your Polyline Object, simply left-click. horizontal lines, hold
3. When you are finished creating your Polyline Object, double-click. down the shift key while
4. To choose the line style for your Polygon Object, select the Object Tab of the dragging the mouse.
Line and Polyline Objects Properties Dialog box.

Quick Objects
The following descriptions will guide you through the construction of the six differ-
ent types of Quick Objects. Once a Quick Object has been created, it is no different
than any other Object in the DemoShield environment.
There are six available Quick Objects:
• Quick Animation
• Quick Button
• Quick Link
• Quick Report
• Quick Sound
• Quick Video

InstallShield Software Corporation Quick Objects • 3-15

 Quick Animation Objects
Quick Animation Objects allow you to place animated sequences of images in your
demo. These Objects are built at the same resolutions as the settings on your system;
it is therefore recommended that you reduce your color depth to 16 or 256 colors
when building a Quick Animation Object since DemoShield uses the current color
depth to create each frame of the animation.

WARNING: Animated GIFs are not supported.

If your Quick Animation Resource is larger than 4MB, you must first import it “By
Reference” through the Resource Manager. This Resource must be distributed along
with your .DBD file in order to be included in the demo your viewers see.
Once a Quick Animation Object has been created, you must reenter the Quick Ani-
mation properties dialog to make any modifications to the actual display of the bit-
map images.

Creating Quick Animation Objects

To create a Quick Animation Object:
1. Click the Quick Animation Button on the Quick Objects Toolbar, or select
Quick Animation Object from the Object menu, and then click the location in
the Designer Window where you want your Quick Animation Object to
appear. Once you click in the Designer Window, your cursor turns into a
crosshair.
2. Click and drag your mouse to create an area of the size that you want your
Quick Animation Object to appear in, and release the mouse. The final size of
the rectangle you draw for a Quick Animation Object will depend on your type
of animation.
3. The Autoshape Properties dialog is displayed. Select the type of Animation
and the Image Resource you want to automate. If you have already imported
the image you want to automate into the Resource Manager, it will appear in
the Image Resource combo box. If you want to use another image in your
Quick Animation Object, click the Import button to browse for your image.
Alternatively, you can click on the Build button to select images to animate. If
you choose to import an image by clicking the Import button, the image must
be in bitmap (. bmp) or GIF format. Once you have selected the images for
your Quick Animation, click Next. You must build your animation sequentially
so the frames appear in order in the resulting Quick Animation.
4. You must enter the number of frames you would like to feature in your anima-
tion sequence, as well as the number of frames per second to display. By
default, the animation sequence you create will loop for its entire lifespan. If
you select the Repeat animation check box, you can specify a number of times
your animation sequence will be played. After you have made all selections,
click Ok.
5. By default, DemoShield gives your Quick Animation Object a name. If you
want to change the name, you can enter it in the edit field in the General tab of

3-16 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 the Autoshape Properties dialog. You may customize your Quick Animation
Object further by clicking on the Object Styles, Fill Styles and Life tabs.

Quick Button Objects

Quick Button Objects provide a means of creating visually pleasing, fully functional
interactive buttons. You can choose from a number of pre-defined button styles or
create your own buttons to use. Quick Button Objects allow you to place pre-for-
matted Windows style button Objects in your Demos featuring roll over effects.

Creating Quick Button Objects

To create a Quick Button Object:
1. Click the Quick Button Object Button on the Quick Objects Toolbar, or select
Quick Button Object from the Object menu, and then click the location in the
Designer Window where you want your Quick Button Object to be placed.
2. The Bitmap Button Properties dialog will be displayed with the Quick Button
Styles tab automatically chosen.
3. DemoShield provides you with many different styles for your Quick Button
Objects. The Quick Button Objects appear differently when they are
unpressed, have the mouse on them, and are pressed. To select a Quick Button
Object style, click on the arrows in the dialog box, or move the slider.
4. After you have selected a style for your Quick Button Object, you can assign
Actions to it. To add an Action, click the Actions tab. Choose the Event you
want to trigger the Action, and click New.
5. The Action Wizard will appear and will walk you through the steps of building
Actions. You can add or edit Actions through the Quick Button Object Prop-
erties dialog box.
6. Once you have customized the Quick Button to your needs, click Ok.

Quick Link Objects

Quick Link Object are designed to allow you to:
• Incorporate links to Internet URLs
• Send email to designated email address
• Access information from a Web site
Before you begin to create a Quick Link Object, decide which of these three types
you want to create in your demo.

Creating a Quick Link Object

To create a new Quick Link Object:
1. After you have decided what type of Quick Link Object that you are creating,
choose Quick Link from the Object | New Quick Object menu, or click on
the Quick Link icon in the Quick Objects toolbar. Click the area in the
Designer Window where you want the link to be placed.
2. The Text Properties dialog is displayed, with the Quick Link Styles tab auto-
matically selected.

InstallShield Software Corporation Quick Objects • 3-17

 3. Select the cursor that will be used when the viewer of your demo moves his or
her mouse over the link that you have created. Adding a different cursor when
a link is passed over with the mouse brings attention to the fact that this link is
clickable. You may choose a cursor of your own to import, by choosing the
Cursor Resource radio button, or you may choose a cursor already provided by
DemoShield (Pre-defined Cursor).
4. In the Color area, select the color used for the link to be displayed to your
viewer in its initial state (Link Color). The link will remain this color until it is
clicked on, or passed over with the mouse.
5. In the Color area, select the color used for the link when it is passed over by
the mouse or clicked by the viewer. This color is only visible while the viewer
has his or her cursor on the link, or is clicking it (Active Color).
6. In the Color area, select the color used once a viewer has followed a link fea-
tured in your demo. The link will be displayed in this color to show that it has
already been visited (Visited Color).
7. In the text box on the Object Styles tab, enter the text you would like to be dis-
played as the actual link the viewers will see. For example, if you wanted the
actual URL to be visible to the viewers of your demo, enter the URL in this
edit field. Otherwise, enter text that represents the link. For example, enter
“See our Web site” rather than entering the actual URL.
8. Now you must create the Action that will take the viewer to the Web site, FTP
or e-mail address.
9. Click the Actions tab and follow the basic steps for creating an Action. Select
the View Internet URL as the Action to complete the Quick Link.

Quick Report Objects

Quick Report Objects allow you to easily display information contained in Text
Objects, Variables, and Edit Fields, thereby customizing your demo for each user.
You can also display global variable information such as day, month, year, hour,
minute, day name, and month name.

Creating Quick Report Objects

To create a Quick Report Object:
1. Click the Quick Report Object Button on the Quick Objects Toolbar, or select
Quick Report Object from the Object | New Quick Object menu. Click the
location of the Designer Window where you would like your Quick Report
Object to appear. The Text Properties dialog is displayed with the Object
Styles tab automatically selected.
2. In the Text field, you can enter text that will be displayed to viewers. You can
also select to display the data contained in Objects by clicking on the Insert
Token Button. For example, if you used an Edit Field Object in an earlier
Scene in a demo, the data your viewer entered into that Object could be dis-
played in the Quick Report Object.

Displaying Text
To display the text that is contained in another Object:

3-18 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 1. Select the Scene in which the Object you want to display text from resides
from the Scene combo box.
2. Select the Object that contains the text you want to display in your Quick
Report Object from the Object combo box.
3. In addition to displaying text that is contained in other Objects in your demo,
you can also display global variables in Quick Report Objects. Select the “Dis-
play Global Variables” check box to cause all of your global variables to be dis-
played in the Object combo box.
4. After you enter the text and tokens you want to be displayed in your Quick
Report Object, click OK to return to the Designer.

Quick Sound Objects

Quick Sound Objects are designed to allow you to incorporate sound Resources
into your Demos. A Quick Sound Object uses a MIDI, WAV, RMI, or MP3 file
imported into the Resource Manager and uses it in your demo. To get you started, a
comprehensive sound library is readily available for your use.
If your Quick Sound Resource is larger than 4MB, you must first import it “By Ref-
erence” through the Resource Manager. This Resource must be distributed along
with your .DBD file in order to be included in the demo your viewers see.

Creating Quick Sound Objects

To create a Quick Sound Object:
1. Click the Quick Sound Object button on the Quick Objects Toolbar, or select
Quick Sound Object from the Objects menu, and click the Designer Window
to add this Object to your Scene. The Event Properties dialog is displayed with
the Quick Sound Styles tab automatically selected.
2. To select a sound, choose one from the Sound Resource or Sound Library
combo boxes. Sound Resources are .WAV, MIDI, MP3, or .RMI files which
may be imported from this tab or imported through the Resource Manager.
Sound Library sounds are those that have been installed with DemoShield by
default and are always selectable. You may preview the sound by clicking the
Test Sound button. If you want to stop the sound, click Stop Sound.
3. Choose one of the Sound Playback Options: play sound and return, wait for
sound to play or repeat sound playback.
4. The Object Styles tab in the Event Properties dialog allows you to set the time
when the sound should play during the Scene.
5. In the Actions tab, you may associate Actions with the Quick Sound Object.

Quick Video Objects

Quick Video Objects provide you with a step-by-step guide to implementing video
Resources in your Demos. A Quick Video Object uses an .AVI, ScreenCam (. SCM)
or QuickTime (.QT or .MOV) file that has been imported into the Resource Man-
ager, and implements it into your demo according to your specifications.

InstallShield Software Corporation Quick Objects • 3-19

 If your Quick Video Resource is larger than 4MB, you must first import it “By Ref-
erence” through the Resource Manager. This Resource must be distributed along
with your .DBD file in order to be included in the demo your viewers see.

Creating Quick Video Objects

To create a Quick Video Object:
1. Click the Quick Video Object button on the Quick Objects Toolbar, or select
Quick Video Object from the Object menu. Click the Designer Window to
place the Quick Video Object on your Scene. The Event Properties dialog is
displayed with the Quick Video Styles tab automatically selected.
2. Specify the Video Resource you want to play. If you have already imported this
Video Resource into the Resource Manager, you will see its name displayed in
the combo box. If you have not imported any Video Objects into the
Resource Manager, you can choose to import the Video Resource directly
from the Quick Video Styles tab. To do so, click the Import button. You will
be presented with a browse dialog that allows you to browse for an .AVI,
.SCM, .QT, or .MOV file.
3. Specify the coordinates at which you want the Quick Video Object to be dis-
played. You can specify these values by either typing in the appropriate values,
or by clicking the Capture button. Clicking the Capture button changes the
cursor into a crosshair. To capture the location where you want your Video to
be displayed, click the desired location in the Designer Window. The coordi-
nates are automatically filled in for you.
4. Once you are satisfied with your configuration, click Ok.
Once a Quick Object has been created, it is treated no differently than any other
Object in the DemoShield environment. Quick Objects are specialized Objects, but
can be completely modified using the same steps as other Objects in the
DemoShield environment.

Controlling Object Behavior

Once you have created an Object in a demo, you have a variety of ways to control
the Object’s behavior. You can specify when you want the Object to enter a Scene,
and how it should enter a Scene. You can assign certain functions for it to carry out
when a viewer interacts with it. All the roles Objects can play are determined by the
properties assigned to them.
For specific information regarding Object properties, please consult the Properties
chapter.

3-20 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

Manipulating Objects
Positioning Objects
When you place an Object into the Designer Window, it may not appear exactly
where you want it. To move the Object to the correct location, either drag or nudge
the Object.
To assist you in placing your Objects in consistent locations, you can display a visible
grid by selecting the Grid option from the View Menu. You can be assured you are
placing an Object in the exact location by viewing the visible grid. The X and Y
coordinates displayed on the Status Bar show the exact location of the Object.

To reposition an Object by Dragging:

1. Click the Object you want to reposition. Selection handles appear around the
Object.
2. Click anywhere on the area inside the selection handles, but not on the handles
themselves.
3. Drag the Object to its new position.

To reposition an Object by Nudging:

1. Click on the Object you want to reposition. Selection handles appear around
the Object.
2. Press any arrow key to move the Object one layout unit in the direction of the
arrow you press. A layout unit is, by default, one pixel. However, you can
change the value of a layout unit by choosing Options from the Tools menu.
In the Options dialog, choose the Settings tab and change the Object Place-
ment on Grid settings.

Resizing Objects
You can change the size of all visible DemoShield Objects (except Bitmap Button,
Line, Polyline, and Polygon Objects). To resize an Object, you have the choice of
using two different methods: dragging (using the mouse), or nudging (using sizing
keys).
To Resize an Object using the mouse:
1. Click the Object you want to resize. Sizing handles appear around the Object.
2. Click a handle. The regular cursor changes to a cursor with double arrows.
3. Drag the mouse to make the Object smaller or larger.
4. As you resize an Object, information concerning its height, width, and X and
Y coordinates appears in the Status Bar.
When you resize an Object using Sizing Keys, each time you press a key to stretch or
shrink the Object, it stretches or shrinks by one layout unit.

Uniform Stretching and Shrinking

To stretch or shrink an Object on all sides:

InstallShield Software Corporation Manipulating Objects • 3-21

 1. Click the Object you want to resize. Sizing handles appear around the Object.
2. To shrink on all sides, press the minus (-) key on the numeric keypad. To
stretch the Object on all sides, press the plus (+) key on the numeric keypad.

Stretching Horizontally or Vertically

To stretch the Object horizontally or vertically:
1. Click the Object you want to resize. The Object appears selected in the
Designer Window, surrounded by handles.
2. To stretch the Object horizontally, hold down the Ctrl key while you press the
left or right arrow keys on either the main or numeric keypad. One horizontal
side of the Object remains stationary, and the other side moves to stretch the
Object in the desired direction.
3. To stretch the Object vertically, hold down the Ctrl key while you press the up
or down arrow keys on either the main or numeric keypad. One vertical side of
the Object remains stationary, and the other side moves to stretch the Object
in the desired direction.

Shrinking Horizontally or Vertically

To shrink the Object horizontally or vertically:
1. Click the Object you want to resize. The Object appears selected in the
Designer Window, surrounded by handles.
2. To shrink the Object horizontally, hold down the Shift key while you press the
left or right arrow keys. One horizontal size of the Object remains stationary
and the other side shrinks.
3. To shrink the Object vertically, hold down the Shift key while you press the up
or down arrow keys. One vertical side of the Object remains stationary and the
other side shrinks.

Layering Objects
When two or more Objects are located in the same place on screen, the Object in
front can block the Object(s) behind it from view. Z-order describes the order in
which Objects are layered. If you think of a stack of paper, the sheet on the top
would be at the top or front of the z-order, while the sheet on the bottom would be
at the bottom or back of the z-order.
Frequently, when creating Demos, you want more than one Object in the same
place. To assist your Scene layout, DemoShield includes four layering commands:
• Bring to Front – moves the selected Object to the top position over all other
Objects in the Scene. The result is that the Object is no longer obscured by
other objects, and also is displayed as the first Object in the Scene when the
Demo Explorer view is set to sort by Object layer.
• Bring One Layer Closer – moves the selected Object up one layer in the Scene.
This is also reflected by moving the Object up one place in the Scene order in
the Demo Explorer view when it is set to sort by Object layer.

3-22 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 • Send One Layer Back – moves the selected Object down one layer in the
Scene. This is also reflected by moving the Object down one place in the
Scene order in the Demo Explorer view when it is set to sort by Object layer.
• Send to Back – sends the selected Object to the bottom position under all
other Objects in the Scene. The Object may become obscured by other
Objects, and will be displayed as the last Object in the Scene when the Demo
Explorer view is set to sort by Object layer.

Aligning Objects
You can also align and distribute Objects to better organize them within your Scene.
DemoShield provides nine alignment commands:
• Align Left – aligns the selected Objects by their left edges.
• Align Right – aligns the selected Objects by their right edges.
• Align Top – aligns the selected Objects by their top edges.
• Align Bottom – aligns the selected Objects by their bottom edges.
• Center Horizontally – aligns the selected Objects by horizontal centers.
• Center Vertically – aligns the selected Objects by vertical centers.
• Center in Demo – places the selected Object(s) in the center of the Scene.
• Space Vertically – places equal vertical spaces between the selected Objects.
• Space Horizontally – places equal horizontal spaces between the selected
Objects.

Sorting Objects
Objects can be sorted in four different ways in the Demo Explorer View and Time-
line Editor:
• Sort Alphabetically – sorts all Objects alphabetically by Object name.
• Sort by Start Time – sorts all Objects by the time in which they begin in the
Scene. If Objects have identical start times, they are sorted by which Object
was created first during demo design.
• Sort by Object Type – sorts all Objects by their type. If there is more than one
Object of the same type, then the Objects are sorted by which Object was cre-
ated first during demo design.
• Sort by Object Layer – sorts the Objects by the layer order they appear in the
Scene. Objects on the top layer are listed at the top of the Scene in the Demo
Explorer and Timeline Editor.

Deleting Objects
If you want to discard an Object in any Scene, you can easily delete it. Simply navi-
gate to the Demo Explorer to display a list of Objects in a Scene, click the name of
the Object you want to delete, and press the Delete button on your keyboard. You
can also select the Object within the Designer Window and press the Delete key.

InstallShield Software Corporation Deleting Objects • 3-23

 You can also delete an Object by selecting it and choosing Delete from the Edit
menu.

3-24 • DemoShield Objects InstallShield Software Corporation

 4
Actions

Table of Contents
Available Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Transition Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Demo State Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Display Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Object State Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Object Ordering Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Launch Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
In the DemoShield environment, anything that occurs
Multimedia Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
automatically, or as the result of viewer interaction, is
referred to as an Action. For example, a Demo could Advanced Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
open an application at a certain point in a Scene, or it Building Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
could perform the same task when a viewer triggers a Information Required for Advanced Actions . 4-8
certain Event, such as clicking a button.
Specifying Fully Qualified Locations. . . . . 4-8
There are more than thirty Actions in the DemoShield <path> Tokens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
environment. These Actions perform various tasks that <temp> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
range from switching Scenes to printing files, or pointing
<cd> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
his or her Web browser to a URL.
<wind> and <windir> Tokens . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Where DemoShield Looks for Files . . . . . . 4-10
Launch Application Actions
and Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
View Internet URL Actions . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Launch Demo Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Object-Assignable Event Types . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Associating Events with Objects . . . . . . . . 4-11
Events Triggered by Mouse Moves
or Clicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Events Triggered by Key Clicks . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Events that Reflect Scene Time . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Creating Event Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Creating Conditional Actions . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

InstallShield Software Corporation 4-1

 Comparable Object Properties . . . . . . . 4-13
Comparable Global Variables. . . . . . . . 4-15
Building Comparisons
with Variable Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Performing Comparisons
from User-Generated Events . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

4-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Available Actions
Actions can be organized according to their function. The following description of
the various Actions in DemoShield is intended to serve as a cursory overview; a
more in-depth resource can be found in the Online Help system.

Transition Actions
Transition Actions allow you to control how the viewer navigates through its con-
tent. For example, when you click a Button Object, you could associate a Transition
Action with the Object that would cause the Demo to switch to the next Scene.

Action Name Result of Action

Go to Last Viewed Scene Switches the Demo to the last Scene that was viewed.
Table 4-1.
Transition Actions.
Go to Next Jump Mark Switches the Demo to the start time of the next jump
marked Object after the current playing time.

Go to Next Scene Switches the Demo to the next Scene.

Go to Previous Jump Switches the Demo to the start time of the previous
Mark jump marked Object preceding the current time.

Go to Previous Scene Switches the Demo to the preceding Scene.

Go to Scene Switches the Demo to a Scene you select.

Go to Start Time of Switches the Demo to an Object you select. The Scene
Object containing the Object will begin playing at the
Object’s Start Time.

Go to Sub-Scene Switches the Demo to a sequence of Sub-Scenes you

create. This Action is essentially the same as the Go to
Scene Action, with the added ability to return to the
current Scene.

Return from Scene Allows the viewer to return from a Sub Scene to the
Scene where the last Go to Sub Scene Action was
performed. This Action only functions if a previous Go
to Sub Scene Action has been performed

Demo State Actions

Demo State Actions directly affect a Demo’s behavior during playback. An example
of where a Demo State Action might be used is with a Button Object that is used to
pause a Demo when the button is clicked, or an Event Object that stops a Demo
when a specified time arrives.

InstallShield Software Corporation Available Actions • 4-3

 Action Name Result of Action
Table 4-2.
Demo State Actions. Continue Demo Continues the Demo after it has been paused.

Delay Demo Causes a Demo to be delayed for a time period you

specify. After this time period has been completed, the
Demo will continue.

Pause Demo Pauses the Demo until an Action occurs that causes the
Demo to continue.

Pause/Continue Demo Pauses or continues a Demo depending on its current

state until another Action triggers the Demo to
continue.

Stop Demo Causes the Demo to quit. This Action terminates the
DemoShield Player if no other Demos have been
launched from this Demo via a Launch Application
Action.

Terminate DemoShield Causes the DemoShield Player to close regardless of

whether any other Demos are in queue to be played.

Display Actions
Display Actions directly affect the way a Demo appears to viewers. Display Actions
control what viewers see and hear in Demos.

Action Name Result of Action

Table 4-3.
Display Actions. Display Menu Causes Menu Object you have created to be
displayed in either a popup or dialog format.

Move Cursor Moves the viewer’s cursor from its current location to a
location you specify.

Set Cursor When activated, the Set Cursor Action will change the
appearance of the cursor. This appearance is based
on Predefined cursors (included with DemoShield) or
Custom cursors (cursors you import as a Resource).
Like all Actions, the Set Cursor Action must be
associated with an Object.

Object State Actions

Object State Actions directly affect the state of particular Objects in the current
Scene of a Demo.

4-4 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

 Action Name Result of Action
Table 4-4.
Disable Causes an interactive Object to become disabled. Object State Actions.

Enable Causes a disabled interactive Object to return to

interactive status.

Hide Causes a visible Object to become hidden to the

viewer.

Highlight/De-Highlight Causes a Hot Spot or Bitmap Button Object to switch

between being in highlighted or de-highlighted state.

Show Causes a hidden Object to become visible to the

viewer.

Object Ordering Actions

When two or more Objects are located in the same location on a Scene, the Object
in front can block the Object(s) behind it from view. However, in the DemoShield
environment, Objects can be “stacked” on top of one another, like a stack of cards,
and manipulated so they are displayed at times, and hidden at other times. This
stacking is referred to as Z-ordering. To ensure an Object is located at a particular
position in the stack (or Z-order), you can use one of the following Actions.

Action Name Result of Action

Table 4-5.
Bring One Layer Closer Causes Objects that are layered between other Object Ordering Actions.
Objects to be moved up one level in the stack, or Z-
order.

Bring to Front Moves an Object that is behind other Objects, to the

top of the stack, or Z-order. This causes the Object to
appear on top of all other Objects in the stack.

Send One Layer Back Causes an Object to be moved back one layer in the Table 4-5 (continued).
stack, or Z-order.

Send to Back Causes Objects positioned in full view to be sent to the

bottom of stack, or Z-order, and covered by other
Objects.

Launch Actions
Launch Actions allow you to launch external applications, files, or Internet URLs
from a Demo. Using a Launch Action, you could launch an external application to
use in conjunction with your Demo, or launch the viewer’s Web browser and point it
toward a specific URL

InstallShield Software Corporation Available Actions • 4-5

 .

Table 4-6. Action Name Result of Action

Launch Actions.
Launch Application Allows you to launch from the Demo, an application
that resides on the viewer’s system.

Launch Associated Allows you to launch an application by specifying a

Application file with an associated file extension. For example a
text (.txt) file would normally be associated with
Notepad.

Launch Demo Opens a secondary Demo from the current Demo.

View Internet URL Launches the viewer’s default Web Browser, and
points toward a URL you specify.

Multimedia Actions
These Actions allow you to control the multimedia Resources in your Demo, such as
audio and video Resources.

Action Name Result of Action

Table 4-7. Play CD Audio Plays a track from an audio CD.
Multimedia Actions.
Play Sound Plays a MIDI, WAVE or MP3 file.

Play Video Plays an AVI, or SCM (Lotus ScreenCam) or

QuickTime Movie file.

Set Sound State Allows you to pause, resume, or stop any sound.

Set Streaming Media Allows you to play, pause, resume, or stop streaming
State media playback in your Demo. You can also fast-
forward or rewind the streaming media.

Set Video State Allows you to pause, resume, or stop video playback.

Advanced Actions
Advanced Actions are those that require a bit more configuration than other
Actions. Advanced Actions require a basic understanding of more complex Win-
dows and multimedia procedures.

Action Name Result of Action

Table 4-8.
Advanced Actions Play Macro Plays a previously recorded macro. For
more information on Macros, see “Macro
Recording Utility” on page 9-5.

4-6 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

 Action Name Result of Action
Table 4-8 (continued).
Send Keys Used in conjunction with a Launch
Application Action or Application Object
to send specific keys to the application
you are launching. For example, if you
are launching Notepad, and wanted to
display the word “hello,” you would send
the keys h-e-l-l-o.

Send Mail A Send Mail Action allows you to enable

the viewer of a Demo to send a pre-
configured email message to a specified
address.

Send To The Send To Action allows you to select a

file Resource that is sent to your viewer’s
default printer when the appropriate
Event to initiate this Action is triggered.

Send Windows Message Sends a Windows message to an

application you have launched. Messages
sent via a Send Windows Message Action
are consistent with those found in the
Win32 API.

Set Contents Switches the Resource (image or text)

currently displayed in a Autoshape
Object, Bitmap Button, or Text Object.

Set Property Allows you to change one of the

properties of a specific Object in your
Demo.

Set Variable Allows you to increment, decrement, or

assign a value of a Variable Object.

Trigger Event Allows you to send an Event (such as

sending a left-mouse click to an Edit Field
Object, so the user does not have to click
to enter text) to an interactive or Event
Object.

Building Actions
DemoShield makes building Actions simple. To build an Action you must under-
stand the following basic procedure:
1. Create an Object.
2. For each Object, select an Event that will trigger the Action.
3. Specify the Action to be performed when the Event occurs.

InstallShield Software Corporation Building Actions • 4-7

 After you have specified an Event you want to associate with an Object, assigning an
Action for that Event is simplified by using the Action Wizard. The Action Wizard
provides more than 30 Actions that can be used in your Demos. The Action Wizard
assists you in the selection, and walks you through the construction of each Action.
To build an Action using the Action Wizard:
1. Create an Event, Hot Spot, Button, Bitmap Button, or VCR Button Object.
2. Right-click the Object and choose Actions from the Object Properties sub-
menu. The Properties dialog for the Object you have created is displayed. The
Actions tab is automatically selected.
3. Select the event you want to associate with the Action. (For example, left-
clicks mouse down.)
4. Click the New button. The Action Wizard is displayed.
5. Choose the Action you want DemoShield to perform when the associated
event is triggered and click Next.
6. The next panel of the wizard will ask for certain information about the Action
that you want to execute. For instance, if you choose the Go To Scene Action,
you need to specify which Scene you want displayed when the Go To Scene
Action is triggered.
7. Enter the required information in this panel and click Finish.
If you want to assign an Action to an Event Object:
1. Right-click the Event Object.
2. Select Actions from the Object Properties submenu. The Event Object Prop-
erties dialog is displayed with the Actions tab automatically chosen.
3. Select True Actions.
4. Click the New button. The first panel of the Action Wizard will appear.
5. Choose the Action you want DemoShield to perform.
6. Repeat steps for any additional Actions you want to assign to the Event
Object.
7. Click OK to close the Properties dialog.

NOTE: To cause this Event to be time-activated, you may choose the start time in the Object
Styles tab of the Event Object Properties dialog box.

Information Required for Advanced Actions

In some situations, particularly in the Launch Application, Launch Associated
Application, and View Internet URL Actions, you will need to be able to specify a
fully qualified path to the files you want to launch. Fully qualified paths are simply
the organizational structure a computer uses to find specific files on a system.

Specifying Fully Qualified Locations

When you are using Resources not located in the same folder as the DemoShield
Player, you must specify the location of these Resources so the Player can access
them. When doing so, you have several options to choose from:
Provide no path - DemoShield will search for the Resource in the following order:

4-8 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

 1. The viewer’s TEMP directory
2. The current working directory
3. The folder Demo32.exe is running from
4. A subdirectory of where Demo32.exe is located
5. The Windows directory
6. The Windows System directory.
Provide an absolute path - You can specify a standard Windows location for the
application or file Resource that you want to use. You should not provide an abso-
lute path unless you are certain that your application will reside in a specific direc-
tory on your viewer’s system. An example of an absolute path would be:

C:\WINDOWS\NOTEPAD.EXE

Provide a relative path - The path you provide is relative to the location of
DEMO32.EXE on your viewers system. Therefore, you must consider the location
of the DEMO32.EXE as the “origin” of the path and specify the location of the
Resource you want to use in your Demo as it relates to this executable file. When
you are providing a relative path, use two dots (..) to command DemoShield to look
one level up in the directory tree of a users system. Use the directory name marked
by a backslash (\) to command DemoShield to look one level down in the directory
tree. For example:

<path>..\..\WINDOWS\NOTEPAD.EXE<path>

When specifying a relative path, the location to the application or file you want to
use in your Demo is enclosed with two “tokens.” A token is a message that tells the
DemoShield Player how to build the path to the Resource. For example, if you use
the <path> token, the viewer’s machine knows to look for the file in a path relative
to the location of the DemoShield Player executable. Tokens supported in the
DemoShield environment are described below:

<path> Tokens
As stated above, <path> tokens command DemoShield to look for the application
or file you want to incorporate into you Demo in a position relative to the location
of DEMO32.EXE.
When testing a Demo using the <path> token, create your directory structure
exactly as you want it to appear on your distribution media (such as CD-ROM).
When you want to test the Demo, execute the DemoShield Player (DEMO32.EXE)
outside this structure, and select the DBD file to open. If you double-click on the
DBD file instead of starting the DemoShield Player, the system will use the install
location of DemoShield as its starting point, and will expect the Resources to reside
in this structure.

InstallShield Software Corporation Building Actions • 4-9

 <temp> Tokens
<temp> tokens command the viewers system to look for the application or file you
want to incorporate into your Demo in the viewers TEMP directory.

<cd> Tokens
<CD> tokens command DemoShield to look for the Resource you want to use in
your Demo on the viewer’s CD-ROM drive.

<wind> and <windir> Tokens

<wind> and <windir> tokens command DemoShield to look for the Resource you
want to use in the Windows directory, for example: <windir> notepad.exe
<windir>

Where DemoShield Looks for Files

If you do not specify a path by using one of the tokens mentioned above,
DemoShield will look in specific locations for the files you want to use in your
Demo. These files must be in one of these locations for them to work correctly in
your Demo.

Launch Application Actions and Application Objects

DemoShield will search in the following directories for your application:
1. The directory where the DemoShield Player is located.
2. The current working directory. This is not necessarily the same as the directory
where the DemoShield Player is located.
3. The Windows\System directory.
4. The Windows directory.
5. The directories listed in the Path environment variable for the local computer.
This varies from system to system and you should not rely on this for applica-
tions you want to use in your Demo unless you also have control over the Path
statement.

View Internet URL Actions

DemoShield looks in the current working directory only for documents you want to
view using the View Internet URL Action. Since this is not necessarily the directory
where the DemoShield Player is located, it is advisable that you use the <path>
token to specify a relative path to the HTML document.

Launch Demo Actions

DemoShield will look in the location of the DemoShield Player when looking for a
Demo to launch with a Launch Demo Action.

4-10 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

Events
In order for an Action to occur in DemoShield, it must be invoked automatically or
through user interaction. These invocation methods are referred to as Events. For
example, suppose that you want to create a button that, when clicked, takes a user to
a different Scene. That button itself is an Object. Clicking on that button is an
Event. The transition to the new Scene would be the linked Action.

Object-Assignable Event Types

There are three different types of Events in the DemoShield environment. They are:
• Events triggered by mouse moves/clicks.
• Key clicks
• Timed Events
When you assign an Event to an Object, you are instructing your Demo to wait for
and respond to a certain “trigger.” This trigger can be a certain time in the Demo, a
mouse click, a key press, etc. Once this trigger has been invoked, the linked
Action(s) occurs.

Associating Events with Objects

Actions can be assigned to a number of different Events for any interactive Object.
To assign an Event, you must access the Object’s properties.

Events Triggered by Mouse Moves or Clicks

Events triggered by mouse moves or clicks are probably the most common type of
Event in the DemoShield environment. When a viewer moves the mouse or clicks a
Button or Hot Spot, DemoShield will perform any Actions associated with that
Object. The various mouse Events available for Button, Bitmap Button, VCR But-
ton, and Hot Spot Objects are described below,

Event Name Description Table 4-9.

Mouse Events.
Key Press DemoShield performs the specified
Actions when the user presses a specific
key. (see below)

Left-Clicks Mouse Down DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user clicks the left
mouse button.

Left-Clicks Mouse Up DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user releases the left
mouse button.

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-11

 Event Name Description
Left-Double-Clicks Mouse DemoShield performs the specified
Actions when the user left-double-clicks
the Object.

Moves Mouse Off Object DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user moves the mouse
off the associated Object

Moves Mouse On Object DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user moves the mouse
on the associated Object.

Right-Clicks Mouse DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user clicks the right
mouse button.

Right-Double-Clicks Mouse DemoShield performs the specified

Actions when the user right-double-clicks
the Object.

Events Triggered by Key Clicks

When you want an Action to occur as the result of the viewer pressing a keyboard
key, or a combination of keyboard keys (for example, Ctrl+Alt+X), you can specify
a Key Press Event. When you choose such an Event, are presented with the Choose
a Shortcut Key dialog. When the viewer presses the key you have selected, the spec-
ified Action will occur.
To choose a shortcut key or combination of keys:
1. Open the Object’s Properties dialog box and select the Actions tab.
2. Click the Key Press Event.
3. Click the New button.
4. The dialog box asks you to press the key or key combination you want your
viewer to press.
5. Click OK. This initiates the Action Wizard, which walks you through the steps
to create an Action associated with the Key Press Event.

Events that Reflect Scene Time

Events can be assigned to invoke Actions independently of viewer interaction. Such
Events are referred to as timed Events, meaning that a specific point in the Demo
time causes an Action or Actions to be invoked.
Using an Event Object creates timed Events. An Event Object allows you to use
time as the Event, rather than a viewer’s clicks or keystrokes. An Event Object can
trigger Actions that occur each time the viewer plays the Scene, or Actions that
occur in situations where certain criteria are met.

4-12 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

Creating Event Objects
To cause an Action to occur independent of viewer interaction:
1. Click the Event Object button on the Objects Toolbar or select Event from
the New Object submenu under the Objects menu.
2. Click in the Designer Window. An Event Object appears surrounded by han-
dles. The name of the of Event Object is also visible in the Demo Explorer.
3. Open the Object’s Properties dialog box, in the General tab, select the
Enabled Property under both Initial and Current state. If the Event Object is
disabled, it does not trigger any of the Actions associated with it.

Creating Conditional Actions

Conditional Actions, or Actions that occur only when certain criteria have been met,
can be created in DemoShield by building a comparison. For example, if you want to
enable a viewer to view a Scene in your Demo only if he or she has viewed a previ-
ous Scene in your Demo, you could build a comparison. When you make a compar-
ison, you examine the properties of one or two Objects in your Demo. You can
compare one Object against a specified value or one Object against the value of
another Object. You can use a comparison to make Actions happen in your Demo.
When you compare two things in DemoShield, you say, for example:

If A equals B then perform an Action, or

If A is equal to or greater than B then perform a different

Action, or

If A is not equal to B then perform another Action, and so on.

When you say If A equals B and in fact it turns out that A does equal B, the compar-
ison is true. If A does not equal B, the comparison is false. A True Action is an
Action you want your Demo to perform if the comparison is true. A False Action is
an Action your Demo performs if the comparison is false. If you enter a True
Action without entering a False Action, and the comparison is false, your Demo
does not perform the True Action and nothing else happens.
Following is a list of values that you can use to create comparisons to build condi-
tional Actions.

Comparable Object Properties

Group
You can compare an Object’s Group Property using an Event Object’s Comparison
dialog box. The Group Property is the Object’s Group Name. You could use this
property in a comparison to see if two Objects belong to the same group.

Visible
You can compare an Object’s Visible Property using an Event Object’s Comparison
dialog box. The Visible Property has the value of 1 if the Object’s visible property

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-13

 has been enabled in the General tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box. If the
Object’s visible property is disabled (i.e., the Object is hidden from view), the value
of the visible property is 0.

Enabled
You can compare an Object’s Enabled Property using an Event Object’s Compari-
son dialog box. The Enabled property is 1 if the Object has its Enabled property
checked in the General Properties dialog box. If Enabled is not checked, the value
of the Enabled property is 0.

Position
You can compare an Object’s Position Property using an Event Object’s Compari-
son dialog box. The Position property refers to an Object’s X and Y coordinates.
This is a 32-bit value where the high word equals the X (horizontal) position and the
low word equals the Y (vertical) position. The upper left corner of the screen is 0,0.

Dimension
You can compare an Object’s Dimension Property using an Event Object’s Com-
parison dialog box. The dimension property refers to the Object’s height and width.
This is a 32-bit value where the high word equals the Object’s height and the low
word equals its width (in pixels).

Start Time
An Object’s Start Time Property can be compared using an Event Object’s Compar-
ison dialog box. The Start Time Property equals the Object’s Start Time.

Hold Time
You can compare an Object’s Hold Time Property using an Event Object’s Compar-
ison dialog box. Equals the Object’s Hold Time.

End Time
An Object’s End Time Property can be compared by using an Event Object’s Com-
parison dialog box.

End-Period-Length Time
Equals the Object’s End Period (Exit time minus End time). An Object’s End-
Period-Length Property can be compared by using an Event Object’s Comparison
dialog box.

General Data
You can compare an Object’s General Data Property using an Event Object’s Com-
parison dialog box. Use the General Data property to evaluate the contents of an
Edit Field. For example, you could compare the General Data Property of Edit
Field 1 with the constant C, which represents the correct answer to a question. If the
viewer types C in the edit field, the comparison is true. If the viewer types anything
else, the comparison is false.

4-14 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

You could also compare the General Data Property of Edit Field 1 with the General
Data Property of another Edit Field.

Pressed
An Object’s Pressed Property can be compared using an Event Object’s Compari-
son dialog box. Use the Pressed property to evaluate if a Button Object has been
pressed. If the Object is pressed, its pressed property is 1. If the Object has not been
pressed, its pressed property is 0. For radio button and check box Button Objects,
you can easily see if the button has been pressed because they change in appearance.

Comparable Global Variables

In the Condition Builder dialog box, the term Global Variable refers to both the
DemoShield Global Variables you set in the Demo Properties dialog box, as well as
the system variables explained below. These system variables, such as SystemDate
come from the internal clock of the computer system running the Demo. Use the
Condition Builder dialog box to compare a Global Variable with the property of an
Object, or with a constant.

Number and String (Global) Variables

The DemoShield global variables you set in the Globals tab of the Demo Properties
dialog box.

Resolution
The screen resolution your viewer is currently running under. Compare this against
a constant value (e.g., 0640x0480, 0800x0600, 1024x0768, 1152x0864, 1280x1024)
to determine if your end-user’s display does not meet the minimum requirements
you set for your Demo. For example, if you were to decide that your Demo would
be set to run on 0800x0600 or higher resolution, you could build a condition to see
if the Resolution global variable is less than the Constant 0800x0600. You could
then create a True Action to show a text Object with a warning about the resolution,
and another to Show and Enable a Bitmap Button to exit the Demo. You may also
wish to create a True Action to pause the Demo so that the Scene does not time out.

Color Depth
The Color Depth your viewer is currently running under. Compare this against a
constant value (e.g.,16, 256, true) to determine if your end-user's display does not
meet the minimum requirements you set for your Demo. The Color Depth variable
is a string variable. You can only compare this variable against the following values:
• 16 (16 color)
• 256 (256 color)
• 65536 (16-bit HiColor)
• 16777216 (24-bit HiColor)
• True (32-bit HiColor)

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-15

 NOTE: If you are attempting to ascertain whether the user's computer is running at a depth
of 256 color or greater, then you need to create two separate events to accomplish
this. The first event needs to check if the color is equal to 16777216 (24-bit
HiColor), and if that event's result is false, then it needs to trigger an event that
checks for 256 colors or less.

For example, if you want a video to play only if the resolution is 256 color or greater,
you create two Event Objects. The first Event Objects checks if the color depth is
16777216, which means the user's system is running in 24-bit color. If it is, then the
video should play. If not, the second Event Objects should be triggered. This sec-
ond Event Object checks to see if the user is running in less than 256 color. The
true Action should not be set (so the video does not play). The false Action should
play the video.
The steps below outline how to set the two Event Objects:
1. Create the first Event Object with the condition that Color Depth is equal to
16777216. The true Action should perform the Play Video action you want
triggered if the color depth is greater than or equal to 256 color. The false
Action should trigger the second Event Object.
2. The second Event Object should have a condition that checks if the Color
Depth is less than 256 colors. The true Action should be set to whatever
should happen if the user's system is less than 256 color (in this case, there
would not be a true action). The false Action triggers the Play Video action.

Elapsed Time
The length of time the Demo has been running in milliseconds

SystemDate
The string value of the current date as stated on the user’s system (e.g., 12.01.1996)

DayName
The name of the current day of the week (e.g. Monday, Friday, etc.)

MonthName
The name of the current month (e.g., April, etc.)

Day
The numeric value of the current day (10 for the tenth day of the month)

Month
The numeric value of the current month (e.g., 2 for February)

Year
The numeric value of the current year in four digits (e.g., 1995)

Hour
The numeric value of the current hour (e.g., 9) on a 24-hour basis

4-16 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

Minute
The numeric value of the current minute (e.g.32)

Lock Keys
The following variables refer to the pressed or unpressed property of the key
shown. If the key is pressed, it equals 1. If the key is unpressed, the value is 0.
• Scroll Lock
• Num Lock
• Caps Lock
• Alt Key
• Ctrl Key
• Shift Key
For example, you could compare the Ctrl Key variable with the constant 1. If your
viewer is pressing the Ctrl key at the time of the event, the comparison is true.

Random
This is a random number generated by your system. It can be any number from 1 to
100.

SystemTime
This is a 32-bit value where the hour is the high byte of the low word; the minute is
the low byte of the high word; and the seconds is the high byte of the high word.
(Example: 0x00122A2C = 6:42:44 PM)

X-Extent
This variable is equal to the width of the screen in pixels. For example, if the viewer’s
screen is VGA resolution, the X-Extent value would equal 640.

Y-Extent
This variable is equal to the height of the screen in pixels. For example, if the
viewer’s screen were VGA resolution, the Y-Extent value would equal 480.
Use the X- and Y-Extent variables to show a special graphic, macro, or sequence of
Scenes designed specifically for viewers running a particular screen resolution. For
example, you could use a Set Contents Action on an Autoshape Object to display a
bigger bitmap to viewers running the Demo on an XVGA screen. Macros automat-
ically play only in the resolution they were recorded under.

OSVersion
This variable is the major version number of the Windows software currently run-
ning. For example, if the viewer runs Windows 95/98/NT, the value would equal 4.

OSVersionMinor
This is the minor version number of the Windows software currently running. For
example, if your viewer runs Windows 98, the OSVersionMinor variable is 10.

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-17

 MediaPlayerMajorVersion
The major version of Windows Media Player (for example, 6 for Windows Media
Player 6.5).

MediaPlayerMinorVersion
The minor version of Windows Media Player (for example, 5 for Windows Media
Player 6.5).

RealPlayerMajorVersion
The major version of RealPlayer.

RealPlayerMinorVersion
The minor version of RealPlayer.

IsFTP
This variable returns either true or false depending upon whether or not the viewer
has an application associated with the file type FTP on his or her system. While the
DemoShield Player checks whether or not an associated application exists for this
type of file, it does not check if this associated application is valid.

IsPDF
This variable returns either true or false depending upon whether or not the viewer
has an application associated with the file type PDF on his or her system. While the
DemoShield Player checks whether or not an associated application exists for this
type of file, it does not check if this associated application is valid.

IsHTTP
This variable returns either true or false depending upon whether or not the viewer
has an application associated with the file type HTTP on his or her system. While
the DemoShield Player checks whether or not an associated application exists for
this type of file, it does not check if this associated application is valid. This is useful
to verify if the viewer of your Demo has a Web browser installed.

CurrentScene
This variable returns the name of the current Scene that is being played on the
viewer’s machine.

Language
This variable returns the three-character language extension of the language of the
viewer’s operating system. The three character language extensions are:

Language File Extension Language File Extension

Table 4-10.
Language extensions. Arabic (Algeria) ALG Hungarian HUN

Arabic (Egypt) EGY Icelandic ISL

Arabic (Morocco) MOR Icelandic ISL

4-18 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

 Language File Extension Language File Extension
Arabic (Saudi SAU Indonesian IND
Arabia)

Arabic (Tunisia) TUN Italian ITA

Basque BAQ Japanese JPN

Catalan CAT Korean KRN

Chinese CHS Norwegian NOR

(Simplified)

Chinese CHT Polish PLK

(Traditional)

Czechoslovakian CSY Portuguese PTG

Danish DAN Portuguese PTB

(Brazilian)

Dutch NLD Russian RUS

English ENU Slovak SKY Table 4-10 (continued).

(American)

English (British) ENG Slovenian SLV

Finnish FIN Spanish ESP

French FRC Spanish ESM

(Canadian) (Mexican)

French (Standard) FRA Swedish SVE

German DEU Thai THA

Greek ELL Turkish TUR

Hebrew HEB

DetectOS
The DetectOS variable returns the operating system that the viewer of the Demo is
currently operating under. The values that are returned are as follows:

Operating System Value Returned

Windows 95 Win95 Table 4-11.

Values returned by the DetectOS vari-
Windows 98 Win98
able.
Windows Me WinMe

Windows NT 4.0 NT

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-19

 Operating System Value Returned

Windows 2000 Win2000

For a complete list of Global Variables and their possible values, see “Comparable
Global Variables” on page 4-15.

Building Comparisons with Variable Objects

Variable Objects can also be used to build comparisons. For example, if you want to
keep track of whether or not the viewer of your Demo has interacted with a certain
Object in your Demo, you could create an Action that assigns a specific value to a
variable Object. This Variable Object can be used when building a comparison. For
example, suppose you want to keep track of whether the user has visited Scene A in
your Demo. Create an Event Object at Time 0.0 into Scene A with the following
Action: Set Variable: Number 1(Global): Assign Value: 1.
Then, in a Menu Scene, you could have another Event Object with the following
Comparison: (Global Variable): Number 1(Global): is equal to: (Constant): 1.
For True Actions of this Event Object, you could set the pressed property of a
check box button to the value of 1 to display a check mark beside Scene A. This
informs the user that they have already viewed Scene A.

Performing Comparisons from User-Generated Events

Normally, when an Event Object is placed in a Scene, a time is specified within that
Scene for the Event to take place. However, you can also specify a time outside of
Scene time for Event Objects. For example, if your Scene Length is the default 60
seconds and you put an Event Object at time 61 seconds then that Event will never
happen in the normal timeline of your Demo.
This technique is useful if you want to:
• Perform multiple Actions from a VCR Button Object
• Perform a comparison on a Variable or Object from a user generated event
(Left Clicks Mouse, Moves Mouse On/Off, etc.) to trigger conditional Actions
based on the state of that Variable or Object.
• Trigger multiple Actions without recreating them each time they are used in
your Demo.
To Perform a comparison from a user generated Event:
1. Create an Event Object and place it outside of Scene time (e.g., Scene time =
60 sec, event time = 61 sec).
2. In this Event Object create any Actions and comparisons you want this event
to perform.
3. In your Button or Hot Spot Object create a Trigger Event Action.
4. Select the Scene with the Event Object to be triggered and Click Next.
5. Select the Event Object to be triggered and Click Next.
6. Select Time for the event to be triggered and Click Next.

4-20 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation

 7. Enter a time greater than the time of the Event Object to be triggered (e.g.,
Event time = 61 sec, Trigger Event time = 62 sec) and Click Finished.

NOTE: You must specify a time strictly greater than the time of the Event Object or else the
Trigger Event action will not work.

InstallShield Software Corporation Events • 4-21

4-22 • Actions InstallShield Software Corporation
 5
Resources

Table of Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
The Resource Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Importing Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Naming Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Renaming Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Importing Resources by Reference . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
By importing Resources into DemoShield, you can not Resources that Can Be Imported
only keep them organized, but also reuse them in differ- By Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
ent Scenes. The Resource Manager serves as Size Limits When Importing By Reference. . . 5-6
DemoShield’s storage facility for imported images, exe-
cutable and text files, cursors, macros, sounds, videos, Resource Searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
and automations. Removing Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

InstallShield Software Corporation 5-1

5-2 InstallShield Software Corporation
Overview
Resources is the blanket term describing any content you intend to embed within a
Demo. This can include images, movies, sound files, text files, etc. A Resource dif-
fers from an Object in that a Resource is a file from outside the DemoShield envi-
ronment that you import, rather than creating it from within the Designer. You then
can use the Resource in conjunction with an Object or Action to perform a task. For
example, if you place a Quick Video Object in a Demo, you must specify the movie
Resource that corresponds with that Quick Object.
Some of the Resources you can include are:
• Metafile (.WMF) and Enhanced Metafile (.EMF) images
• Screen capture and other .BMP files
• Non-interlaced animated GIFs
• Rich Text Format (.RTF) files
• Macros and application (.EXE) files
• Sound (.WAV, .MID, .MP3)
• Video files (.AVI, .QT, MOV)

The Resource Manager

Figure 5-1.
The Resource Manager.

InstallShield Software Corporation Overview • 5-3

 All Resources you import into the DemoShield environment are conveniently stored
in a central location: the Resource Manager. The Resource Manager can be accessed
through the Demo menu, or by the Ctrl+Enter keyboard shortcut. When import-
ing Resources into the Resource Manager, you need to import them only once.
Resources imported into the Resource Manager can be referenced from any Scene
in a Demo. There is no limit to how many times they can be reused.
Each of the tabs displayed along the top of the Resource Manager Dialog corre-
sponds to a different type of Resource stored within the Resource Manager. The
tabs are Images, Cursor, Text, Video, Sound, Files, Auto (Automation Resources)
and Macro. The Resource Manager also provides you with information about each
Resource, such as file size, compression state and other information relating to the
file type (such as color depth for image Resources).
Additionally, the Resource Manager provides previews of many of the different
Resource Types. An additional advantage of importing Resources directly into the
Resource Manager is that it automatically filters certain types of image Resources.
For example, JPEG formatted images are not natively supported in the DemoShield
Environment. However, if you import a JPEG image into the Resource Manager, it
will be converted automatically into a bitmap image. The types of images you may
import into the Resource Manager are as follows:
• .BMP
• .WMF
• .JPG
• .GIF
• .PNG
• .PCX
• .EMF
In addition to importing Resources to the Resource Manager, you can specify an
Internet URL as the location of a Resource. By specifying an Internet URL, your
Demo will stay current, since the DemoShield Player accesses the latest version of
the Resource from the specified URL, and downloads it for use if it is more recent
than the existing Resource.

NOTE: The Demo Viewer must have access to the Internet for this feature to work.

Importing Resources
To import Resources into the Resource Manager:
1. Select Resource Manager from the Demo Menu, or use the Ctrl+Enter key-
board shortcut.
2. Click the tab of the Resource Manager corresponding to the type of Resource
you are importing.
3. Click the Import button on the Resource Manager and browse for the file you
want to import.

5-4 • Resources InstallShield Software Corporation

 4. Once you have located the file you want to import as a Resource, select it, and
click OK.
In the Resource Manager, the imported Resource is displayed under the correspond-
ing tab relevant to the type of Resource. For example, if you imported a bitmap
image, you would find your image under the Images tab.

Naming Resources
It is important to consider what names you use for your Resources. Using incompat-
ible names can cause a problem when preparing your Demo for distribution or play-
ing your Demo.
Acrobat files use the 8.3 naming convention, which means that the name of the file
cannot exceed 8 characters, and the file extension contains three characters. When
importing Acrobat files, maintain the 8.3 naming convention in order to play them
properly on older versions of the Acrobat Reader.
In the Resource Manager, Resource names are limited to 32 characters. When
importing Resources into the Resource Manager, insure that the file name does not
exceed 32 characters.

WARNING: If you have two files with names exactly the same, up to the 32nd character, be
very careful how you import them into the Resource Manager. If the only difference
in the two names is after the 32nd character, they appear to DemoShield as exact
duplicates. Therefore, if you import the first Resource and try to import the second
Resource, you are prompted to verify that you would like to overwrite the first with
the second.

Renaming Resources
To rename a Resource, select the Resource you wish to rename, and click Rename
in the Resource Manager. If you rename a Resource, all Scenes, Objects, or Actions
referencing that Resource are updated to reflect the new name.

Importing Resources by Reference

Importing by Reference simply means that the Resource itself is not included in the
Demo, and remains outside the Demo as a separate file. A reference to that
Resource is contained in the Demo. It is necessary to import by reference when a
Resource exceeds 4MB in size or in cases where you want to maintain the Resource
file separate from the Demo.
Importing a Resource adds it to the list of currently available Resources in the
Resource Manager. This makes the Resource readily available. The Resource Man-
ager displays an “Imported by Reference” message when providing details on a
Resource. Any Resources imported into the Demo “by reference” must be included
with your Demo distribution.

InstallShield Software Corporation Naming Resources • 5-5

 Resources that Can Be Imported By Reference
You can use the Resource Manager to import the following Resource types by refer-
ence: Image, Text, Video, Sound, Automations and Cursors.
It is strongly recommended that you import video (.AVI and .SCM) files by refer-
ence. You may also want to import any .WAV files by reference as well. Executable
(.EXE) files are imported as File Resources and cannot be imported by reference.
Application and video files are unloaded from the Demo file when the DemoShield
Player launches the Demo. This can significantly delay the time it takes to launch the
Demo.

Size Limits When Importing By Reference

Resource Import Method DemoShield 6.7

Image Into the Demo 4 MB
Table 5-1. By Reference 4 MB
Resource size limits when importing by
reference. Text Into the Demo 12 MB
By Reference 64 KB

File Into the Demo 4 MB

By Reference Not Available

Video Into the Demo 4 MB

By Reference No Limit

Sound Into the Demo 4 MB

By Reference No Limit

Automations Into the Demo 4 MB

By Reference 6 MB

Resource Searches
The DemoShield Player searches for Resources in the following locations in the fol-
lowing order:
1. A subdirectory of the location of the DemoShield Player with the same name
as the three-letter language extension for the language of the machine where
the Demo is running. For example, French files can be placed in a folder called
FRA, German files in DEU, etc.
2. The Temp directory.
3. The current working directory. This may or may not be the location of the
DemoShield Player.
4. The directory where the DemoShield Player is located.
5. A subdirectory of the location of the DemoShield Player with the same name
as the tab in the Resource Manager for that Resource type. For example, movie

5-6 • Resources InstallShield Software Corporation

 files can be located in the Video subdirectory, sounds in the Sounds subdirec-
tory, etc. If you are building a test directory for your Demo, do not:
• Double click the Demo (.DBD) file
• Use the DemoShield Player shortcut in your Start menu
• Under the Control menu, select Run in Player from the Play Current
Demo submenu to test run your Demo
These methods run the DemoShield Player from the DemoShield 6.7\Program
folder instead of running the local copy of the Player you included in your test direc-
tory.

Removing Resources
To remove a Resource from the Resource Manager, select the Resource you want to
remove, and click Remove from the Resource Manager dialog.

InstallShield Software Corporation Removing Resources • 5-7

5-8 • Resources InstallShield Software Corporation
 6
Properties

Table of Contents
Demo Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Shortcut Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Pause/Continue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Next Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Previous Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Next Jump Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Properties are attributes that control the way Objects, Previous Jump Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Scenes, or Demos behave. Like Objects and Scenes, Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
properties can be changed at any time in the Designer to
Initial Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
adjust the appearance or behavior of any Demo compo-
nent. These changes are reflected immediately after being Demo Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
made, thereby allowing you to see how these changes Miscellaneous Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
will affect the overall Demo as it appears to your viewer. Color Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
The overall Demo, individual Scenes, and individual Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Objects each have configurable properties that vary Windowed Playback Style Check Box . . . 6-9
depending on the component type. Full Screen Background Window
Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Caption Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Eliminate Border Check Box . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Position Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Sizing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Solid Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Image Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Globals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
User Defined Global Variables . . . . . . . 6-13
View State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Reset Global Variables Check Box . . . . . 6-13
Permanently Save Variables Check Box . 6-13
Scene Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

InstallShield Software Corporation 6-1

 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Add Scrollbar Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Scene Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Only Draw Scrollbar Frame Check Box . 6-38
Scene Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Caption Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Object Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Scene Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Application Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Transition Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Automation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Transition Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Application Scene Check Box . . . . . . . . 6-17 Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Edit Field Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Palette Display Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Event Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Hot Spot Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Fill Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Streaming Media Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Text Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Group Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Variable Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Do Not Scale Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Jump Mark Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Line and Polyline Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Initial Object State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Autoshape Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Fill Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Polygon Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Fill Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Quick Animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Quick Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Quick Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Quick Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Quick Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Font Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Quick Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Quick Sound Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Actions Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34 Test Sound Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Sound Playback Options. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Life Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Quick Video Styles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
Start Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Video Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
Hold Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Positioning Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
End Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Lifeline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37 Quick Animation Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Border. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Type of Animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Add Window Border Check Box . . . . . . 6-38 Image Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70

6-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

 Import Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Build Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Test Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Quick Link Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Permanently Save State Information
Check Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
Quick Button Styles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Using Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Specifying Life Periods for Objects. . . . . . . 6-73
Adding Motion to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73
Available Motions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
Adding Effects to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
Object-Assignable Effects . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
Assigning Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Demo Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Scene Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78

6-3 InstallShield Software Corporation

 Demo Properties
The Demo is the broadest structural unit in DemoShield. Like the smaller structures
(Scenes and Objects), it too has properties associated with it. These properties
determine the overall configuration for you final Demo. For example, you can desig-
nate whether the Demo plays full-screen or in a window, what background it uses,
etc.
Every Demo has Properties that determine how it will appear to the viewer. Demo
Properties include the following:
• Shortcut Keys control your Demo as it is viewed in run-time mode.
• Global Variables that you can reference in any Scene and use to build compar-
isons to create conditional Actions.
• The mode in which a Demo is played back. You can select from either a full
screen or a windowed mode.
• Various selections for windowed Demo style, such as the size of the window
the Demo is played in, and the caption that appears in the caption bar of the
window.
• Options for the specific colors displayed in the background of a Demo.
• Password protection for your Demo.
Demo Properties are accessible via the Demo menu. The property tabs associated
with Demos are:
• Shortcut Keys
• Options
• Styles
• Fill Styles
• Globals

6-4 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Shortcut Keys

Figure 6-1.
The Demo Properties Shortcut Keys tab.

A Shortcut Key is an accelerated way to perform a certain task. You can provide
shortcut keys for commonly performed functions in DemoShield such as pausing
Demos, stopping Demos, and navigating between Scenes and Jump Marks from the
Shortcut Keys tab.
To create a shortcut key, click the function that you want to associate a shortcut key
with, and supply the key that will serve as a shortcut to performing that function.
For example, if you wanted the enter key to switch the Demo to the next Scene,
click the Next Scene button in the Shortcuts tab of the Demo Properties dialog box.
A dialog will be displayed that prompts you for a shortcut key to performing that
function. Press the Enter key, and click OK. When your viewer presses the enter key
during Demo playback, the Demo will advance to the next Scene.
The following functions can be shortcut key-enabled:

Pause/Continue
Select a key the viewer can press to pause the Demo while it is running. This key will
also resume playing a paused Demo.

Stop
Select a key the viewer can press to exit the current Demo. Shortcut keys are global
to all Scenes. The default value for this setting is the Esc key.

Next Scene
Select a key the viewer can press to switch to the next Scene.

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Properties • 6-5

 Previous Scene
Select a key the viewer can press to switch to the previous Scene.

Next Jump Mark

Select a key a viewer can press to Jump to the next Jump Marked Object in the
Scene and reset the Scene clock to the Object’s Start time.

Previous Jump Mark

Select a key a viewer can press to Jump to the previous Jump Marked Object in the
Scene and reset the Scene clock to the Object’s Start time.

Options

Figure 6-2.
The Demo Properties Options tab.

The Options tab provides a way to set options that are global to the Demo, such as
what Scene to play first, the password, and how to handle color in the Demo.

Initial Scene
Click the combo box to select the first Scene your viewer will see when playing your
Demo. Your selection will not affect the order of Scenes you view in the Designer.

Demo Password
A password will prevent people who do not know your password from opening
your Demo in the Designer. Your password may contain up to 6 characters (any
characters, including spaces). To remove a password, open the Demo in the
Designer using the existing password, delete all characters from the password edit
field, and resave the Demo.

6-6 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Miscellaneous Options
Keep Demo Always on Top
By default, DemoShield operates as an “always on top” window. When your Demo
plays in a window, viewers can switch to another application but the Demo always
remains on top. To allow your viewers to send the Demo window to the back, clear
the box marked Keep Demo Always on Top. This allows your viewers to fully inter-
act with other applications when running either a full screen or a windowed Demo.
When playing a ScreenCam Movie (SCM) in your Demo, you should always disable
Keep Demo on Top. Failing to do so will result in your Demo window appearing on
top of the ScreenCam Movie during playback.

Stop Sound at Scene Transitions

If you want to use sound in your Demo that serves as background music, leave this
box deselected, and sound will play continuously through Scene transitions. If
checked, the sound will stop when moving between Scenes.

Maximize Time Event Generation

Selecting the Maximize Time Event Generation check box allows you to allocate all
system resources to DemoShield on your viewer’s system. It is advantageous to
select this option if your Demo contains numerous effects, motions, and animations
that generally use a great deal of processor resources. Do not use this option when
your Demo contains AVI Resources, or features Launch Application Actions.

Save Data in Windows Directory

Each time a viewer runs your Demo, certain data is recorded. Some DemoShield
Objects allow for the data to be saved permanently. Permanently Saved Data means
that each time the Demo is run, the saved data is intact.
If you are planning to enable any of the preferences that permanently store data,
e.g., Edit Field Objects, Button Objects, etc., you may decide to designate the Win-
dows Directory as the location for the data file. Check this box to store the data
from the Demo rather than the Program directory. Select this option when the
viewer of your Demo will need to save data, but cannot write to the location of the
.DBD file. An example of this situation would be when distributing a Demo via CD.

Show Language Selection Dialog

This option is used if you have a localized Demo. Choosing this option will cause a
dialog box to appear at the beginning of the Demo, offering the viewer a choice of
multiple languages in which to view the Demo.

Color Options
Allow Palettized Colors
DemoShield realizes its own 256-color palette when your Demo plays on a 256-
color system and Allow Palettized Colors is enabled. You may disable this property
in the Options tab of the Demo Properties dialog box. By default, Allow Palettized
Colors is enabled.

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Properties • 6-7

 This setting only applies if you are using either 256-color images or 16-color opti-
mized palette images.
You disable the Allow Palettized Colors option if you have selected Windowed Play-
back Style in the Style tab of the Demo Properties dialog box to avoid the possibility
of conflict between DemoShield’s palette realization and the palettes used by other
Windows applications running simultaneously. This conflict can result in undesir-
able colors being displayed in your Demo or application.
If Allow Palettized Colors is disabled, the Use palette from current Scene option or
any attached .PAL file designated in the Palette tab of the Scene Properties dialog
box will not function.

Use the General Palette

When this check box is selected from the Options tab of the Demo Properties dia-
log box, the DemoShield Player uses its default palette to determine the way it real-
izes colors.

Palettize True Color Bitmaps

Selecting the Palettize True Color Bitmaps check box allows you to incorporate true
color bitmaps into your Demos that are targeted for viewers who are running the
Demo under 256 color systems. DemoShield will automatically palettize the true
color bitmaps that you are including in your Demo to the palette that the current
Scene is using.

Styles

Figure 6-3.
The Demo Properties Styles tab.

The Demo Styles tab allows you to set options pertaining to how the Demo is actu-
ally played (windowed or full-screen), where it is positioned, etc.

6-8 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Windowed Playback Style Check Box
This selection tells DemoShield to display a Demo in a desktop window when the
Demo is played through the DemoShield Player. If this option is unchecked,
DemoShield will scale your Demo to fit the resolution of the viewer’s monitor.
Because the scaling of some Objects can be unpredictable under various resolutions,
it is often best to leave the Windowed Playback Style check box checked. That way,
all Objects will retain their proper dimensions and positioning regardless of the res-
olution under which the Demo is played.

Full Screen Background Window Check Box

Check this box to create a background that will display behind your windowed
Demo. Designate the fill properties of the background in the Fill Styles tab of the
Demo Properties dialog box.

Caption Options
None
A caption is the title bar and text that appears at the top of the Demo window dur-
ing playback. If you choose None, you will not be able to move the window.

Display Scene Name in Demo

When selected, the Scene name that you have provided in the General tab of the
Scene properties dialog box will be displayed in the title bar of the Demo when it is
played. The Scene name that is displayed in the caption bar will correspond to the
name of the Scene that is playing at any given time during the playback of your
Demo. This is extremely helpful to use when debugging Demos with many similar
looking Scenes.

Use This
Allows you to enter your own text to be displayed in the title bar.

Eliminate Border Check Box

When selected, no border will be displayed around your Demo window when your
Demo is played through the DemoShield Player.

NOTE: If the screen resolution of the computer the Demo is viewed on is the same as Demo
resolution, the caption will take up the top 20 pixels on the screen, resulting in a
slight amount of scaling. This scaling may cause Objects to line up incorrectly. To
avoid this problem, you will need to either make the width and height of your
Demo window 20 pixels smaller, or enable the Eliminate Caption option.

Position Options
In this area, you select the location on the screen, and the size of the Demo when it
plays. Specify the location on the screen by entering x and y coordinates. Enter the
height and width (in pixels) to set the Demo size. Remember, the height of the win-

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Properties • 6-9

 dow must be between 50-1280 pixels, and the width must be between 50-1024 pix-
els.

Fixed Size Check Box

In a fixed size Demo, the Demo window is an absolute size. The window’s exact
height and width will remain constant, no matter what screen resolution the Demo
is played under. None of the Objects in your Demo will scale.
If you do not check fixed size, the dimension and position you specified for your
windowed Demo will be scaled from a presumed base resolution of 640 x 480 pixels.
For example: you could create a window that takes up 1/4 of the screen on your
VGA monitor. When played on an XVGA monitor, the Demo window will still take
up approximately 1/4 of the available screen. If the system the Demo is being
played on is running at the same screen resolution as the Demo, the caption will take
up the top 20 pixels on the screen, resulting in a slight amount of scaling. This scal-
ing may cause Objects to line up incorrectly. To avoid this problem, you will need to
either make the width and height of your Demo window 20 pixels smaller, or set the
Caption Option to None.

Centered Check Box

Check Centered if you want your Demo to be centered on your viewer’s screen. This
will override the settings for the X and Y coordinates. This can be checked for Fixed
Size Demos as well.

Sizing Options
Resizeable Window
This option allows your Demo window to be resized by the viewer.

Display Scroll Bars Check Box

Choosing this option will display scroll bars at the side and bottom of the Demo.
This option is used with the resize option, so that in the event a viewer resizes the
Demo to a size too small to display the Scene, the viewer has access to scroll bars to
scroll to the portion of the Scene not displayed.

Fill Styles
Demo Fills are used for the background when the Full Screen Background Window
option is set in the Demo Properties—Options. There are two fill types available:
• Solid
• Image

6-10 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Solid Fill

Figure 6-4.
The Demo Properties Fill Styles tab with
a solid fill.

Click the Solid Color button to choose the background color.

Image Fill

Figure 6-5.
The Demo Properties Fill Styles tab with
an Image fill.

The Image Fill allows you to fill the background of a windowed Demo with an
image you specify. The following are configurable options for the Image Fill:

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Properties • 6-11

 Image List
A list of all available image resources is displayed in the images list box. You can
choose the image from this list, or if the image is not listed, import the image using
the Import button.

Image Options
You must select an Image Option, which dictates how the image is displayed as the
background fill for a windowed Demo. The available Image Options are:
• Standard - causes the Image Resource that you are using to be displayed just as
it is in its natural state. DemoShield does not resize the image or the frame that
you are placing it into. If the frame that the image is being placed into is larger
than the image, the image appears in the upper left corner of the frame. If the
frame is smaller than the image, the frame displays as much of the image as
space permits from the top left corner.
• Crop Image - causes the Image Resource that you are using to be displayed
with its center placed in the center of the frame, and as much of the rest of the
image as space permits.
• Tile Image - if the Image Resource is smaller than the Demo size it is filling,
identical copies of the Image are used to fill the remainder of the Demo back-
ground. If the image is larger, the Image Resource option is not applicable and,
if selected, will be inserted as if the Standard Option was selected.

Import Button
Click the Import Image button to browse for a file that you want to import as an
Image Resource. Once you have imported an Image Resource, it is displayed in both
the list of images that you can use in this dialog, as well as the Images tab of the
Resource Manager.

Background Color
The color specified in the Background Color button serves as the background
behind the image if it is the Image Option is set to Standard or Crop Image.

6-12 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Globals

Figure 6-6.
The Demo Properties Globals tab.

The Globals tab allows you to set information about DemoShield variables, includ-
ing initial values and whether the values will be saved when the Demo is exited.

User Defined Global Variables

User Defined Global Variables are variables DemoShield can use when building
conditional Actions, and are set by the Demo creator. You can use these variables in
the same way as the regular DemoShield Global Variables, however, Global Vari-
ables are not tied to any particular Scene (as Variable Objects are). Because of this,
the current values stored for each Global Variable can be accessed in any Scene of
the Demo.

View State
Shows the current and initial states of your variable. The current state of the variable
is invisible to the viewer of your Demo, but is useful to know for testing purposes
when you are designing your Demos. Values can be from -2147483648 to
214748346.

Reset Global Variables Check Box

Resets the Global Variables specified in the Demo Properties dialog box to their
default values.

Permanently Save Variables Check Box

This box tells DemoShield to save the value of the Demo’s Global Variables when
the Demo is run using the Player. Even after your viewer closes the Demo, the last
value stored by DemoShield’s global variables will be retained when the viewer

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Properties • 6-13

 reopens the Demo. When this check box is cleared, the contents of global variables
are cleared when the Demo closes.
The values of “permanently saved” global variables are written out to an .INI file
located with the associated .DBD file as your viewer runs the Demo. If your viewer
does not have write access to the directory (or folder) containing the .DBD file, the
.INI file cannot be created and the values will not be saved.

Scene Properties
Every Scene has characteristics called properties. These properties define the Scene
and dictate how it behaves. In DemoShield, you can assign and edit these properties
to fit the purpose of your Demo through the Scene Properties dialog box. The
length of the Scene, the background display, the Scene transitions, and color han-
dling options are all handled from within this dialog.
Choose Properties from the Scene menu, double-click the Scene name from the
Demo Explorer or the thumbnail on the Scene Preview, or right-click and select
Scene Properties from the shortcut menu to open the Scene Properties dialog box.
The following sections provide in depth discussions about the effect every possible
Scene property has on your Demo. They cover the three tabs available in the Scene
Properties dialog: General, Palette, and Fill Styles.

General

Figure 6-7.
The Scene Properties General tab.

Use the General tab to assign Scene names, lengths, Scene transitions, and transition
effects.

6-14 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Scene Name
By assigning a name to each Scene in you Demo, you can easily navigate between the
Scenes in the DemoShield Designer. By default, DemoShield assigns names to your
Scenes in the order they are created. For example, the second Scene created in a
Demo will be #2 Scene. Scene names cannot end in a numeric character.

Scene Length
By assigning a length (duration) to your Scenes, you can control how long a viewer
can watch an individual Scene in your Demo. For example, if you assign 60 seconds
to a Scene, the Scene will only play for 60 seconds. After the time that you have
assigned for the length of you Scene expires, the Transition that you assign to the
Scene will take effect. For example, you could have the Scene repeat, go to another
Scene in your Demo, or simply pause your Demo on the current Scene.

Transition
Transition Type
Scene Transitions occur after a Scene ends. For example, after any given Scene in
your Demo is finished playing, the transition may take the user to a different Scene,
pause the Demo on the current Scene, or replay the current Scene. Scene transitions
allow you to connect the Scenes in a logical way and make the playing of your Demo
smooth and consistent.
A list of all the Scene Transitions supported in the DemoShield Environment is pro-
vided below.

Scene Transition What Happens when the Scene Ends

Table 6-1.
Go to Next Scene The next Scene starts. Scene Transition types.

Go to Previous Scene The previous Scene starts.

Go to Scene A combo box is displayed that shows you

every Scene in the current Demo. Scroll to
and click on the Scene that you want to
appear next.

Replay Current Scene The Demo Clock returns to zero and the
current Scene plays over again from the
beginning. These Actions repeat
continuously, creating an endless loop
until your viewer clicks a button or
presses a key that switches your Demo to
a new Scene.

InstallShield Software Corporation Scene Properties • 6-15

 Scene Transition What Happens when the Scene Ends
Table 6-1 (continued). Pause on Scene The Demo clock does not stop. It keeps
going, but the Demo does not switch to
another Scene or start playing again from
the beginning. The Scene simply stops at
the end and waits for viewer input (a
mouse click or key press) that initiates a
new Scene to begin playing.

Return from Scene The Demo returns from the last Sub
Scene.

Exit Demo The Demo stops.

Restart Demo The current Demo starts playing again

from the beginning.

Scene Name
When you choose the Go to Scene option as the Transition Type, the Scene Name
drop down list becomes enabled and lists all the Scenes in your Demo. Choose the
Scene you want displayed after the Transition Effect takes place.

Transition Effect
Transition Effects take you to the next Scene with some sort of visual effect, vertical
or horizontal blinds, for instance.
A list of all the Transition Effects supported in the DemoShield Environment is
provided below.

Table 6-2. Transition Effect What Happens

Transition Effects.
None The current Scene is immediately replaced with the
new Scene.

Appear from the Left The current Scene rolls away from view from left to
right, being replaced as it rolls with the new Scene.

Appear from the Right The current Scene rolls away from view from right to
left, being replaced as it rolls with the new Scene.

Appear from the Bottom The current Scene rolls away from view from bottom to
top, being replaced as it rolls with the new Scene.

Appear from the Top The current Scene rolls away from view from top to
bottom, being replaced as it rolls with the new Scene.

Vertical Blinds Momentarily, vertical strips of both the current and

new Scene appear on the screen, simulating the
opening or closing of vertical window blinds.

6-16 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

 Transition Effect What Happens
Horizontal Blinds Momentarily, horizontal strips of both the current and Table 6-2 (continued).
new Scene appear on the screen, simulating the
opening or closing of horizontal window blinds.

Box Out The New Scene begins to appear in the shape of a

box in the center of the current Scene, expanding
outward until it fills the screen.

Circle Out The New Scene begins to appear in the shape of a

circle in the center of the current Scene, expanding
outward until it fills the screen.

Radar Beam The New Scene begins to appear in a sweeping

motion, similar to a radar beam.

Double Radar Beam The New Scene begins to appear in a double

sweeping motion.

Vertical Band Slide The New Scene begins to appear as vertical bands,
appearing from the top and bottom.

Horizontal Band Slide The New Scene begins to appear as horizontal bands,
appearing from the right and left.

Grow from Right to Left The New Scene begins to grow from the right side to
the left.

Grow from Left to Right The New Scene begins to grow from the left side to the
right.

Grow from Top to Bottom The New Scene begins to grow from the top side to
the bottom.

Grow from Bottom to Top The New Scene begins to grow from the bottom side
to the top.

Grow from Center The New Scene begins to grow from the center of the
existing Scene.

Appear from Four The New Scene begins to appear from the four
Corners corners of the existing Scene.

Transition Duration
The speed of the transition effect is determined by the number you enter in this
field. The lower the number, the faster the transition takes place. For example, enter-
ing 1 in the field specifies that you want the transition to take 1 second to complete.
If you change the number to .5, the transition lasts only one-half second.

Application Scene Check Box

An Application Scene is a Scene that is displayed over an Application. Application
Scenes are normally used in conjunction with Application Objects. DemoShield

InstallShield Software Corporation Scene Properties • 6-17

 Objects are presented on the viewer’s screen, but instead of a Scene background, the
Objects appear to be positioned directly on top of an Application.
To set a Scene as an Application Scene, the “Windowed Playback Style” check box
on the Styles tab of the Demo Properties dialog box must first be set to an
unchecked state. This selection is known as “Full-Screen Mode.” Once this option is
configured, the Application Scene check box will be accessible.
If a Scene from a Demo that was previously built in the Windowed Demo style was
changed to Full-Screen mode, images may need to be resized.
Select the Application Scene check box from the Scene properties dialog box. The
Scene background is gray. This is a visual indication that an Application Scene has
been created. Create an Application Object, and edit its properties to execute an
Application that appears under the Application Scene. After doing so, the Scene
background is Grey with a checked pattern. This is a visual indication that an Appli-
cation Object has been created. To test an Application Scene, the Demo must be
saved, and played back through the DemoShield Player.

Palette

Figure 6-8.
The Scene Properties Palette tab.

Use the Palette tab to designate settings that determine the way DemoShield handles
color in your Scenes.

Palette Display Options

Share Palette with Previous Scene
Under 256-color environments, DemoShield will use the palette derived from the
previous Scene in assigning the colors used by the images displayed. On a 256-color
system, the current and previous Scenes may not contain more than 236 unique col-

6-18 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

ors, as Windows reserves 20 colors for itself. Exceeding this limit can cause a notice-
able flash between Scenes because the color palette is forced to reset itself after a
Scene transition.

Use Palette from Current Scene

Select this option if you would like DemoShield to draw the colors that are used in
your Demo from the Scene that you are currently working on in the Designer.

Derive Palette from ‘PAL’ File

If you wish to use a palette file as the source of the colors for one or more of the
Scenes in your Demo, select this radio button and designate which .PAL file you
want to use. Any .PAL files imported through the Files tab of the Resource Manager
are automatically available for use and will be listed under “.PAL files” combo box.
If you want to import an existing .PAL file, click Browse and DemoShield will auto-
matically import the file into your .DBD. In order for an imported .PAL file to func-
tion properly, Allow Palettized Colors must be enabled in the Options tab of the
Demo Properties dialog. This option must be set for each Scene individually.
The drop-down list in the Scene Properties Palette tab identifies all of the existing
.PAL files that are available for use in the current .DBD file. These files can be
imported through the Resource Manager Files tab, or by clicking the Browse button
underneath the list.

Fill Styles
Use the Fill Styles tab to assign a background for the currently displayed Scene. You
can select from Solid, Pattern, Wash, or Image. Specifying a specialized fill style for a
background gives your Scene a unique appearance.

Fill Style
There are four fill styles available for Scenes:
• Solid
• Pattern
• Wash
• Image

InstallShield Software Corporation Scene Properties • 6-19

 Solid

Figure 6-9.
The Scene Properties Fill Styles tab with
a solid fill.

When you choose a Solid fill style, click Solid Color to change the background color
of the Scene.

Pattern

Figure 6-10.
The Scene Properties Fill Styles tab with
a pattern fill.

A Pattern uses a Fill Style provided by DemoShield. The following figure shows the
types of patterns you can use as Fill Styles for the Objects that support this option.

6-20 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

If you select to use a Pattern as fill style for an Object, the Object will be filled with
the pattern you select from this dialog.
The background color serves as the background of the pattern, while the fill color
serves as the color of the lines appearing in the pattern. Click the background and
fill color buttons to change the color combinations in the pattern. You can see an
immediate preview of your color combinations in the preview window.
In order to see the preview correctly, the fill and background colors must be set to
contrasting colors. For instance, if the fill color is dark blue, make the background
color yellow.
The following patterns are available:
• Horizontal
• Forward Diagonal
• Cross Hatch
• Vertical
• Backward Diagonal
• Diagonal Cross Hatch

Wash

Figure 6-11.
The Scene Properties Fill Styles tab with
a wash fill.

A wash is a blend of colors that moves from lighter to darker tones in a systematic
gradient manner. Using a wash as a fill style adds a professional touch to any Object.
DemoShield allows you to choose from several styles of washes to use as fill styles
for Objects that support this option. If you choose to use a Wash as a fill style for an
Object, the Object will be filled with the wash you choose from this dialog:
The background color serves as the background of the pattern, while the fill color
serves as the color of the lines appearing in the pattern. Click the background and

InstallShield Software Corporation Scene Properties • 6-21

 fill color buttons to change the color combinations in the pattern. You can see an
immediate preview of your color combinations in the preview window.
In order to see the preview correctly, the fill and background colors must be set to
contrasting colors. For instance, if the fill color is dark blue, make the background
color yellow.
The following Washes are available for Scenes:
• Left to Right
• Right to Left
• Top to Bottom
• Bottom to Top
• Center Vertically
• Center Horizontally

Image

Figure 6-12.
The Scene Properties Fill Styles tab with
an image fill.

Images
A list of all available image resources is displayed in the images list box. You can
choose the image from this list, or if the image is not listed, import the image using
the Import button.
Click the Import Image button to browse for a file that you want to import as an
Image Resource. Once you have imported an Image Resource, it is displayed in both
the list of images that you can use in this dialog, as well as the images tab of the
Resource Manager.

6-22 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Image Options—Standard
The Standard Image option causes the Image Resource that you are using to be dis-
played just as it is in its natural state. DemoShield does not resize the image or the
frame that you are placing it into. If the frame that the image is being placed into is
larger than the image, the image appears in the upper left corner of the frame. If the
frame is smaller than the image, the frame displays as much of the image as space
permits from the top left corner.

Image Options—Crop Image

The Crop Image option causes the Image Resource that you are using to be dis-
played with its center placed in the center of the frame, and as much of the rest of
the image as space permits.

Image Options—Tile Image

If the Image Resource is smaller than the Object it is filling, identical copies of the
Image are used to fill the remainder of the Object. If the image is larger then the
Object it is filling, the Image Resource option is not applicable and, if selected, will
be inserted as if the Standard Option was selected.

Image Options—Resize Image

The Resize Image option causes the Image Resource to resize to fit into the Scene
dimensions.

Object Properties
Every Object you place on the screen has Properties. You can think of Properties as
characteristics describing the Object: a red circle, a gray background, a three-dimen-
sional push button, a 24-point bold Arial font, the value of a variable. Each of these
characteristics is a Property you can edit.
The Object’s life and the Events associated with its life, are also Properties. The time
when an Object first appears onscreen is one of its Properties. How it enters the
Scene is a Property. For example, does it pop up out of the center of the Scene, or
enter from the right?
Each time you place an Object in a Scene you should modify its properties. These
settings are accessed through the Object’s Properties dialog box. Within the dialog
box are tabs which group together the types of Properties you can set for that
Object.
Many of the Objects you can create share Properties in common with other types of
Objects. For example, you can choose a font color for the text in both an Edit Field
and a Text Object. The steps you use to choose a font color are the same. Likewise,
the steps for changing an Object’s name in the General Properties dialog box are the
same for all Objects. At the same time, however, the Object Styles Properties tab—
present in most Objects—contains Properties unique to that Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-23

 General

Figure 6-13.
An Object Properties General tab.

NOTE: The General Tab applies to Automation, Bitmap Button, Button, Edit Field, Event,
General, Hot Spot, List Box, Streaming Media, Text, VCR, Quick Animation, Quick
Button, Quick Link, Quick Report, Quick Sound, Quick Video, Autoshape, Line and
Polyline, and Polygon Objects.

In the General tab of the Object properties dialog box, you can assign a name, and
initial properties to an Object.
To add or edit a property in any of the tabs of the Properties Dialog box, simply
enter the necessary information into any of the fields, or select options to accom-
modate your needs. To incorporate these additions or changes, click OK.

NOTE: Depending on the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Name
By default, DemoShield assigns every Object you place in a Scene a name. For
example, the first Object of an Object type you create will have a name correspond-
ing to that Object type followed by #1, such as Quick Report 1. If you are using
numerous Objects of varying types in your Demos, you will need to establish a more
specific naming convention to avoid confusion.
Every Object in a Scene must have a unique name. Names are not case-sensitive.
Object names may be up to 32 characters in length and may not contain period (.) or
end with a numeric character.

6-24 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Group Name
Entering a group name for an Object allows you to perform Actions on Objects as
one collective unit (when associated with a Group Object).

Do Not Scale Object

Select the Do Not Scale the Object check box to ensure that the size and position of
an Object remain the same under any playback resolution. If you leave the default
scaling on, all or part of the Object will grow larger or smaller to scale to the resolu-
tion of the screen on which the Demo is being played. It will rescale only if the
Demo is resized and this check box is not checked.

NOTE: This option is only available when you are creating a non-windowed Demo, and is
unavailable for Event, Group, Streaming Media, Quick Sound, and Quick Video
Objects. VCR Button Objects are only scalable when they have Text Captions.

Jump Mark Objects

Forward
Select this check box to place a Jump Mark on an Object. At any point in your
Demo, you can switch to the next Object that has a Jump Mark by using a Go to
Next Jump Mark Action. If you place a Jump Mark forward on an Object, the
Object would switch to the next Object in future Demo time that has a Jump Mark.
Using Jump Marks allows you to provide a means for navigating within a Scene in a
Demo.

Backward
Select this check box to place a Jump Mark on an Object. At any point in your
Demo, you can switch to the previous Object that has a Jump Mark by using a Go to
Previous Jump Mark Action. If you place a Jump Mark backward on an Object, the
Object would switch to the most recent Object in past Demo time that has a Jump
Mark. Using Jump Marks allows you to provide a means for navigating within a
Scene in a Demo.

Initial Object State

Visible
Select the Initial State Visible check box to make an Object visible when it enters the
Scene. You can create an Action to show or hide an Object at any time during its life
in the Demo.

Enabled
Select the Initial State Enabled check box to make an Object either active or dis-
abled at the moment it begins its Scene life. You can change an Object from enabled
to disabled at any time in a Demo, regardless of its initial state by creating an Enable
or Disable Action. If this is unchecked, no actions assigned to it are enabled.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-25

 Current Object State

Visible
The Current State Visible check box does not have any effect on how the Object
will appear to the viewer of your final Demo. This setting affects only how the
Object appears in the Designer from the moment you change the Current State Vis-
ible setting to the end of the Scene. Use this check box to toggle the current visibil-
ity of the Object.

Enabled
The Current State Enabled check box does not have any effect on how the Object
will appear to the viewer of your final Demo. This setting only affects how the
Object appears in the Designer from the moment you change the Current State
Enabled setting to the end of the Scene. Use this check box to toggle whether the
Object is currently enabled.

Fill Styles
The Fill Styles tab of the Properties dialog box allows you to choose the types of fill
styles you want to apply to an Object. The Fill Styles tab in the Properties Dialog
box offers additional attributes you can assign to Objects. For example, the Fill
Styles properties tab for AutoShape Objects, Bitmap Button Objects, and Scenes,
allow you to choose patterns, washes, or images as fill styles.

NOTE: The Object Properties Fill Styles tab applies to Bitmap Button, Edit Field, Text, Quick
Button, Quick Link, Quick Report, Autoshape, and Polygon Objects.

To use an image as a fill style, specify any Image Resource imported to the Resource
Manager, or import an image directly through the dialog displayed below.
If you have already imported the Image Resource you want to use as a Fill Style, it
will appear in the list box in the center of the dialog you see to the left. To import an
Image Resource, click Import to browse for the Image Resource you want to use. If
you select to make the image transparent, it will use the background color as the
transparency value. When you use an Image Resource as a Fill Style, you have several
options concerning the way you want the Image Resource displayed. Depending on
the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Fill Option
Objects can have the following fills, although not all Objects have all fills available:
• Transparent
• Solid
• Pattern
• Wash
• Image

6-26 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Transparent Fill

Figure 6-14.
An Object Properties Fill Styles tab with
a transparent fill.

Choose the transparent fill style to set the background color of the Object to the
same color as whatever is below it in the Z-Order. The outline of the button and the
text inside is visible. Make sure to choose a font color that contrasts with the back-
ground color of the Scene.

Solid Fill

Figure 6-15.
An Object Properties Fill Styles tab with
a solid fill.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-27

 Choose the solid fill style to fill your Object with a solid color. Click Solid Color to
choose the background color of your Object.

Pattern Fill

Figure 6-16.
An Object Properties Fill Styles tab with
a pattern fill.

Choose the pattern fill style to fill the Object with a pattern. Available Patterns
include:
• Horizontal
• Forward Diagonal
• Cross Hatch
• Backward Diagonal
• Vertical
• Diagonal Cross Hatch
The background color serves as the background of the pattern, while the fill color
serves as the color of the lines appearing in the pattern. Click the background and
fill color buttons to change the color combinations in the pattern. You can see an
immediate preview of your color combinations in the preview at the bottom of the
dialog.
In order to see the preview correctly, the fill and background colors must be set to
contrasting colors. For instance, if the fill color is dark blue, make the background
color yellow.

6-28 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Wash Fill

Figure 6-17.
An Object Properties Fill Styles tab with
a wash fill.

The Wash Fill Style allows you to create a wash effect as the background of your
Object. You can select the background and wash colors as well as the wash fill style.
The Preview window will display a representation of your selections, giving you a
chance to refine your selections before applying them to your Object. The wash
goes from the Fill Color selected to the Background Color selected.
The following Washes are available:
• Left to Right
• Right to Left
• Top to Bottom
• Bottom to Top
• Center Vertically
• Center Horizontally

NOTE: If you are using a palette in which an Object has a wash fill style, the colors in the
wash may not display as intended on 256-color systems.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-29

 Image Fill

Figure 6-18.
An Object Properties Fill Styles tab with
an image fill.

The Image Fill allows you to fill the Object with an image you specify. Animated
GIFs are not supported for Image Fills. The following are configurable options for
the Image Fill:

Image List
A list of all available image resources is displayed in the images list box. You can
choose the image from this list, or if the image is not listed, import the image using
the Import button.

NOTE: Non-interlaced animated GIFs can be used as fills for Autoshape, Bitmap Button,
and Quick Button Objects.

Image Options
You must select an Image Option, which dictates how the image is displayed in the
Object. A brief explanation of these options is provided below:

Image Option Description

Table 6-3.
Image Options. Standard When an Image Resource is displayed as Standard, it is
cropped from the top left corner in order to match the size of
the Object it is filling. If the Image Resource is smaller than
the Object, it is positioned in the top left corner of the Object.

6-30 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

 Image Option Description
Crop Image When an Image Resource is cropped, the size of the Image
Resource is adjusted from the center out as needed to match
the size of the frame. If the Image Resource is smaller than the
Object it is filling, it is placed in the center of that Object.

Maintain Ratio The Maintain Ratio option causes the image to be resized to Table 6-3 (continued).
fit the frame, but keeps its aspect ratio locked. For example, if
the image you are using is 40x20, the image can be resized
to 80x40, or 20x10, but not 40x80.

Resize Image By selecting this option, a larger Image Resource shrinks to fit
the Object it is filling; a smaller Image Resource stretches to fit
into the Object.

Tile Image If the Image Resource is smaller than the Object it is filling,
the image is tiled in order to fill the remainder of the Object.
If the image is larger than the Object it is filling, the Image
Resource will display it as if the Standard option were
selected.

Resize Frame By selecting this option, an Object larger than the Image
Resource that is filling it will shrink to match the size of the
Image. An Object that is smaller than the Image Resource
that is filling it will stretch to fit the Image.

Import Button
Click the Import Image button to browse for a file that you want to import as an
Image Resource. Once you have imported an Image Resource, it is displayed in both
the list of images that you can use in this dialog, as well as the Images tab of the
Resource Manager.

Transparent Check Box

When selected, the image will be placed in the Object on a transparent background.
Please see the online help topic entitled Creating a Transparent Object for complete
details on creating a transparent Object.

Background Color
Choose the background color of the image by clicking the Background Color but-
ton.

Preview
The Preview allows you to preview the Fill Option you have selected for Image, Pat-
tern, or Wash fill styles (if available). Additionally, other options for assigning a fill
option to your Object are provided in this area of the Fill Styles Tab.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-31

 Font

Figure 6-19.
An Object Properties Font tab.

NOTE: The Object Properties Font tab applies to Bitmap Button, Button, Edit Field, List Box,
Text, VCR, Quick Button, Quick Link, and Quick Report Objects.

In the Font tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, you can specify the font you
want to be displayed in your Object. It is recommended that you select a font that
will be supported on your viewer’s system. You can choose the size of the font, as
well any attributes you want to apply to the font.

NOTE: Depending on the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Font
Enter the Font you want to include in your Demos. Whenever possible, select a font
you know your users will have on their systems. If you want to use a specialized font
and cannot be sure if this font is available on your viewer’s system, create a bitmap
of the text instead.

Point Size
You can select the point size of the font you will be using in your Demos.

Styles
You can stylize the font you will be using in your Demos by making it bold, itali-
cized, or underlined.

6-32 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Font Color
Click the Font Color Button to select one of the basic Windows colors in which to
display the font in this Object. If you would like to select a custom color, click the
Custom Color Button. A dialog is displayed allowing you to select a custom color.
You may enter the RGB values for this color as well.

Preview
The changes you make to your font can be viewed immediately after you make them
in the font preview window.

Actions

Figure 6-20.
The four types of Object Properties
Action tabs.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-33

 NOTE: The Object Properties Actions tab applies to Bitmap Button, Button, Edit Field,
Event, Hot Spot, List Box, Menu, Streaming Media, VCR, Quick Button, Quick Link,
Quick Sound, and Quick Video Objects.

In the Actions tab of the Properties dialog box, you can select the Events and
Actions you want to associate with the Event. A list of all supported Events in the
DemoShield Environment is included on the Actions tab of the Object Properties
dialog. Once you have specified the Event, you may choose the resulting Action that
the specified Event will trigger.
To assign an Action to be executed when the specified Event is triggered, click the
New button on the Actions tab of the Object Properties dialog. The Action Wizard
is launched, which will walk you through the steps of building any Action supported
in the DemoShield environment.

NOTE: Depending on the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Actions Window
This window displays a tree view of all of the types of events supported in the
DemoShield environment. To associate an Action with any of these events, click the
Event and click the New Action button. Clicking the New Action button initiates
the Action Wizard which guides you through the process of building Actions.
If you want to edit an Action occurring in the Demo, select the Action from the tree
view and click the Edit button. If you would like to delete an Action, select the
Action from the tree view and click the Delete button.
If you have multiple Actions associated with an Event, you can change the display
order of the Actions by selecting the Action and clicking Move Up or Move Down.

NOTE: For VCR Button Objects, if you rename the Pause/Continue button listed in the
Actions window, ensure that it maintains the format <action1>/<action2>. For
example, Red/Blue or InstallShield/DemoShield. This is necessary for the correct
button label to be displayed depending on the VCR Button state.

6-34 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Life

Figure 6-21.
An Object Properties Life tab.

NOTE: The Object Properties Life tab applies to Bitmap Button, Button, Edit Field, Hot Spot,
List Box, Text, VCR, Quick Animation, Quick Button, Quick Link, Quick Report,
Autoshape, Line and Polyline, and Polygon Objects.

The Life tab of the Properties dialog box is the location where you specify all the
information necessary to bring an Object to life. From this tab, you can determine
when an Object enters and exits a Scene, the motion it makes upon entering or exit-
ing a Scene, and the effect it demonstrates upon entering or exiting a Scene.

Life Properties
There are four major phases in the life of an Object:
1. Start Time: The time an Object first appears in a Scene.
2. Hold Time: The time an Object reaches the position on the screen at which
it was created, and/or completes its display effect.
3. End Time: The time an Object begins to exit a Scene.
4. Exit Time: The time at which an Object disappears from a Scene.
If you keep these four points in mind when thinking about the life concept in
DemoShield, you will be able to envision the three intervals that lie between them.
You can specify the times these three phases exist in the life span of an Object.
• The Start Period falls between the start time and the hold time. During this
time, an Object appears on the screen, and moves to the position where it
was initially placed in the DemoShield Designer Window upon creation of

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-35

 the Scene. Any motions or effects applied for the Start Period occur at this
time.
• The Hold Period lies between the hold time and the end time. During this
time, an Object appears in the position where it was placed in the
DemoShield Designer Window when the Scene was created.
• The End Period occurs between the end time and the exit time. During this
time, an Object disappears from the Scene. Any motions or effects applied
to the End Period occur at this time.
The Hold and Exit time of an Object is only relevant if you are using motion or
effects. Otherwise, the Object will simply be displayed from the Start time to the
Exit time.

NOTE: Depending on the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Start Period
During the Start Time of an Object’s life in a Demo, the Object appears on the
screen and moves to the position where it was initially placed in the Designer. The
length of the Object’s start period is the Hold time minus the Start time.
The Start time is configurable from the Start field at the bottom of the dialog.

Motion
From the Motion list, you can assign a Motion effect to an Object to customize the
way it enters a Scene. The Point button allows you to specify an exact location from
where an Object enters a Scene. When the point button is clicked, x and y coordi-
nate fields are displayed along with a capture button and an accept button. When
you click the capture button, your cursor turns into a crosshair. Click the location on
the Designer Window where you want your Object to enter or exit the Scene. The
coordinates of where you clicked are displayed in the x and y coordinate edit fields.
To accept this position, click the Accept button.

Effect
From the Effect list, you can assign an Effect to an Object to customize the way it
enters a Scene.

Hold Period
During the Hold Time of an Object’s life in a Demo, the Object appears in the posi-
tion it was initially placed in the Designer. The length of the Objects Hold Period is
the End time minus the Hold time.
The Hold time is configurable from the Hold field at the bottom of the dialog.

Effect
Effects can be assigned to Objects to customize Object behavior during the Hold
period.

6-36 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

End Period
During the End Period of an Object’s life in a Scene, the Object disappears from the
Hold position on the screen. The length of the Object’s End period is the difference
between the Exit time and the End time. You can also assign the location where the
Object disappears from the screen using the Point button.
The End time is configurable from the End field at the bottom of the dialog. An
Object’s Exit time, when the Object disappears from the Scene, is configurable from
the Exit field at the bottom of the dialog.

NOTE: Exit Time defaults to ‘End’ which is the Scene Time Length.

Motion
As with the Start period, you can assign a Motion effect to an Object to customize
how it exits the Scene.

Effect
You can assign an Effect to customize how an Object exits the Scene from the
Effect list.

Lifeline
The Lifeline is a three-colored horizontal bar representing of the life of an Object in
a Scene. Each of the colors represent a different life period of the Object. The times
displayed between these life periods are the Start, Hold, End, and Exit times of the
Object. By dragging the different segments of the lifeline, you can adjust the times
of the Life Periods of the Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-37

 Border

Figure 6-22.
An Object Properties Border tab.

NOTE: The Object Properties Border tab applies to Text, Quick Link, and Quick Report
Objects.

Add Window Border Check Box

By selecting the “Add Window Border” check box, you can include a beveled appli-
cation style Window border to your Quick Link Object.

Add Scrollbar Check Box

By selecting the Add Scrollbar check box, you can include a scrollbar in your Quick
Link Object. When the viewer of your Demo is reading the text that is contained in
your Quick Link Object, he or she can scroll through the contents of this Object.
The Add Scrollbar feature of Quick Link Objects allows you to place a large amount
of text into a Quick Link Object, and allows the viewers of your Demo to easily
scroll through the contents of this text. If you assign a life span for a Quick Link
Object that features a border, make sure that you provide the viewers of your Demo
with sufficient time to read the contents of this Object.

Only Draw Scrollbar Frame Check Box

By selecting the “Only Draw Scrollbar Frame” check box, you can add a scroll bar
to your Quick Link Object to allow the viewers of your Demo to view the text that
is unable to be displayed in the Quick Link Object at once. This scrollbar is dis-
played without a caption bar or any other Windows that normally accompany a
scrollbar.

6-38 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Add Caption Check Box
By selecting the Add Caption check box, you can add a Windows style caption bar
to your Quick Link Object. Enter the name that you would like displayed in the cap-
tion in the Caption Text edit field. Additionally, you can add a Windows style close
button to the caption bar of your Quick Link Object so that the viewer of your
Demo can close the “Window” that your Quick Link Object appears in when he or
she is finished reading it's contents.

Caption Options
Add Close Button Check Box
By selecting the Add Close Button check box, you can add a Windows style close
button to the caption bar of your Quick Link Object so that the viewer of your
Demo can close the “Window” that your Quick Link Object appears in when he or
she is finished reading it's contents. To add a close button to your Quick Link
Object, you must first select the Add Caption feature. When a viewer closes a text
box, it's visible state is set to zero, thus it is the same as performing a Hide Action
on the Quick Link Object.

Caption Text
Enter the caption that you would like to be displayed in the caption bar of your
Quick Link Object in this edit field. In order for DemoShield to display the caption
that you have entered to the viewers of your Demo, you must select the Add Cap-
tion check box.

NOTE: Depending on the Object, some of the options may be unavailable.

Object Styles
Virtually every Object in DemoShield uses the Object Styles tab in its respective
Properties dialog. Almost all of these Object Styles are unique to the particular
Object. The sections below provide information on each Object Styles tab.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-39

 Application Objects

Figure 6-23.
The Application Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Name
By default, DemoShield assigns every Object you place in a Scene a name. For
example, the first Object of an Object type you create will have a name correspond-
ing to that Object type followed by #1, such as Quick Report 1. If you are using
numerous Objects of varying types in your Demos, you will need to establish a more
specific naming convention to avoid confusion.
Every Object in a Scene must have a unique name. Names are not case-sensitive.
Object names may be up to 32 characters in length and may not contain period (.) or
end with a numeric character.

File
In this field, you can type in the full name of the Application (with an .EXE file
extension) you want to launch with your Application Object. By clicking the browse
button, you can browse to the executable file you want to launch.

Command Line
Enter the path and name of any files you want to send to the application. For exam-
ple, if you opened a file with your application, enter the name of that file in this field.

Additional Files
In the Additional Required Files field, include any additional files necessary for your
application to run on the viewer’s system. For example, .DLL files as well as tem-
plates are commonly required for many executables to perform.

6-40 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

NOTE: When there are multiple additional files required, each file name in the list must be
followed by a space. For example: File1.DLL File2.DLL File3.DLL. Click Browse to
locate files.

Import Application File

By selecting the Import Application check box, you can save, as a part of your
Demo file the application file you are launching through your Application Object.
When your Demo is played on a viewer’s system, your application file will be loaded
in the viewer’s temp directory. If this check box is deselected, you must remember to
distribute the application file along with your Demo.

Store Full Path

The Store Full Path check box allows you to store a path to the application file you
are launching through your Application Object. It is recommended that you only
select the Store Full Path check box if you know your viewers will be able to find
your executable in a specific path. If the Store Full Path check box is not selected,
the DemoShield Player will search for your executable file in the following order:
• A subdirectory of the location of the DemoShield Player with the same name
as the three-letter language extension for the language of the machine where
the Demo is running. For example, French files can be placed in a folder called
FRA, German files in DEU, etc.
• The Temp directory.
• The current working directory. This may or may not be the location of the
DemoShield Player.
• The directory where the DemoShield Player is located.
• A subdirectory of the location of the DemoShield Player with the same name
as the tab in the Resource Manager for that Resource type. For example, movie
files can be located in the Video subdirectory, sounds in the Sounds subdirec-
tory, etc.

Identify Application Window

The Class Name of the application that you are launching must be specified in this
edit field if you are launching an application under Windows. The Class Name is
simply the Windows classification of the main window of the application that you
are launching. The classname of the Window that you are launching can be found by
using the DemoSpy tool, included with DemoShield.
The caption is the title of the window being displayed. Enter the caption of the main
application window that is being controlled by DemoShield. The Caption Name
must be specified if you are launching an application under Windows. The Caption
can be identified by using the DemoSpy tool, included with DemoShield.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-41

 Position Application
Select Maximize if you want your application to appear maximized to the viewers of
your Demo. If selected, you cannot specify an x and y position where the application
should appear when launched.
Select the Do Not Position if you want the application to be displayed as it normally
would if you launched it manually. If selected, you cannot specify an x and y position
where the application should appear when launched.
If you select Position At, you can enter the coordinates on the viewer’s screen where
you want the application that you launch to appear. Enter the screen coordinates
into the x and y edit fields.

Terminate Application
You can select whether you want DemoShield to terminate the application that you
launch when your Demo terminates, your Scene terminates, or never.

Automation Objects

Figure 6-24.
The Automation Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Automation Resource
An Automation Resource is the actual Automation file played by the Automation
Object. The Automation Object simply controls what Automation Resource gets
played, how they are played back, and the time at which it plays. You can import
Automations into the Autos Tab of the Resource Manager.
Select from the Automation list the Automation Resource to display.

6-42 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Object Life Time
• Start At - Enter the time in seconds to start the Automation.
• Exit At - The time the Automation will end. This is automatically calculated
based on the start time entered. This value is not editable.
• Maximum Time - The maximum time of the Scene. It is automatically filled in
and cannot be edited.

Bitmap Button Objects

Figure 6-25.
The Bitmap Button Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Caption
Enter the caption of your Bitmap Button Object in this field. The caption of a Bit-
map Button Object is the text displayed on the face of the button. To create a cap-
tion with multiple lines of text, press the Enter key where you want a line break. For
example Good[ENTER]Morning would be displayed as:
Good
Morning

NOTE: In Bitmap Button Objects, to display an ampersand (&), you must enter ‘&&’ into
the edit field.

To create a short-cut key for the button, enter an ampersand and the letter you want
underlined to indicate it is a shortcut. For example, &E would display as Enter. This
allows the user to press Alt+E to initiate the Action associated with this button.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-43

 Caption Position
You can specify a position where the text describing your button will be displayed.
For example, instead of placing text only on the Bitmap Button Object, you can
place text to the left, right, top or bottom of the Object.

Button Size
Entering values in these fields assigns a width and height (in pixels) to your Bitmap
Button Object. The default width is 200 and the default height is 25.

Appearance
If Flat is selected, your Bitmap Button Object will appear flat. A flat button has no
visible pressed state. If 3D is selected, your Bitmap Button Object will appear with
beveled edges, creating a 3-D appearance.

Cursor
By selecting Cursor Resource, you enable a drop down box listing all the cursor
resource files you have in the Resource Manager. If you choose one of these Cursor
Resources, the cursor will assume this form when moved over the Bitmap Button
Object. If there are no Cursor Resources listed in the drop down box, this means
that you have not imported any Cursor Resources through the Resource Manager.
If you select Predefined Cursor, you may choose from standard cursor styles
included with DemoShield. The cursor will assume this form when moved over the
Bitmap Button Object.

Color
Disabled is the color the button caption becomes when the button is disabled. Back-
ground is the color of the button face.

NOTE: Background color property cannot be set for radio buttons or check boxes.

6-44 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Button Objects

Figure 6-26.
The Button Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Caption
Enter the caption of your Button Object in this field. The caption of a Button
Object is the text displayed near the button, that is visible to the viewer.

Style
You can select to have your Button Object displayed as a Push Button, a Radio But-
ton, or a Check Box. Selecting a Button Style has no effect on the way a Button
Object functions, but can add a great deal of variety and allow you to customize
your Demos.

Permanently Save State Information Check Box

When the permanently save state check box is selected, DemoShield saves informa-
tion about the current state of the button (pressed or unpressed) when the viewer
closes the Demo. Using the permanently save state feature allows the creator of a
Demo to bookmark the viewer’s place in the Demo, as well as to store information
used in tutorials. The data saved when permanently save state is selected, is “Written
out” to an *.INI file. This file is saved by default in the same directory as the *.DBD
file on your viewer’s system. A software developer can use the contents of this *.INI
file in another application. This option is useful only for a radio or check box button
style.

Color
The background color is the color of the button face. The background color prop-
erty cannot be set for radio buttons or check boxes. The disabled color is the color
the button caption becomes when the button is disabled.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-45

 Edit Field Objects

Figure 6-27.
The Edit Field Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Comparison String
The value entered into the Comparison String edit field is the target value of the
comparison being performed. If the entered value matches the target value, the
comparison is true. The Actions assigned in the True Actions tab of the Edit Field
Object properties dialog box will be executed. If the value entered into an Edit Field
Object does not match the Comparison String, the Actions assigned in the False
Actions tab of the Edit Field Object properties dialog box will be executed.

Comparison Key
In the Comparison Key list, select the key the viewer initiates in order to trigger a
comparison. The following comparison keys are supported in the DemoShield
Environment:
• Enter ­ When the viewer presses the enter key, the comparison will be per-
formed.
• Tab ­ When the viewer presses the tab key, the comparison will be performed.
• Loss of Focus ­ When the control causes a loss of focus on the current Edit
Field Object, the comparison will be performed.
• All ­When any of the Events described above are performed by the viewer of
the Demo, the comparison will be performed.

6-46 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Comparison Options
Perform Case Sensitive Comparison
When the Perform Case Sensitive Comparison check box is selected, the value
entered into the Edit Field Object must match the case of the Comparison String in
order for “True” Actions to be performed.

Clear Contents After False Comparison

When the Clear Contents After False Comparison check box is selected, the con-
tents of the Edit Field Object are “Cleared,” or deleted on a False comparison. The
contents of the Edit Field Object are cleared in addition to the Actions assigned in
the False Actions Tab of the Edit Field Object’s Properties dialog box being per-
formed.

Require Some Entry in Edit Field

Choosing this check box makes the edit field a required field for the viewer. The
viewer must enter information in this field before the Demo will continue.

Format
You may format the information the viewer enters in this field. The format choices
are: number, date, percent, and fraction. Formatting makes the text look more pro-
fessional.

Maximum Length
By entering a number into the maximum length edit field, you can set a limit to the
number of characters that can be entered into the Edit Field Object.

Border Color
Click the Border Color button to change the color of the border around the Edit
Field. When you experiment with this feature, make sure to choose a color that con-
trasts with the background color so you may see the border color clearly.

Alignment
Select the radio button next to Left, Right, or Center to align the text in the Edit
Field Object.

Case
Select Upper, Lower, or Any to specify the text case for the Edit Field.

Options
Allow Horizontal Scrolling
When the Horizontal Scroll check box is selected, the contents of an Edit Field
Object can continue beyond the visible portion. Enabling the Horizontal Scroll fea-
ture allows users to display and edit more characters than the Edit Field Object can
display.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-47

 Password Blank Contents
When selected, the Password Blanking feature replaces the characters entered into
an Edit Field Object with asterisks. You can use this feature to hide the password
during entry.

Permanently Save Contents

When selected, the Permanently Save Data function saves the data entered into the
Edit Field Object. This data is saved by writing it out as an *.INI file. This *.INI file
is located along with the .DBD file when as the Demo is being run. If the viewer of
your Demo is using a machine where he or she does not have access to the directory
from where the Demo is being executed from, the *.INI file is unable to be created,
and consequently the data will not be saved. If the Permanently Save Data function
is enabled for an Edit Field Object, a viewer of the Demo could enter his or her
name in the Edit Field Object, and close the Demo. When he or she re-opens the
Demo, his or her name will still be in the edit field.

Event Objects

Figure 6-28.
The Event Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Evaluation Time
Enter the time (in seconds) in the Scene when you want your Event to occur. When
this time (as measured by the Demo clock) occurs, your Event Object performs all
of the comparisons that you have created and associated with this Event. Based on
the outcome of these comparisons, corresponding Actions are executed.

Do Not Advance Demo Time Check Box

Check the following option if you do not want the time to advance when the event
Object is triggered. Time will continue once the Actions have finished.

6-48 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Conditions
The conditions window enumerates all of the conditions that you have created upon
the outcomes of which, various Actions occur. For example, you can create condi-
tions that when the criteria of which are met, certain Actions occur. Likewise, if the
criteria of your conditions are not met, other Actions occur. Conditions allow you to
build interactivity in your Demos. You can have entirely different Actions execute as
a result of the way a viewer of your Demo interacts with an Object, answers a ques-
tion that you pose, or by simply having his or her computer configured in a specific
way.
Click the New button to launch the Condition Builder. The Condition Builder is an
application that allows you to build custom conditions that you can use in your
Demos. Click the Edit Button to edit a condition that you have previously created in
the condition builder. Clicking the Delete button deletes a condition that you have
created. Move Up and Move Down change the order of the condition in the condi-
tion list.

Hot Spot Objects

Figure 6-29.
The Hot Spot Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Cursor
To draw attention to a specific location in a Scene, a Hot Spot Object changes the
appearance of a the cursor when it is over the Hot Spot. This helps users determine
where to click in your Scene.
• Cursor Resource - select the cursor from a list of Cursor Resources (.CUR or
.ANI) in the Resource Manager.
• Predefined Cursor - select the cursor from a list of cursors included with
DemoShield.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-49

 List Box Objects

Figure 6-30.
The List Box Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Color
• Background Color - click on this button to change the background color for
the List Box.
• Disabled Color - click on this button to specify the color of the List Box when
it is disabled in your Demo.

Border
• Border Styles - select a border style from this list to be placed around the List
Box.
• Border Color - click this button to change the border color. The default color
is black.

Transparent Check Box

Check this check box if you want the List Box to be transparent. If checked, the
background color button is disabled.

6-50 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Menu Objects

Figure 6-31.
The Menu Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Name
By default, DemoShield assigns every Object you place in a Scene a name. For
example, the first Object of an Object type you create will have a name correspond-
ing to that Object type followed by #1, such as Quick Report 1. If you are using
numerous Objects of varying types in your Demos, you will need to establish a more
specific naming convention to avoid confusion.
Every Object in a Scene must have a unique name. Names are not case-sensitive.
Object names may be up to 32 characters in length and may not contain period (.) or
end with a numeric character.

Style
Popup Menu
Select this radio button if you want your Menu Object to be displayed as a Windows
popup style menu. A popup menu is a menu displayed when the viewer initiates a
Display Menu Action (via an interactive Object or Event). The popup menu disap-
pears when the viewer selects an item.

Dialog
Select this radio button if you want your Menu Object to be displayed as a dialog
style menu. A dialog menu is a menu displayed when the viewer initiates a Display
Menu Action (via an interactive Object or Event).

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-51

 Captions

NOTE: The following edit fields are disabled if you are creating a Popup Menu.

Title
You can enter a caption for your Menu Object which is displayed as a Windows cap-
tion for your Menu Object. If you do not want to include a custom caption for your
Menu Object, leave this field blank and the default caption will be displayed.

Instructions
In this field, you can enter instructions to the viewers of your Demo regarding your
Menu Object. For example, if you entered “Select one of the following choices from
the menu” this text would be displayed above the options featured on your Menu
Object.

Streaming Media Objects

Figure 6-32.
The Streaming Media Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Choose Media Player

Specify the player for your Streaming Media Object, either Windows Media Player
or Real Player.

Media File Location

In this field, provide the location of the streaming media source. If you want to use
a DemoShield Token, click Insert Token.

6-52 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Media Playback Start Time
In this field, provide the exact time you want the streaming media to begin in the
Scene. For example, you may want other Actions to occur prior to the specific player
launching. If the viewer of the Demo leaves the Scene, and then returns to it, the
Scene time will reset and the streaming media will begin at this time again.

Options
Loop Playback Check Box
If you want the streaming media to restart upon completion, check this box. You
can then specify whether you want the streaming media to play a specific number of
times, or to play continuously.

Stop On Scene Transitions

Check this box if you want the streaming media to stop when the Scene is changed,
regardless of whether you set it to play a specific number of times or to play contin-
uously.

Video Location
If your streaming media is a video, specify the X and Y coordinates where the top
left corner of the player should be located in the Scene. If you want to determine the
exact X and Y coordinates, click Capture to display cross-hairs that you can locate
appropriately on the screen. When the cross-hairs are over the location you want to
use as the top left corner of the player, right-click. The coordinates will be entered in
the X and Y coordinate fields.

Playback Size
Specify the size you at which you want to display the streaming media. Your choices
are:
• Normal Size - the default size of the media
• 200% Size - double Normal size
• 400% Size - four times the Normal size
• Demo Size - the same size as the Demo
• Full Screen - expanded to the full size of the screen
• 50% Size - half Normal size

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-53

 Text Objects

Figure 6-33.
The Text Object Properties Object Styles
tab.

Style
Choose the type of text style from this drop down list. The choices are user defined
text and .RTF text. The user defined option allows you to type you own text into the
text window. The .RTF option allows you to use an imported a file as the text. The
text document you want to use must first be saved as an .RTF file, then imported as
a Resource. If you have already imported the text file, it will be listed as one of the
Resources available when you choose the .RTF radio button.

Text Window
Enter the text you want to be displayed in your Text Object. After you have supplied
text for a Text Object, and it appears in the Text Window, you can check the spelling
of the text you entered by using the DemoShield Spell Checking Utility, and format
the text in the way you want.

NOTE: Text Objects cannot exceed 64 KB in size.

Options
Rotation
You can display your Text Object in a position that is rotated from the center of
your Text Object. You can select to have your Text Object rotated in 30, 45, 60, or
90 (or -30, -45, -60, or -90) degrees from the center of the Text Object.

6-54 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Margin in Pixels
Enter a number in this edit field (in pixels) to set the left margin of the text. The left
margin is the number of pixels inside the Text Object where the text begins.

User Defined Size

Leaving this check box empty will allow the Text Object to stretch as you type text
into the Object. If you check this box, you are able to set the size of the Text Object
manually by clicking it and dragging its handles.

Alignment
The alignment buttons allow you to choose left, center or right alignment for your
text.

Spelling Button
Spelling Button initiates the DemoShield Spell Checking Utility to check the text
contained in your Text Object for spelling errors.

Variable Objects

Figure 6-34.
The Variable Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Name
By default, DemoShield assigns every Object you place in a Scene a name. For
example, the first Object of an Object type you create will have a name correspond-
ing to that Object type followed by #1, such as Quick Report 1. If you are using
numerous Objects of varying types in your Demos, you will need to establish a more
specific naming convention to avoid confusion. Every Object in a Scene must have
a unique name. Names are not case-sensitive. Object names cannot exceed 32 char-
acters.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-55

 Current Value
The Current Value displays the current state of your variable. The current state of
the variable is invisible to the viewer of your Demo, but is useful to know for testing
purposes when you are designing your Demos. Values can be from -2147483648 to
214748346.

Initial Value
The Initial Value displays the initial state of your variable. Values can be from -
2147483648 to 2147483646.

Permanently Save Variable Contents Check Box

When selected, Permanently Save Variable Contents allows you to save the data the
viewer entered into the Edit Field Object. This data is saved by writing it out to
another file, called an *.INI file. This *.INI file is located along with the .DBD file
when as the Demo is being run. If the viewer of your Demo is using a machine
where he or she does not have access to the directory from where the Demo is
being executed from, the *.INI file is unable to be created, and consequently the
data will not be saved. If the Permanently Save Variable Contents check box is
selected for an Edit Field Object, a viewer could enter his or her name in the Edit
Field Object, and close the Demo. When he or she re-opened the Demo, his or her
name would still be displayed in the Edit Field Object. In the Demo Properties dia-
log box, you can select to store permanent data in the viewer’s Windows directory.

Type
Select the String radio button to enter a text variable. Select the Numeric radio but-
ton to enter a numeric variable.

6-56 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

VCR Button Objects

Figure 6-35.
The VCR Button Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Button Style
When Symbol is selected, all of the VCR Buttons that you include in your Demo will
be displayed as traditional VCR symbols with the exception of those that are user
defined. When Text is selected, all of the VCR Buttons that you include in your
Demo will be displayed as text messages that correspond to the Action they per-
form when initiated by the viewer of your Demo.

Color
Click Disabled Color to choose the color the button caption becomes when the but-
ton is disabled. Click Background Color to choose the color of the button face.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-57

 Line and Polyline Objects

Figure 6-36.
The Line and Polyline Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Line Styles
Style
Select the Line Style for your Line or Poly Line Object by clicking the button dis-
playing the line style. You will be able to see a preview of your Line or Poly Line
Object with this line style applied in the preview window.

Line Color
Select the color of your line by clicking this button.

Display Sunken Line Check Box

Choose this check box to display the line with a sunken effect. This option is
enabled only when the line is straight. Draw a straight line by holding down the Shift
key while drawing the line.

Arrow Styles
Arrow Placement
Select either Beginning and/or End to display the arrowhead at the desired location.

Arrow Shape
Select either Triangular to have complete triangle arrowheads, or Pointed to have
non-filled arrowheads.

Arrow Color
Click this button to change the color of the arrow. If also have the Sunken line check
box selected, this color is the outline color.

6-58 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Autoshape Objects

Figure 6-37.
The Autoshape Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

NOTE: The Object Styles tab is only available for Circle, Rectangle, and Rounded Rectan-
gle Autoshapes.

Border Styles
If you want to add a border to your Autoshape Objects, select the one that you
would like to use from the Border Styles list. To see how your AutoShape Object
will look with any given border, you can view the Preview Window that is present in
this dialog.

Border Color
Click the Border Color button to select a color that you would like to use for your
borders. You can view the Preview Window in this dialog to see how your Object
will appear with a border of any color that you choose.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-59

 Polygon Objects

Figure 6-38.
The Polygon Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Border Styles
If you want to add a border to your Autoshape Objects, select the one that you
would like to use from the Border Styles list. To see how your AutoShape Object
will look with any given border, you can view the Preview Window that is present in
this dialog.

Border Color
Click the Border Color button to select a color that you would like to use for your
borders. You can view the Preview Window in this dialog to see how your Object
will appear with a border of any color that you choose.

Quick Animation
Border Styles
If you want to add a border to your Autoshape Objects, select the one that you
would like to use from the Border Styles combo box. To see how your AutoShape
Object will look with any given border, you can view the Preview Window that is
present in this dialog.

Border Color
Click the Border Color Button to select a color that you would like to use for your
borders. You can view the Preview Window in this dialog to see how your Object
will appear with a border of any color that you choose.

6-60 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Quick Button

Figure 6-39.
The Quick Button Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Caption
Enter the caption of your Bitmap Button Object in this field. The caption of a Bit-
map Button Object is the text displayed on the face of the button. To create a cap-
tion with multiple lines of text, press the Enter key where you want a line break. For
example Good[ENTER]Morning would be displayed as:
Good
Morning

NOTE: In Bitmap Button Objects, to display an ampersand (&), you must enter ‘&&’ into
the edit field.

To create a short-cut key for the button, enter an ampersand and the letter you want
underlined to indicate it is a shortcut. For example, &E would display as Enter. This
allows the user to press Alt+E to initiate the Action associated with this button.

Caption Location
You can specify a position where the text describing your button will be displayed.
For example, instead of placing text only on the Bitmap Button Object, you can
place text to the left, right, top or bottom of the Object.

Button Size
Entering values in these fields assigns a width and height (in pixels) to your Bitmap
Button Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-61

 Appearance
If Flat is selected, your Bitmap Button Object will appear flat. A flat button has no
visible pressed state. If 3D is selected, your Bitmap Button Object will appear with
beveled edges, creating a 3-D appearance.

Cursor
By selecting Cursor Resource, you enable a drop down box listing all the cursor
resource files you have in the Resource Manager. If you choose one of these Cursor
Resources, the cursor will assume this form when moved over the Bitmap Button
Object. If there are no Cursor Resources listed in the drop down box, this means
that you have not imported any Cursor Resources through the Resource Manager.
If you select Predefined Cursor, you may choose from standard cursor styles
included with DemoShield. The cursor will assume this form when moved over the
Bitmap Button Object.

Color
Disabled is the color the button caption becomes when the button is disabled. Back-
ground is the color of the button face.

NOTE: The background color property cannot be set for radio buttons or check boxes.

Quick Link

Figure 6-40.
The Quick Link Object Properties Object
Styles tab.

Style
This option is not applicable for this Object.

6-62 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Text Window
Enter the text you want to be displayed in your Quick Link Object. After you have
supplied text for a Quick Link Object, and it appears in the Text Window, you can
format the text in the way you want.

Options
Rotation
You can display your Quick Link Object in a position that is rotated from the center
of your Text Object. You can select to have your Quick Link Object rotated in 30,
45, 60, or 90 (or -30, -45, -60, or -90) degrees from the center of the Text Object.

Margin in Pixels
Enter a number in this edit field (in pixels) to set the left margin of the text. The left
margin is the number of pixels inside the Quick Link Object where the text begins.

User Defined Size

Leaving this check box empty will allow the Quick Link Object to stretch as you
type text into the Object. If you check this box, you are able to set the size of the
Quick Link Object manually by clicking it and dragging its handles.

Alignment
The alignment buttons allow you to choose left, center, or right alignment for your
text.

Quick Report

Figure 6-41.
The Quick Report Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-63

 Style
This option is not applicable for this Object.

Text Window
Enter the text you want to be displayed in your Quick Report Object. After you
have supplied text for a Quick Report Object, and it appears in the Text Window,
you can format the text in the way you want.

Options
Rotation
You can display your Quick Report Object in a position that is rotated from the cen-
ter of your Text Object. You can select to have your Quick Report Object rotated in
30, 45, 60, or 90 (or -30, -45, -60, or -90) degrees from the center of the Text Object.

Margin in Pixels
Enter a number in this edit field (in pixels) to set the left margin of the text. The left
margin is the number of pixels inside the Quick Report Object where the text
begins.

User Defined Size

Leaving this check box empty will allow the Quick Report Object to stretch as you
type text into the Object. If you check this box, you are able to set the size of the
Quick Report Object manually by clicking it and dragging its handles.

Alignment
The alignment buttons allow you to choose left, center, or right alignment for your
text.

Insert Token Button

To display the text that is contained in another Object, select the Scene in which the
Object you want to display text from resides from the “Scene” combo box. Select
the Object that contains the text you want to display in your Quick Report Object
from the “Object” combo box. In addition to displaying text that is contained in
other Objects in your Demo, you can also display global variables in Quick Report
Objects. Select the “display Global Variables” check box to cause all of your global
variables to be displayed in the Object combo box.After you enter the information
concerning the text you want to be displayed in your Quick Report Object, click
OK. Your token will appear in the text window on the second panel of the Quick
Report Wizard. If the default “right click here” text is still displayed in the text win-
dow as well, you can delete it.

Display Text In
When Display Form is selected, the text that is displayed is shown in the form of a
native Text Object. When Token Form is selected, the text this is displayed is shown
in the form of the Object to which is being referred.

6-64 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Quick Sound

Figure 6-42.
The Quick Sound Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Evaluation Time
Enter the time (in seconds) in the Scene when you want your Event to occur. When
this time (as measured by the Demo clock) occurs, your Quick Sound Object per-
forms all of the comparisons that you have created and associated with this Event.
Based on the outcome of these comparisons, corresponding Actions are executed.

Do Not Advance Demo Time Check Box

Check the following option if you do not want the time to advance when the Quick
Sound Object is triggered. Time will continue once the actions have finished. This
must be checked if you want the Demo to wait while the Sound is played.

Conditions
The conditions window enumerates all of the conditions that you have created upon
the outcomes of which, various Actions occur. For example, you can create condi-
tions that when the criteria of which are met, certain Actions occur. In the same
vein, if the criteria of your conditions are not met, other Actions occur. Conditions
allow you to build interactivity in your Demos. You can have entirely different
Actions execute as a result of the way a viewer of your Demo interacts with an
Object, answers a question that you pose, or by simply having his or her computer
configured in a specific way.
Click the New button to launch the Condition Builder. The Condition Builder is an
application that allows you to build custom conditions that you can use in your
Demos. Click the Edit Button to edit a condition that you have previously created in
the condition builder. Clicking the Delete button deletes a condition that you have

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-65

 created. Move Up and Move Down change the order of the condition in the condi-
tion list.

Quick Video

Figure 6-43.
The Quick Video Object Properties
Object Styles tab.

Evaluation Time
Enter the time (in seconds) in the Scene when you want your Event to occur. When
this time (as measured by the Demo clock) occurs, your Quick Video Object per-
forms all of the comparisons that you have created and associated with this Event.
Based on the outcome of these comparisons, corresponding Actions are executed.

Do Not Advance Demo Time Check Box

Check the following option if you do not want the time to advance when the Quick
Video Object is triggered. Time will continue once the actions have finished. This
must be checked if you want the Demo to wait while the Video is played.

Conditions
The conditions window enumerates all of the conditions that you have created upon
the outcomes of which, various Actions occur. For example, you can create condi-
tions that when the criteria of which are met, certain Actions occur. In the same
vein, if the criteria of your conditions are not met, other Actions occur. Conditions
allow you to build interactivity in your Demos. You can have entirely different
Actions execute as a result of the way a viewer of your Demo interacts with an
Object, answers a question that you pose, or by simply having his or her computer
configured in a specific way.
Click the New button to launch the Condition Builder. The Condition Builder is an
application that allows you to build custom conditions that you can use in your

6-66 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Demos. Click the Edit Button to edit a condition that you have previously created in
the condition builder. Clicking the Delete button deletes a condition that you have
created. Move Up and Move Down change the order of the condition in the condi-
tion list.

Quick Sound Styles

Figure 6-44.
The Quick Sound Object Properties
Quick Sound Styles tab.

Sound
Select from the Sound Resources list the sound Resource you want to play in your
Quick Sound Object. Click the Import button to import a sound. When you click
Import, the Resource Manager appears, and you may import your Resource from
there. Click Sound Library to select a sound Resource those built into DemoShield
(which are not displayed in the Resource Manager).

Test Sound Button

Click the Test Sound button to test play the Sound Resource that you will use in
your Quick Sound Object. While the sound plays, the Test Sound button becomes
the Stop Sound button. If you want to stop the sound once it starts playing, click the
Stop Sound button.

Sound Playback Options

• Play Sound and Return - When building a Play Sound Action, this option plays
the sound file once. As it is playing, DemoShield time continues to run. There-
fore, if “Stop Sound at Scene Transitions” is enabled in the Options tab of the

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-67

 Demo Properties dialog box, the sound file stops playing if the Scene ends.
Otherwise, the sound file continues to play, unaffected by Scene transitions.
• Wait for Sound to Play - This option when building a Play Sound Action plays
the sound file once. As it is playing, DemoShield time stops and resumes after
the sound file has finished playing. A Play Sound Action utilizing this Playback
Option will not advance DemoShield time and, therefore, cannot serve as
background music.
• Repeat Sound Playback - This option in the Action Wizard triggers your WAV
sounds to be “looped” (i.e., the sound will repeat for the duration of the
Scene). If “Stop Sound at Scene Transitions” is enabled in the Options tab of
the Demo Properties dialog, the repeated sound playback ceases when the
Scene ends. Otherwise, the sound file continues to repeat. In this instance, you
will not be able to play another WAV file during the course of the Demo. This
option is not available for MIDI files. If you import a MIDI file, this option
appears disabled.

Quick Video Styles

Figure 6-45.
The Quick Video Object Properties
Quick Video Styles tab.

Video Resource
The Video Resource is the actual Video file that is played by the Quick Video
Object. The Quick Video Object is simply responsible for playing the Video
Resource at the time specified and to the specifications you assign it. Video
Resources can be imported into the Videos Tab of the Resource Manager. Videos
can be looped for constant playback during a Demo.
Click the Preview button to see a preview of the video resource you have chosen
from the Resources drop down list. To stop the preview, click the Stop Preview but-

6-68 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

ton. Click the import button to browse for a Video Resource to use in your Quick
Video Object.

Positioning Information
Enter the location (in pixels) of the x and y coordinates at which you would like your
Video Resource to be played. Click the Capture Button to click the mouse on the
location in the Designer Window at which your Video Resource will be played.

Options
• Loop Video Playback - Select the loop video playback check box if you would
like the video resource that is played by your Quick Video Object to be played
looped.
• Wait for AVI to Play - Click the wait for AVI to play check box if you would
like to stop Demo time while the AVI is playing, and resume Demo time after
the video resource is finished playing.
• Show Controller - Click the show controller check box if you would like to
have a controller displayed with which you can play, pause, stop, and navigate
to a specific time in the video resource. This option is available for ScreenCam
and Quick Time video resources only.
• Position ScreenCam Playback Window - Click the position ScreenCam play-
back Window if you would like the window in which your ScreenCam video
resource is played back in to be positioned at the coordinates that you specify
in the X and Y edit fields above.
• Keep ScreenCam Playback Window On Top - Click the Keep ScreenCam
playback window on top option if you would like the window in which your
ScreenCam video resource is played back to be positioned at the top of the
screen.
• Playback Size - Select a playback size from the combo box. The size that you
select determines how the video resource that is played by your Quick Video
Object is displayed to the viewer of your Demo. This option is available for
AVI and Quick Time videos only.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-69

 Quick Animation Styles

Figure 6-46.
The Quick Animation Object Properties
Quick Animation Styles tab.

Type of Animation
There are two principle types of animations supported in the DemoShield environ-
ment; frame and marquee. A frame animation occupies a region of space on the
screen the size of the first image used in the animation. All subsequent images con-
tained in the animation occupy this same space. This type of animation is analogous
to frames of film being displayed in sequence on a movie screen. A marquee anima-
tion displays image resources in a region of space on the screen horizontally from
right to left.

Image Resource
All image resources you have imported into the Resource Manager and all Anima-
tion Images created in the Demo through this Object are displayed in this list. Select
the image you would like included in your animation from this area. Click the Pre-
view button to see a preview of the animation resource you have chosen from the
Resources drop down list.

NOTE: Although you can use an animated GIF for the image resource, only the first frame
of the animated GIF will be used.

Import Button
If you do not see the image resource you would like to include in your animation in
the Image Resource list, you can import an image resource by clicking this button.

6-70 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Doing so causes a browse dialog to be displayed so that you can search for the
image that you want to use in your animation.

Build Button
Build allows you to create your own source image of the animation. When you click
on Build, the Build a Quick Animation dialog box is displayed.

Options
Depending on whether you select Frame or Marquee, some of the following options
are available:
• Repeat Number of Times - this can be repeated a maximum of 99 times.
• Repeat Time in Seconds - this value can be between 0.1 and 2000. The anima-
tion will play in the amount of time you specify.
• Number of Frames - you can have a maximum of 99 frames in the Quick Ani-
mation.
• Frames per Second - the maximum frames per second is 30.

NOTE: If the value entered for any of Frame or Marquee edit fields is invalid, the message
‘Please correct invalid data in the data field.’ is displayed. Click OK to continue.

Test Button
Clicking the test play button test plays your animation. The button changes to Stop
until the Quick Animation has finished playing.

InstallShield Software Corporation Object Properties • 6-71

 Quick Link Styles

Figure 6-47.
The Quick Link Object Properties Quick
Link Styles tab.

Cursor
If you have imported any cursor resources into the Resource Manager, you can
select them from the Cursor Resource list. The cursor resource that you select from
this list will be displayed to the viewer of the Demo when it is placed over the Quick
Link Object. If you select Predefined Cursor, you can select from cursors included
with DemoShield.

Color
Select the color that the link should be displayed in when it is Active, Inactive, and
after it has been visited.

Permanently Save State Information Check Box

When the permanently save state check box is selected, DemoShield saves informa-
tion about the current state of the button (pressed or unpressed) when the viewer
closes the Demo. Using the permanently save state feature allows the creator of a
Demo to bookmark the viewer’s place in the Demo, as well as to store information
used in tutorials. The data saved when permanently save state is selected, is written
out to an .INI file. This file is saved by default in the same directory as the .DBD file
on your viewer’s system. A software developer can use the contents of this .INI file
in another application. This option is useful only for a radio or check box button
style.

6-72 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Quick Button Styles

Figure 6-48.
The Quick Button Object Properties
Quick Button Styles tab.

Several sets of button images are available from which you may choose. Preview the
images by scrolling through them on the Quick Button Styles tab. Each image fea-
tures three states; one for mouse on, one for mouse down, and one for mouse off.
Scroll to any image and click OK to select it.

Using Object Properties

Specifying Life Periods for Objects
To specify the life periods of an Object, you adjust the Lifeline slider to assign a time
value to each of the life periods to meet your needs. Alternatively, you can enter val-
ues into the life time fields to set the life periods as the increments of time that exists
between these variables. When you are assigning times to life periods, remember
that the value of the start time must be less than or equal to the value of the hold
time; the hold time must be less than or equal to the end time, and so on. This is
self-explanatory, as an Object cannot disappear until it appears first.

Adding Motion to Objects

Motions can be assigned to any Object in the DemoShield environment. Motions
can be applied only to the start and end periods of an Object’s life period. To specify
a motion to be assigned to an Object, select it from the Motion combo box. It
appears in the Motion combo box once you have selected it. If you do not select a
motion, the Motion combo box will display the word “none.”

InstallShield Software Corporation Using Object Properties • 6-73

 Available Motions
A complete list of motions and a concise description of each is provided below:

Name of Motion Description

Table 6-4.
Motions that can be assigned to objects. Appear/Disappear from Left to Right The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the left to the right. It will stop
at the location where it was placed during
creation.

Appear/Disappear from Right to Left The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the right to the left. It will stop
at the location where it was placed during
creation.

Appear/Disappear from Top to The Object will move onto or off the
Bottom Scene from the top to the bottom. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.

Appear/Disappear from Bottom to The Object will move onto or off the
Top Scene from the top to the bottom. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.
Table 6-4 (continued). Appear/Disappear from Upper Left The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the upper left corner. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.

Appear/Disappear from Upper Right The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the upper right corner. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.

Appear/Disappear from Lower Left The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the lower left corner. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.

Appear/Disappear from Lower Right The Object will move onto or off the
Scene from the lower right corner. It will
stop at the location where it was placed
during creation.

A complete description and examples of all of the motions supported in

DemoShield can be found in the online help file. An alternative method of adding
motions to Objects is by using the Capture button on the Life tab of the Properties
dialog box. By clicking the Capture Button, your cursor will turn into a crosshair.
Click anywhere on the DemoShield Designer Window and the coordinates at which
you click the crosshair cursor determine the point at which your Object will enter or
disappear.

6-74 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

Adding Effects to Objects
To add an effect to an Object, select it from the Effects combo box on the Life tab
of the Properties dialog box. If no effect is selected, the word “none” will be dis-
played. Effects, like motions, can be assigned only to Objects during the start and
end periods of the Object’s life span.

Object-Assignable Effects
A complete list of effects and a concise description of each is provided below:

Name of Effect Description

Table 6-5.
Appear/Disappear from Right The Object appears/ disappears from Effects that you can assign to objects.
right to left at its current position.

Appear/Disappear from Left The Object appears / disappears from

the left to right at its current position.

Appear/Disappear from Top The Object appears / disappears from

the top to bottom at its current position.

Appear/Disappear from Bottom The Object appears / disappears from Table 6-5(continued).
the bottom top at its current position.

Appear/Disappear from Upper Right The Object appears / disappears from

upper right to the lower left at its current
position.

Appear/Disappear from Upper Left The Object appears / disappears from

the upper left to the lower right at its
current position.

Appear/Disappear from Lower Right The Object appears / disappears from

the lower right to the upper left at its
current position.

Appear/Disappear from Lower Left The Object appears / disappears from

the lower left to the upper right at its
current position.

Appear as Vertical Blinds The Object appears/disappears in the

form of vertical blinds opening or closing.

Appear as Horizontal Blinds The Object appears/disappears in the

form of horizontal blinds opening or
closing.

Appear as Checkerboard The Object appears/disappears in a

checkerboard pattern that fades into or
out of the Object.

Appear/Disappear from Center as The Object appears/disappears from

Rectangle Center in the form of a rectangle.

InstallShield Software Corporation Using Object Properties • 6-75

 Name of Effect Description
Appear/Disappear from Center as The Object appears/disappears from
Circle Center in the form of a circle.

Appear/Disappear Vertically The Object appears/disappears starting

from the center and comes into full view
outward to the top and bottom.

Appear/Disappear Horizontally The Object appears/disappears starting

from the center and comes into full view
outward to the left and right.

Random Rectangles Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from

Disappearing the screen in the form of small rectangles
that appear at random, and eventually
build or dissolve the Object.

Random Squares Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from

Disappearing the screen in the form of small squares
appearing at random, and eventually
build or dissolve the Object.
Table 6-5 (continued). Random Pattern Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from
Disappearing the screen in the form of a random
pattern that appears or disappears and
eventually create or dissolve the Object.

Random Bits Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from

Disappearing the screen in the form of small bits that
appear or disappear at random, and
eventually create or dissolve the Object.

Random Columns Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from

Disappearing the screen in the form of columns that
appear or disappear at random, and
eventually create or dissolve the Object.

Random Rows Appearing/ Objects appear/disappear on or from

Disappearing the screen in the form of rows that appear
or disappear at random and eventually
create or dissolve the Object.

100% Opacity The Object is displayed to the viewer

during the life period selected.

75% Opacity The Object appears at or disappears to

seventy-five percent of its normal opacity.

50% Opacity The Object appears at or disappears to

fifty percent of its normal opacity.

25% Opacity The Object appears at or disappears to

twenty-five percent of its normal opacity.

6-76 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

 Name of Effect Description
Random Circles Objects appear/disappear on/off the
screen in the form of small circles that
appear or disappear at random, and
eventually create or dissolve the Object.

Grow/Shrink Left to Right Objects appear/disappear starting as a

small strip on the left of the screen, and
grows/shrinks to the right.

Grow/Shrink Right to Left Objects appear/disappear starting as a

small strip on the right of the screen, and
grows/shrinks to the left.

Grow/Shrink Top to Bottom Objects appear/disappear starting as a

small strip at the top of the screen, and
grows/shrinks toward the bottom of the
screen.
Table 6-5 (continued).
Grow/Shrink Bottom to Top Objects appear/disappear starting as a
small strip at the bottom of the screen,
and grows/shrinks toward the top of the
screen.

Grow/Shrink from Center Objects appear from or disappear into

the center.

Grow/Shrink Vertically Objects appear/disappear starting as a

small strip in the middle of the screen,
and grows/shrinks toward the right and
left side of the screen.

Grow/Shrink Horizontally Objects appear/disappear starting as a

small strip in the middle of the screen,
and grows/shrinks toward the top and
bottom of the screen.

Band In/Out Horizontally Objects appear/disappear as horizontal

bands, appearing or disappearing from
the top and bottom.

Band In/Out Vertically Objects appear/disappear as vertical

bands, appearing or disappearing from
the top and bottom.

Radar Beam Objects appear/disappear in a sweeping

motion, similar to a radar beam.

Double Radar Beam Objects appear/disappear in a dual

sweeping motion, starting from the center
and sweeping left and right
simultaneously.

InstallShield Software Corporation Using Object Properties • 6-77

 Assigning Properties
Every Object, Scene, and Demo has a Properties dialog box where Properties can
be assigned to that particular item. A Properties dialog box features tabs that allow
you to select different types of properties to assign to any item. For example, if you
want to change the background color of a Scene, you would access that Scene’s
Properties dialog box and click the Fill Styles tab. From there, you would specify the
color you would like to assign. Likewise, if you want to assign Properties to an
Object, you can access a Properties dialog box for that particular Object and set any
properties as you see fit.

Demo Properties
To access the Demo Properties dialog box, select Properties from the Demo Menu.
The Demo Properties Dialog box is displayed.

Scene Properties
To access the Scene Properties dialog box, either select Properties from the Scene
menu, or right-click any place in the Designer not covered by an Object. The Scene
Properties Shortcut Menu will be displayed.

Object Properties
One way to access the Properties is to double click its name in the Demo Explorer.
Alternatively, you can right-click any Object on the DemoShield Designer Window
to access its Properties Dialog box.

6-78 • Properties InstallShield Software Corporation

 7
Practical DemoShield

Table of Contents
Planning the Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Design Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Demo Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
CD Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
CD Browser Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Cue Card Demo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Benefits of Cue Card Demos . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
This chapter covers basic Demo creation, whether set up
from the New Demo Wizard or started from scratch. You Presales Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
will learn about the different Demo types, and the basics Presales Demo Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
behind their construction. Quick Tour Demo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Quick Tour Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Tutorial Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Tutorial Demo Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Creating a New Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Customizing Your Demo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Removing Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Adding Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
CD Browser Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Scene One - Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Scene Two - Install Products . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Three - Contact Us . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Four - Other Products . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Scene Five - Thank You. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Launching Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Specifying Fully Qualified Locations. . . . 7-12
DemoShield Tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Browse CD Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Cue Card Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

InstallShield Software Corporation 7-1

 Scene One - Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Scene 4 -Lesson 2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Scene Two - Feature 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Scene 5 - Lesson 2a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene Three - Feature 2a . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Scene 6 - Lesson 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene Four - Feature 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Scene 7 - Lesson 3a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Scene Five - Feature 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Scene 8 - Lesson 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Scene Six- Feature 5a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Scene 9 - Lesson 4a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Send Message Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Scene 10 - Lesson 5a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Sending Keys to the Application . . . . . . 7-16 Scene 11 - Lesson 5a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Playing Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Scene 12 - Contact Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Capture Screen/ Scene 13 - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Move Cursor Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Customizing Questions in the Tutorial . . 7-29
Presales Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Expanding Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Scene One - Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Adding Application Simulations to Demos . 7-30
Scene Two - Feature 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 AppCam Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Scene Three - Feature 2a . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Scene Four - Feature 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Capture Screen/
Scene Five - Feature 4a . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Move Cursor Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Scene Six - Feature 5a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Adding Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Scene Seven - Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Begin Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Scene Eight - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Setting Up Your Scene Structure . . . . . . . . 7-32
Creating and Displaying Adding Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Printable Order Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 To Customize the Scene Background . . . 7-33
Adding Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Adding Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Quick Tour Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Choosing Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Scene One – Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Positioning Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Scene Two - General Features . . . . . . . . 7-22 Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Scene Three – Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Adding Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Scene Four – Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Adding Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Scene Five - Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Adding Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Scene Six- Technical Support. . . . . . . . . 7-24 Creating a Navigation Structure . . . . . . . . 7-38
Scene Seven -Contact Info. . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Building Navigation Based on
Scene Eight - Thank You . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Viewer Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Tutorial Specifics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Creating an Automatic
Scene 1 - Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Navigation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Editing Quick Report Objects . . . . . . . . 7-25 Additional Methods for
Scene 2 - Lesson 1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Controlling Navigation in Your Demo . . 7-40
Scene 3 - Lesson 1a Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Distributing Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

7-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Planning the Demo
Before you begin creating your Demo, consider what purpose you want your Demo
to serve. Do you want to advertise a product or service you or your company offers,
or, do you want to create a dazzling front end for a product you are distributing via
CD-ROM? Are you creating a tutorial, or creating a Demo that will be embedded
into a Web page? By taking a few minutes to answer these questions, you can save
yourself a lot of time. Additionally, you can ensure that all the material to be
included in your Demo is available, and has a place in the Demo.
Each of these points are explained in further detail, and the procedures for execut-
ing your plans are provided later in this document.
1. Typically a Demo has a main menu, contact information, and thank you
information, divided into Scenes. Any additional Scenes you choose to
include are largely dependent on the type of Demo you are creating. For
example, a Presales Demo typically features Scenes that highlight certain
functions of your software. A CD Browser typically contains one or more
Scenes dedicated to installing your software. By preparing an outline of what
types of material you want to feature in your Demo, you can save yourself
time and frustration. How many Scenes do you want to feature in your
Demo?
2. Resources such as artwork, video resources, text, and sound resources
should be prepared prior to your Demo construction. If you have access to
the services of a graphic artist, supply him or her with the appropriate
dimensions used in your Demo. Additionally, supply him or her with the pal-
ette for the artwork to avoid any distortion on your viewer’s computer. A
great deal of information about palettes can be found in the DemoShield
Online Help. What materials do you need prior to creating your Demo?
3. Create an outline of the basic navigational flow of your Demo prior to creat-
ing it. By preparing an outline prior to the creation of your Demo, you can
save yourself a great deal of time by describing which Scenes flow into other
Scenes. Also, decide how the Scenes will be connected to one another. Will
this be done through viewer interaction (for example, clicking a button) or
automatically?
4. Decide how you plan to distribute your Demo. If you are going to distribute
via the Web, be aware of certain issues. Due to the nature of HTML and the
World Wide Web, some DemoShield Actions will not work when distributed
in this manner. A list of these Actions are provided later in this document.
Are you going to place your Demo onto a CD to distribute to your viewers,
or will you distribute it via the Web?

InstallShield Software Corporation Planning the Demo • 7-3

 Design Guidelines
Following are several guidelines to keep in mind while designing and creating your
Demo.
• When your Demo contains several topics and/or subjects, use menus to pro-
vide navigation control. For instance, use the Menu Object with the popup
style, or place several buttons in a row to provide the necessary options.
• If your Demo contains a menu, indicate what areas your user has reviewed.
For instance, build your Demo to automatically display a check mark or other
Object next to each menu item after completion.
• If your menu items require some description during the menu Scene, provide
text or sound that describes them. For instance, build an Action for each menu
button that shows a short, descriptive line of text when the cursor is moved
over the button. Program the button to go to the topic when clicked.
• If your Demo lists several features of your product or service, provide text or
sound that describes them in detail. For instance, place a Hot Spot over each
feature that shows a short, descriptive line of text when the cursor is moved
over the feature.
• When you plan to have multiple versions (i.e., languages, more current releases,
etc.), provide an “About” box or Scene. About boxes are useful for manage-
ment purposes and they add to your professional image.
• If your user is unfamiliar with computers or any aspect of your Demo, provide
a help feature. For instance, place a button on every Scene that goes to a help
Scene.
• If your Demo uses technical terms or vocabulary new to your user, provide a
glossary of terms. For instance, create a menu option allowing the user to go
directly to the glossary. Also, allow your user to access any part of your glos-
sary from any part of the Demo.
• If your Demo contains no interactive branching (i.e., the user must consis-
tently click the Next button to move ahead), tell the user at the start that they
must click the Next button throughout the Demo. For instance, on the first
Scene, provide an arrow or outline of the Next button with clear, bright
instructions stating, “Click the Next button to start!”
• If your Demo is designed so that nothing happens after your viewer has read a
block of text, provide them with instructions on what to do next. For instance,
if a user is to view several bullet points in a Scene, provide text at the bottom
that reads, “Please click the Next button when finished.”
• Always inform your user what will happen, or why it will happen when
describing a feature. Then, show the actual feature by giving a simple example.
Finally, review what happened or why it happened. This ensures that the fea-
ture will be understood.
• If your Demo contains related items, link them in a visual manner. For
instance, create your glossary with its own independent color scheme. Then,
provide a Go To Glossary button elsewhere in the Demo using the same color
scheme used by the Glossary.

7-4 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 • If your Demo uses text to describe a point, add illustrations wherever possible.
For instance, when describing how air molecules enter an engine intake, show
an illustration or animation of molecules flowing into the engine.
• If your Demo uses a certain button style throughout the Demo (e.g. Next or
Back), make the button look disabled when it cannot be used. Another
method is to hide the button when it is not used, however this gives the
appearance that it was mistakenly omitted. This is not recommended.
• Do not start explanations by naming a feature and telling what the feature
does. Instead, explain why your customer would want to use a feature, then
name the feature you offer, and how it works. For instance, “If you want to
calculate the balance, just click on Calculate, and your spreadsheet calculates
the complete balance, including shipping costs.”

Demo Types
CD Browser
If you installed DemoShield, or any other InstallShield product from a CD, you have
already witnessed a CD Browser at work. A CD Browser allows you to add a graph-
ical user interface to the products you distribute on a CD-ROM.
A graphical user interfaces created as a part of a CD Browser allow users to browse
the contents of a CD and interact only with the portions of the CD that interest
them. This eliminates the need to browse through multiple directories in order to
find the components of your software that are of interest to your users. From the
CD Browser, you can launch other applications. For example, you can launch the
setups that install your software onto your user’s computers. DemoShield even auto-
matically places an Autorun file into you CD Browser directory that launches your
Demo immediately when your CD is placed into your user’s CD-ROM drive.
In addition to ease of navigation, one advantage of a CD Browser Demo is that it
provides a way to showcase other products. Doing so allows your customers to learn
more about your product line, and makes them aware of multiple solutions your
products and services can provide. Similarly, you can provide technical support
information up front, rather than making potential customers delve through help
files and printed documentation to find answers.
Furthermore, as with any other DemoShield Demo, a CD Browser allows your user
to browse the contents of your CD-ROM, install your applications, and view addi-
tional information concerning your product line and technical support services in a
complete point and click environment. You can include hyperlinks to your company
Web site to provide your users with up to the minute news and information relating
to your product.

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Types • 7-5

 CD Browser Benefits
• Providing users with the freedom to browse the contents of a CD through a
point and click graphical environment.
• Empowering users with the ability to conveniently launch all applications
stored on a CD-ROM.
• Providing an opportunity to spotlight other products and services in a digital
format.
• Presenting an ideal opportunity to provide customers with all of your contact
information, sales referrals, technical support information, and direct access to
related URLs, including your Web site.

Cue Card Demo

A Cue Card Demo is used to display instructions for performing specific tasks
within your application. Cue Card Demos can run alongside the application the
viewer is learning, so users do not need to minimize windows, or launch other appli-
cations to find help. Also, Cue Card Demos are interactive so users of your software
can initiate help on the areas of your applications they have questions about, and are
not bogged down with other irrelevant information. Additionally, integrating Cue
Card Demos is simply a matter of having your software developer launch the
DemoShield Player from your application.
It is desirable to avoid a steep learning curve when learning a software application.
With the addition of more functionality in software, the procedures necessary to
achieve results become more complicated. With the addition of a Cue Card Demo,
you can provide a tutorial that is initiated by an inexperienced user. The Cue Card
walks users through the steps necessary to achieve results.

Benefits of Cue Card Demos

• Provides descriptions of complex processes in your software applications.
• Allows your users to navigate easily to relevant help descriptions.
• Eliminates the need to endure a long learning curve to achieve results with a
software package.

Presales Demo
A Presales Demo provides the solution of showcasing your products and services to
potential customers in a graphically rich, multimedia package. Presales Demos typi-
cally feature sounds, graphics, video, and text descriptions combined into an interac-
tive Demo that lets potential customers know that they are dealing with a
professional company. Furthermore, Presales Demos can provide simulations of
your software in action so potential customers know up front what types of solu-
tions your product can offer them.
DemoShield Demos are the perfect way to organize the information contained in
your Presales Demos. Featuring a complete point-and-click environment with a
graphical user interface that captures your potential customers’ interest, people will
be intrigued to view your Demo and will learn what your products and services can

7-6 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

offer them as a result. DemoShield also allows you to include contact information,
and to launch Internet URLs so potential customers can access your company Web
site for up to the minute news regarding your products and services.
With a Presales Demo, you can answer all your prospective customers’ questions
about your products and services from one multimedia presentation. Furthermore,
you can distribute this Demo via CD-ROM, other distribution device, or via the
Internet so it can be viewed directly from your company Web site.

Presales Demo Benefits

• Demonstrating your products and services in action through the use of Soft-
ware Simulations.
• Quickly integrating sound, graphics, and text to create interactive experiences
giving your products and services a polished, professional finish.
• Influencing the purchase decision with impact by using a multimedia Presales
demonstration highlighting the features and benefits of your products and ser-
vices.
• Include printable order forms and feature lists in product Demos, allowing
potential customers to order your products and services from their home or
office.
Numerous samples of Presales Demos from several well-known companies have
been provided with your DemoShield 6.7 CD. Samples are located at: Program
Files\InstallShield\DemoShield 6.7\Samples\Presale.

Quick Tour Demo

By creating a Quick Tour Demo for your products, you can assure your customers
that your products and services can meet their exact needs. Furthermore, you can
reinforce this message by including simulations of your software to demonstrate
exactly how your products perform the tasks that you claim they do.
A Quick Tour Demo is a multi-media presentation that allows you to show inexperi-
enced users of your products exactly what types of solutions you can provide for
them. Additionally, Quick Tour Demos function to show existing users the ways
they can use new features in your product to their advantage. Quick Tours typically
focus on various aspects of your products, and detail how they are instrumental in
achieving results. For example, Quick Tours provide a virtual tour of your products
so users can focus their attention on the major areas of functionality in your prod-
ucts.
You may create a Quick Tour Demo using the New Demo Wizard.

Quick Tour Benefits

• Demonstrate the functions of your products and services.
• Allow your users to easily navigate through your Demo and learn more about
the features of your products and services that most interest them.

InstallShield Software Corporation Demo Types • 7-7

 Tutorial Demo
When distributing software with increased functionality, the processes to achieve
specific results become complex. Therefore, the need for a reliable, easy to navigate,
tutorial becomes more evident.
A DemoShield tutorial Demo is a perfect way to create a tutorial that will lessen the
learning curve that accompanies any software package. DemoShield tutorial Demos
allow you to create computer based tutorials featuring graphical depictions of how
to perform tasks to get results with your product. Since DemoShield tutorials can
contain multimedia and software simulations, your users can learn how to operate
your product by actually watching it in use. Combined with the ability to include
quizzes for lessons included in your tutorial, you can insure that users are learning at
their own pace, and not progressing on to other lessons until they have mastered any
given lesson.

Tutorial Demo Benefits

By including a tutorial along with your product, you provide an advantage for both
your company and your customers. Your customers will feel more confident using
your products, and this will significantly reduce the number of technical support
requests that your company receives.
• Visually demonstrate the way to perform tasks in your products.
• Eliminate the customer’s steep learning curve that limits their success with
your product.
• Allowing customers to navigate to the instructional information that is most
interesting to them.
• Allow you to distribute instructional information that can accompany your
products when shipped.

Creating a New Demo

The New Demo Wizard walks you through the basic steps in creating a Demo. By
answering a few pertinent questions, you can create interesting, informative Demos
in a very short time.
Launch the DemoShield Designer. Select Start | Programs | DemoShield 6.7 |
DemoShield Designer or double click on Designer.exe in the Windows Explorer.
The default directory for the Designer is C:\Program
Files\InstallShield\DemoShield 6.7\Program.

Initial Setup
On the Welcome screen, choose Create a new Demo using New Demo Wizard.
Click OK. When the New Demo Wizard appears, select the type of Demo you want
to create from the option buttons. Click Next.
After selecting it, you are presented with Demo theme options. DemoShield pro-
vides several preformatted themes from which to choose. Each theme contains the

7-8 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

same options in terms of features; they differ by featuring different layout styles and
arrangements of graphics and text. Select your theme from the drop down list or by
using the scroll bars at the bottom of the dialog. Once you have selected a theme for
your Demo, click Next.
In the following panel, enter the pertinent information about your company. The
address, phone number, etc. entered here will be inserted in the appropriate places in
your Demo. Click Next.
Enter the name for your product or Demo in the next screen. DemoShield provides
the option of selecting an image file to use as your company or product logo. You
can enter the complete path and name of the image in the edit field of this dialog, or
click Browse to specify one manually. Once you have done so, click Next.
After you have entered all of the information relating to your Demo, click Finish to
enter the Designer and begin the construction of your Demo.

Customizing Your Demo

After you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with all of the required information,
you will return to the Designer Window. All of the information about your company
or products will be displayed where appropriate. To finish your Demo, you simply
need to edit some additional Objects. The New Demo Wizard provides you with
several preexisting Scenes, depending on the Demo type. These Scenes are intended
to correspond to each feature of your products or services. When editing your
Demo in the Designer, you must decide what types of information you would like to
convey to the viewer. By doing so, you are organizing the content of your Demo,
and devoting one Scene to each of these features. Although the New Demo Wizard
has provided Scenes, you are not required to use them all, and may add as many
additional Scenes as necessary.

Removing Scenes
If you decide to exclude a Scene from your Demo, you can remove it from your
Demo. To delete a Scene from a Demo:
1. Select the Scene from the Demo Explorer. The Scene is displayed in the
Designer Window.
2. From the Scene menu, select Delete Scene. The Scene (and all of the Objects it
contains) disappears from the Demo Explorer.
3. To undo a Scene addition or deletion made from the Scene Menu, simply
select Undo from the Edit Menu.

Adding Scenes
To add a new Scene consistent with the other Scenes in the Demo, you may dupli-
cate that particular Scene. If you add one or more Scenes to your Demo, make sure
you provide a link to them in the Main Menu Scene so users may navigate to them.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-9

 Duplicating a Scene is very useful as it allows you to create an exact copy of a Scene,
including all the Objects in the Scene. Simply duplicate the Scene and delete or edit
the Objects in the Scene as necessary.
To duplicate a Scene:
1. In the Demo Explorer, click the Scene you want to duplicate. Your Scene will
be displayed in the Designer Window. Notice that the Scene name is displayed
in the status bar of the DemoShield Designer window.
2. From the Scene menu, select Duplicate Scene. Another Scene is added to the
list of Scenes in the Demo Explorer. You can also right-click on a Scene and
select Duplicate Scene from the resulting menu.

CD Browser Specifics
Scene One - Main Menu
Assuming that you want to use the existing format provided by the New Demo
Wizard, none of the Objects in this Scene require editing. However, if you want to
replace the text displayed in this Scene, edit the Text Objects to meet your needs.
Remember to be consistent when editing these Objects. For example, if you rename
the Text Object “Install Products,” be sure to edit the title of the Scene it goes to in
the interest of keeping your Demo consistent.
To edit Objects, select the Object by double clicking it in the Designer Window, or
by right clicking it and selecting its shortcut menu.
To edit an Object in the DemoShield Designer:
1. Double click the Object in the Demo Explorer. This initiates the Object’s
Properties dialog box.
2. Select the Object Styles Tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box.
3. Replace the existing text with the text you want to be displayed. If you are
changing a Text Object, when you have entered the text, click the Spelling but-
ton to check the spelling. When you are finished, click OK.
Following the same procedure, edit all of the remaining Objects that need to be
edited. All Objects that require editing are listed in this document by Scene.
To edit an Autoshape Object:
1. Double click the name of the Autoshape Object in the Demo Explorer. Doing
so displays the Object’s Properties dialog box.
2. From the Object’s Properties dialog box, select the Fill Styles tab.
3. From the Fill Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, you can select an
image of the feature or product you are demonstrating in this Scene. To do so:
a. Click the Import Image, then Import buttons and browse to the image.
b. Click Import, then Close.
c. Choose the image you want to use, and select Resize Image to display your
image in the appropriate dimensions within the Scene.
d. The image you chose fills the Autoshape.

7-10 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• T Title – Edit this Object to display the title of the Demo.
• T Subtitle – Edit this Object to display the subtitle of the Demo.
• G Logo – Edit this Object to display your logo.

Scene Two - Install Products

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• QB Install Product 1 – Edit this Object to display the name of the product
that will be installed if the viewer clicks this Button.
• QB Install Product 2 - Edit this Object to display the name of the product
that will be installed if the viewer clicks this Button.
• QB Install Product 3 - Edit this Object to display the name of the product
that will be installed if the viewer clicks this Button.

Scene Three - Contact Us

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene is complete.

Scene Four - Other Products

The Objects in this Scene that require editing are:
• T - Other Products Desc - Edit this Object to display a brief description of
other products and services that your company offers.
• G - Graphic - Edit this Object to display an image of your other products or
services.

Scene Five - Thank You

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Launching Applications
To launch an application from a Demo, you need to create a Launch Application
Action and specify when this Action is to occur. To create a Launch Application
Action, access the Object Properties dialog for the Object you would like to associ-
ate the Action. On the Actions tab of the Object Properties dialog, you can specify
Events, and the Actions that occur when the Event occurs. From this dialog box,
you can create new Actions, or edit existing ones.
To create a new Launch Application Action:
1. Access the Object Properties dialog by right-clicking the Object and choosing
Object Properties | Actions.
2. Click New. If you want to edit an existing Launch Application Action, select
the Action, and click Edit.
3. The Action Wizard is displayed. Click Next.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-11

 4. Select Launch Application Action from the resulting dialog. When specifying
an application to launch, a fully qualified path is required so DemoShield
knows where to find this application. This is normally achieved by using the
path token.
5. After you have specified a path to allow the DemoShield Player to locate the
Application, click Application Command Line in the Settings List. Here, you
may enter an optional Application Command Line. An Application Command
Line is a string of data sent to the application launched by your Demo. For
example, if you are launching Notepad, you can launch a file associated with
this application. When you are finished, click Wait for application to end in the
Settings List.
6. In the ‘Message to display if application not found’ area, you have the option
of selecting a disk message that appears to the viewers of your Demo if the
application is not found. For example, you could select Browse to initiate a
browse dialog the viewer could use to locate the application.
7. After you have entered the information that most closely meets your needs in
this panel of the Wizard, click Finish.

Specifying Fully Qualified Locations

• Provide no path - DemoShield will search for the Resource in the following
order:
a. The viewer’s TEMP directory.
b. The current working directory.
c. The folder where Demo32.exe is running.
d. A subdirectory of where Demo32.exe is located.
e. The Windows directory.
f. The Windows System directory.
• Provide an absolute path - You can specify a standard Windows location for
the application. You should not provide an absolute path unless you are cer-
tain that your application will reside in a specific directory on your viewer’s sys-
tem. An example of an absolute path would be:

C:\WINDOWS\NOTEPAD.EXE

• Provide a relative path - The path you provide is relative to the location of
DEMO32.EXE on your viewer’s system. Therefore, you must consider the
location of the DEMO32.EXE as the “origin” of the path and specify the
location of the application that you want to use in your Demo as it relates to
this executable. When you are providing a relative path, use two dots (.) to
command DemoShield to look one level up in the directory tree of a users sys-
tem. Use the directory name marked by a backslash (\) to command
DemoShield to look one level down in the directory tree. For example:

<path>.\..\WINDOWS\NOTEPAD.EXE<path>

7-12 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 When specifying a relative path, the location to the application or file you want
to use in your Demo is enclosed with two “tokens.” A token is a message that
tells the DemoShield Player how to begin its search for the application or file
that you want to use. For example, if you use <path> as a token, the viewer’s
machine knows to look for the file in a path relative to the location of the
DemoShield Player executable. Tokens that are supported in the DemoShield
environment are described below.

DemoShield Tokens
• <path> - command the viewer’s system to look for the application or file you
want to incorporate into you Demo in a position relative to the location of
DEMO32.EXE. When testing a Demo using the <path> token, create your
directory structure exactly as you want it to appear on your distribution media
(such as CD-ROM). When you want to test the Demo, execute the
DemoShield Player (DEMO32.EXE) from this structure, and select the .DBD
file to open. If you double click the .DBD file instead of starting the
DemoShield Player, the system will use the executable of the DemoShield
Player from the DemoShield installation directory, and expect the pathed
Resources to reside in this structure.
• <temp> - command the viewer’s system to look for the application or file you
want to incorporate into your Demo in the viewers TEMP directory.
• <cd> - command the viewer’s system to look for the Resource you want to
use in your Demo on the viewer’s CD-ROM drive.
• <wind> and <windir> - command the viewer’s system to look for the
Resource you want to use in the Windows directory, for example: <windir>
notepad.exe <windir>.

Browse CD Contents
The Browse CD Contents function of a CD Browser Demo is achieved by building
a Launch Application. The Launch Application Action launches Explorer.EXE,
which allows the viewer to view the contents of the CD.
When building a Launch Application Action for a CD Browser, it is recommended
that you select the Wait for Application Termination option from the last dialog of
the Build Action Wizard.

Cue Card Specifics

Scene One - Main Menu
The first Scene is the Main Menu. The Objects that should be edited in this Scene
are:
• T Instructions – Edit this Object to provide the user with instructions
describing how to use your Cue Card Demo.
• QB How to Use Feature 1 - Edit this Object to tell the user what topic is dis-
cussed if he or she clicks the button. This Object should also be consistent
with the Object named T Title in the second Scene.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-13

 • QB How to Use Feature 2 - Edit this Object to tell the user what topic is dis-
cussed if he or she clicks the button. This Object should also be consistent
with the Object named T Title in the third Scene.
• QB How to Use Feature 3 - Edit this Object to tell the user what topic is dis-
cussed if he or she clicks the button. This Object should also be consistent
with the Object named T Title in the fourth Scene.
• QB How to Use Feature 4 - Edit this Object to tell the user what topic is dis-
cussed if he or she clicks the button. This Object should also be consistent
with the Object named T Title in the fifth Scene.
• QB How to Use Feature 5 - Edit this Object to tell the user what topic is dis-
cussed if he or she clicks the button. This Object should also be consistent
with the Object named T Title in the sixth Scene.
You can select the Object by double-clicking it in the Designer Window, left-clicking
in the Demo Explorer or by right-clicking it and selecting from its shortcut menu.
To edit an Object in the DemoShield Designer:
1. Double click the Object you want to edit in the Demo Explorer. This initiates
the Object’s Properties dialog box.
2. Select the Object Styles Tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box.
3. Replace the existing text with the text you want to be displayed. If you are
changing a Text Object, when you have entered the text, click the Spelling but-
ton to check the spelling. When you are finished, click OK.
Following the same procedure, edit all of the remaining Objects that need to be
edited. All Objects that require editing are listed in this document by Scene.
To edit a Bitmap Button Object:
1. Select the Bitmap Button you want to edit by double clicking it in the Demo
Explorer. The Object’s Properties dialog box is displayed.
2. From the Object Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, edit the cap-
tion of the Bitmap Button Object.

Scene Two - Feature 1a

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• T Instructions- Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of
your product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled B Fea-
ture 1a in the Main Menu Scene.

7-14 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Scene Three - Feature 2a
The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• T Instructions- Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of
your product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled B Fea-
ture 2a in the Main Menu Scene.

Scene Four - Feature 3a

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• T Instructions- Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of
your product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo.
This Object should match the Object titled B Feature 3a in the Main Menu Scene.

Scene Five - Feature 4a

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are the following:
• T Instructions- Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of
your product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service
described in this Scene.
This Object should match the Object titled B Feature 4a in the Main Menu Scene.

Scene Six- Feature 5a

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are the following:
• T Instructions- Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of
your product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service
described in this Scene.
This Object should match the Object titled B Feature 5a in the Main Menu Scene.
By supplying the New Demo Wizard with appropriate information regarding your
company or products and editing all of the Objects outlined in this chapter, you
should have a professional looking and functional Demo.

Send Message Action

A Send Windows Message Action allows you to send a message to a Windows appli-
cation you have launched through an Application Object. Essentially, the Send Win-
dows Message Action duplicates the Windows API call “SendMessage (hWnd,
wMsg, wParam, lParam).

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-15

 Since DemoShield allows you to launch applications on your viewer’s system, but
not actually control them, the Send Windows Message Action allows you to have
some control over what the viewer does with the application that you launch.
To build a Send Message Action:
1. Select Send Message Action from the Action Wizard.
2. Select the name of the Application Scene that launches the application to
which you are sending a message. Click Next.
3. Select the Application Object that launches the application to which you are
sending a message. Click Next. A new Wizard dialog appears asking for you to
supply the parameters of the SendMessage call.
4. In the Message ID field, supply a message ID. To determine this value, refer to
the Windows Software Development Kit Windows.h header file. This header
file identifies the ID value for each message type.
5. Enter the wParam and lParam values. To find these values, refer to the
Microsoft Windows Software Development Kit Programmer’s Reference.
6. Click Finish.

Sending Keys to the Application

Use a Send Keys Action to send keys to the application you are launching through
an Application Object in a live application Demo. When you choose Send Keys, a
new Wizard dialog appears requesting the name of the Application Object to which
you are sending keys. After you specify this application, a second dialog appears that
requests you to type the keys you want to send.
The following table provides a description of what to type when you want to send
keys that are not displayed onscreen:

Key Code

Send Key Type

Table 7-1.
Key codes. Backspace {backspace} or {bs} or {bksp}

Number Lock {numlock}

Break {break}

Page Down {pgdn}

Caps Lock {capslock}

Page Up {pgup}

F6 {f6}

F7 {f7}

F8 {f8}

Clear {clear}

7-16 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 Send Key Type
Print Screen {prtscr} Table 7-1 (continued).

F9 {f9}

Delete {delete} or {del}

Right Arrow {right}

F10 {f10}

Down Arrow {down}

Scroll Lock {scrollock}

F11 {f11}

End {end}

Tab {tab}

F12 {f12}

Enter {enter} or ~

Up Arrow {up}

F13 {f13}

Escape {escape} or {esc}

F1 {f1}

F14 {f14}

Help {help}

F2 {f2}

F15 {f15}

Home {home}

F3 {f3}

F16 {f16}

Insert {insert}

F4 {f4}

F5 {f5}

To enter a key combination that includes Shift, Control, or Alt, precede the regular
key code with one or more of these codes:

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-17

 Key Code
Table 7-2.
Codes for key combinations. Shift +

Control ^

Alt %

For example, to send the Windows message Control+Shift+A, you would send
^+A.

Playing Macros
By creating a Play Macro Action, you can include a macro in your Demo with
recorded mouse moves and keystrokes. When your viewers watch your Demo, the
macro plays back, and your viewer sees all the clicks, keystrokes, and any other func-
tions you have performed while you were recording.

Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation

DemoShield features a Capture Images tool that allows you to capture images and
incorporate them into your Demos. The images you capture are automatically saved
as Image Resources. Once you have captured an Image Resource, you can view its
information by selecting the Resource Manager from the Demo Menu and clicking
the Image tab. Select the image to view its information.

Presales Specifics
Scene One - Main Menu
• T Introduction – Edit this Object to display instructions for using your
Demo. You can also use this Object to display background information con-
cerning your products or services.
• QB Feature One - Edit this Object to correspond to the first feature of your
product or service you would like to demonstrate. This Object should have the
same name as the title of the second Scene of your Demo.
• QB Feature Two - Edit this Object to correspond to the second feature of
your product or service you would like to demonstrate. This Object should
have the same name as the title of the third Scene of your Demo.
• QB Feature Three - Edit this Object to correspond to the third feature of
your product or service you would like to demonstrate. This Object should
have the same name as the title of the fourth Scene of your Demo.
• QB Feature Four - Edit this Object to correspond to the fourth feature of
your product or service you would like to demonstrate. This Object should
have the same name as the title of the fifth Scene of your Demo.
• QB Feature Five - Edit this Object to correspond to the fifth feature of your
product or service you would like to demonstrate. This Object should have the
same name as the title of the sixth Scene of your Demo.

7-18 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

To edit Text and Quick Button Objects to meet your needs, select the Objects by
clicking them in the Demo Explorer, or by right-clicking them in the Designer Win-
dow and selecting Object Properties.
To edit an Object in the DemoShield Designer:
1. Select the Object by double clicking it in the Demo Explorer. The Object’s
Properties dialog is initiated.
2. Edit the various tabs of the Object’s properties dialog, to alter the way the
Object appears and behaves. To change the text in a Text Object, or the cap-
tion of a Quick Button Object, select the Object Styles tab.
3. Replace existing text in the text window with your own text. If you are chang-
ing a Text Object, when you have entered the text, click the Spelling button to
check the spelling. When you are finished, click OK.
Following the same procedure, you can edit all of the remaining Text and Quick
Button Objects that need to be edited. A list of all Objects that require editing is
provided in this document.

Scene Two - Feature 1a

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are the following:
• T Desc – Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your
product or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo. This Object should match the
Object titled QB Feature 1 in the Main Menu Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.
To edit a Autoshape Object:
1. Right-click the Autoshape Object you want to edit in the Demo Explorer and
choose Object Properties from the drop down list. The Object’s Properties
dialog box is displayed.
2. From the Object’s Properties dialog box, select the Fill Styles tab.
In the Fill Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, you can include an image
of the feature or product you are demonstrating in this Scene of the Demo. Click the
Import Image button and the Import button to browse to the image. Select the
Resize Image radio button so DemoShield will display your image in the appropriate
dimensions within the Scene. To make images transparent (where the background
color or effect shows through), see the online help topic entitled “Creating Trans-
parent Objects.”

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-19

 Scene Three - Feature 2a
The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo. This Object should match the
Object titled QB Feature 2 in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Four - Feature 3a

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title – Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo. This Object should match the
Object titled QB Feature 3 in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Five - Feature 4a

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo. This Object should match the
Object titled QB Feature 4 in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Six - Feature 5a

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of your product or service that
you are describing in this Scene of your Demo. This Object should match the
Object titled QB Feature 5 in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Seven - Contact Info

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

7-20 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Scene Eight - Thank You
If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Creating and Displaying Printable Order Forms

DemoShield allows you to include forms that can be printed on the viewer’s system.
This is achieved by including a Send To Action. When creating a Send To Action,
you must remember to include the form you want the viewer to print, and supply
DemoShield with a fully qualified path to this file.
To build a Send To Action:
1. Right-click the Object you would like to associate with the Send To Action (for
example, a button that when clicked, causes the Action to be executed).
2. Choose Object Properties and select the Actions tab.
3. Choose the Event you want to trigger the Action.
4. Click the New button. The Action Wizard is activated.
5. From the first screen on the Action Wizard, select Send To Action.
6. Click Next. This dialog asks where you want to send the Resource to (printer is
default).
7. A combo box appears listing all the File Resources in your Demo.
8. Scroll to and click on the Resource you want to print. The Resource must be in
a format recognizable by Write (for users with Windows NT) or WordPad (for
Windows 95/98 users). Save your document as a Write (WRI), Text-Only
(TXT), or Rich Text Format (RTF) document to ensure that it can be printed
on any Windows system.
9. Click Finish to close the Action Wizard.
Files used by the Send To Action must be imported into the Resource Manager Files
tab. File Resources cannot be imported by reference.

Adding Multimedia
Multimedia can be added to give your Demos a cutting-edge look and feel. MIDI,
WAV and MP3 sound Resources are easily added via Play Sound Actions and Quick
Sound Objects. AVI, SCM and QuickTime movies are also easily added as well.

Quick Tour Specifics

Scene One – Main Menu
The first Scene is named Main Menu.
The Objects to be edited in this Scene are:
• T Introduction - Edit this Object to provide a description of your product or
Service.
• T Title – Edit this Object to display the title of the Demo.
• T Subtitle – Edit this Object to display the subtitle of the Demo.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-21

 • QB General Features - Edit this Object to correspond to the first feature of
the product or service. This Object should have the same name as the title of
the second Scene of your Demo.
• QB Menus - Edit this Object to correspond to the second feature of the
product or service. This Object should have the same name as the title of the
third Scene of your Demo.
• QB Tools - Edit this Object to correspond to the third feature of the product
or service. This Object should have the same name as the title of the fourth
Scene of your Demo.
• QB Help - Edit this Object to correspond to the fourth feature of the prod-
uct or service. This Object should have the same name as the title of the fifth
Scene of your Demo.
• QB Technical Support - Edit this Object to correspond to the fifth feature
of your product or service. This Object should have the same name as the title
of the sixth Scene of your Demo.
To edit these Objects to meet your needs, select the Objects by double-clicking
them in the Designer window or selecting them from the Demo Explorer.
To edit an Object in the DemoShield Designer:
1. Select the Object you want to edit by double clicking it in the Demo Explorer.
The Object’s Properties dialog is initiated.
2. By editing the various tabs of the Object’s properties dialog, you alter the way
that the Object appears and behaves in your Demo. To change the text con-
tained in a Text Object, or the caption of a Quick Button Object, select the
Object Styles tab.
3. Replace existing text in the text window with your own text. Click the Spelling
button to check the spelling of the text you have entered. When you are fin-
ished, click OK.
Following the same procedure, you can edit all of the remaining Text and Quick
Button Objects that need to be edited.

Scene Two - General Features

The Objects that require editing in this Scene are:
• T Desc – Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of your
product or service.
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature you are describing in this
Scene. This Object should match the Object titled QB General Features in the
Main Menu Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.
To edit an Autoshape Object:
1. Right-click the Autoshape Object you want to edit in the Demo Explorer and
choose Object Properties from the drop down list. The Object’s Properties
dialog box is displayed.
2. From the Object’s Properties dialog box, select the Fill Styles tab.

7-22 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

From the Fill Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, you can select an
image of the feature or product you are demonstrating in this Scene of the Demo.
Click the import image button and the import button to browse for the image you
want to use. Select the Resize Image radio button so DemoShield will display your
image in the appropriate dimensions within the Scene. To make images transparent
(where the background color or effect shows through), see the online help topic
entitled “Creating Transparent Objects.”
Following the same procedure, you can edit all of the remaining Autoshape Objects
that need to be edited.

Scene Three – Menus

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of the product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled QB
Menus in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of the prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Four – Tools

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of the product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled QB
Tools in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of the prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

Scene Five - Help

The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of the product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled QB
Help in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of the prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.
• G Graphic - An image can be added to give your user a visual representation
of the feature you are describing.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-23

 Scene Six- Technical Support
The Objects contained in this Scene that require editing are the following:
• T Title - Edit this Object to reflect the feature of the product or service you
are describing in this Scene. This Object should match the Object titled QB
Technical Support in the Main Menu Scene.
• T Desc - Edit this Object to provide a description of the feature of the prod-
uct or service demonstrated in this Scene.

Scene Seven -Contact Info

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Scene Eight - Thank You

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Tutorial Specifics
Scene 1 - Main Menu
If you want to use the existing format provided by the New Demo Wizard, none of
the Objects in this Scene require editing. However, if you want to replace the text
displayed in this Scene, edit the Text Objects to fit your needs. Remember to be con-
sistent when editing these Objects. For example, if you rename the Text Object
“Lesson 1,” be sure to edit the title of the Scene it goes to in the interest of keeping
your Demo consistent.
To edit these Text and Quick Button Objects to meet your needs, select the Objects
by clicking them in the Demo Explorer, or by right-clicking them in the Designer
Window and selecting Object Properties.
To edit an Object in the DemoShield Designer:
1. Select the Object you want to edit by double clicking it in the Demo Explorer.
\

The Object’s Properties dialog is initiated.

2. By editing the various tabs of the Object’s properties dialog, you alter the way
that the Object appears and behaves in your Demo. To change the text con-
tained in a Text Object, or the caption of a Quick Button Object, select the
Object Styles tab.
3. Replace existing text in the text window with your own text. If you are chang-
ing a Text Object, when you have entered the text, click the Spelling button to
check the spelling. When you are finished, click OK.
To edit a Autoshape Object:
1. Right-click the Autoshape Object you want to edit in the Demo Explorer and
choose Object Properties from the drop down list. The Object’s Properties
dialog box is displayed.
2. From the Object’s Properties dialog box, select the Fill Styles tab.

7-24 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

From the Fill Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box, you can select an
image of the feature or product you are demonstrating in this Scene of the Demo.
Click the Import Image button and the Import button to browse to the image you
want to use. Select Resize Image to display your image in the appropriate dimen-
sions within the Scene. To make images transparent (where the background color or
effect shows through), see the online help topic entitled “Creating Transparent
Objects.”
Following the same procedure, you can edit all of the remaining Text and Quick
Button Objects that need to be edited. A list of all the Objects that require editing is
provided in this document.
The Objects contained in the Main Menu Scene that require editing are:
• T Introduction - Edit this Object to display text that explains the purpose of
your tutorial Demo.
• QB Lesson 1 - Edit this Object to display the name of the lesson that will be
taught if the viewer clicks on this Object.
• QB Lesson 2 - Edit this Object to display the name of the lesson that is
taught if the viewer clicks on this Object.
• QB Lesson 3 - Edit this Object to display the name of the lesson that will be
taught if the viewer clicks on this Object.
• QB Lesson 4 - Edit this Object to display the name of the lesson that will be
taught if the viewer clicks on this Object.
• QB Lesson 5 - Edit this Object to display the name of the lesson that will be
taught if the viewer clicks on this Object.
• G Logo - Edit this Object to display your company or product’s logo.

About Quick Report Objects

Quick Report Objects allow you to create customizable reports. By allowing you to
display information contained in variables, edit fields, and global variables, you can
customize your Demo for each viewer. You can display global variable information
such as day, month, year, hour, minute, day name, and month name.
By placing Quick Report Objects in your Demo, viewers can visualize their perfor-
mance in the various lessons of your tutorials, and spend more time on the areas
where they have difficulty.

Editing Quick Report Objects

To edit a Quick Report Object:
1. Right click the Quick Report Object, and select Object Properties | General.
2. By default, DemoShield gives your Quick Report Object a name. If you want
to change this name, you can enter it in the edit field where the default name is
displayed. After you have entered a name for your Quick Report Object, click
the Object Styles tab.
3. Enter the text displayed to viewers. You can also select to display the data con-
tained in Objects by clicking on the Insert Token Button. For example, if you
used an Edit Field Object in an earlier Scene, the information your viewer
entered could be re-displayed in the Quick Report Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-25

 Scene 2 - Lesson 1a
Scene 2 features a lesson on an aspect of DemoShield. In Scene 3, you see the quiz
relating to this information. The method of quizzing the material in Scene 3 is to
select a button corresponding to a possible answer to the question. If you would like
to use this type of quiz technique in your Demo, it is suggested that you duplicate
Scene 3 for every Scene in your Demo that features a quiz.
After you have duplicated this Scene, edit the Button Objects to reflect responses in
your tutorial.
The Objects contained in the Lesson 1a Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object so that it displays the title of this Scene of the tuto-
rial.
• T Lesson - Edit this Object so that it explains the procedure or steps for per-
forming a task in the skill that you are teaching by means of your tutorial.
• G Graphic - Edit this Object so that it displays an image that provides a visual
aid for the skill you are teaching by means of your tutorial.

Scene 3 - Lesson 1a Quiz

The Objects contained in the Lesson 1a Quiz Scene that require editing are:
• B 1 - Edit this Object to reflect a possible response to the question posed in
this quiz.
• B 2 - Edit this Object to reflect a possible response to the question.
• B 3 - Edit this Object to reflect a possible response to the question.
• QR Question - Edit this Object to display the question you would like to ask
the viewer in this section of the tutorial.
• QR Instructions - Edit this Object to explain the procedure for answering
the questions asked in this section of the tutorial.
• T- Title - Edit this Object to display the title of this Scene of the tutorial.

Scene 4 -Lesson 2a
Scene 4 features a lesson on an aspect of DemoShield, which is quizzed in Scene 5.
The method used for quizzing this material in Scene 5 is to select the area of a Hot
Spot image corresponding to a possible answer to the question. If you would like to
use this type of quiz technique in your Demo, it is suggested that you duplicate
Scene 5 for every Scene in your Demo that features a quiz. After you have dupli-
cated this Scene, edit the Hot Spot Object to reflect responses present in your tuto-
rial.
The Objects contained in the Lesson 2a Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object so that it displays the title of this Scene of the tuto-
rial.
• T Lesson - Edit this Object to explain the procedure or steps for mastering
the skill you are teaching.
• G Graphic - Edit this Object to display an image that provides a visual aid for
the skill you are teaching.

7-26 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Scene 5 - Lesson 2a Quiz
The Objects contained in the Lesson 2a Quiz Scene that require editing are:
• H Wrong - Edit this Object to make the Hot Spot Object trigger the incorrect
answer.
• H Correct - Edit this Object to make the Hot Spot Object trigger the correct
answer.
• QR Question - Edit this Object to display the question you would like to ask
the viewer in this section of the tutorial.
• QR Instructions - Edit this Object to explain the procedure for answering
the questions asked in this section of the tutorial.
• T Title - Edit this Object to display the title of this section of the tutorial.

Scene 6 - Lesson 3a
Scene 6 features a lesson on an aspect of DemoShield, which is quizzed in Scene 7.
The method for quizzing this material is to enter the answer into the Edit Field to
the question. If you would like to use this type of quiz technique in your Demo, it is
suggested that you duplicate Scene 6 for every Scene featuring a quiz. After you
have duplicated this Scene, edit the Edit Field Object to reflect responses present in
your tutorial.
The Objects contained in the Lesson 3a Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to display the title of this Scene of the tutorial.
• T Lesson - Edit this Object to explain the procedure or steps for performing
the task or skill you are teaching.
• G Graphic - Edit this Object to display an image providing a visual aid for the
skill you are teaching.

Scene 7 - Lesson 3a Quiz

The Objects contained in the Lesson 3a Quiz Scene that require editing are:
• E Evaluate EF - Edit this Event to evaluate if the answer the viewer entered
is correct. See directions in this section for editing Events.
• QR Question - Edit this Object to display the question you would like to ask
the viewer in this section of the tutorial.
• QR Instructions - Edit this Object to explain the procedure for answering
the questions asked in this section of the tutorial.
• T Title - Edit this Object to display the title of this section of the tutorial.
To edit Event Objects:
1. Double click the Event Object in the Demo Explorer or in the Designer win-
dow. The Event Properties dialog is displayed.
2. Click the Object Styles tab. In the Conditions list box, there is one condition,
check custom condition.
3. Double click Check Custom Condition and the Condition Builder is displayed.
4. In the Condition Description list box, click on the word “control.”

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-27

 5. Enter a constant value in the Condition Details area. This constant value
should be the correct answer for the question in the quiz.
6. When the viewer enters a response to the quiz question, the Event Object will
evaluate it against the value you entered to determine if it is correct.

Scene 8 - Lesson 4a
Scene 8 features a lesson on an aspect of DemoShield, which is quizzed in Scene 9.
The method of quizzing this material in Scene 9 is by clicking on the True or False
Button Objects. If you would like to use this type of quiz technique in your Demo, it
is suggested that you duplicate Scene 9 for every Scene that features a quiz. After
you have duplicated this Scene, edit the Button Object to reflect responses in your
tutorial.
The Objects contained in Lesson 4a Scene that require editing are:
• T Title - Edit this Object to displays the title of this Scene of the tutorial.
• T Lesson - Edit this Object to explains the procedure or steps for performing
a task in the skill that you are teaching by means of your tutorial.
• G Graphic - Edit this Object to displays an image that provides a visual aid
for the skill you are teaching by means of your tutorial.

Scene 9 - Lesson 4a Quiz

The Objects contained in the Lesson 4a Quiz Scene that require editing are:
• QR Question - Edit this Object to make it display the question you would like
to ask the viewer in this section of the tutorial.
• QR Instructions - Edit this Object to make it explain the procedure for
answering the questions asked in this section of the tutorial.
• T Title - Edit this Object so it displays the title of this section of the tutorial.

Scene 10 - Lesson 5a
Scene 10 features a lesson on an aspect of DemoShield, which is quizzed in Scene
11. The method of quizzing this material in Scene 11 is by selecting the check boxes
corresponding to a possible answer to the question. If you would like to use this
type of quiz technique in your Demo, it is suggested that you duplicate Scene 11 for
every Scene in your Demo that features a quiz. After you have duplicated this Scene,
edit the Button Objects to reflect responses in your tutorial.
The Objects contained in the Lesson 5a Scene that require editing are:
• T - Title - Edit this Object so that it displays the title of this Scene of the tuto-
rial.
• T- Lesson - Edit this Object so it explains the procedure for performing the
skill you are teaching.
• G - Graphic - Edit this Object so it displays an image that provides a visual aid
for the skill you are teaching.

7-28 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Scene 11 - Lesson 5a Quiz
The Objects contained in the Lesson 5a Quiz Scene that require editing are:
• T - Wrong - Edit this Object so it displays the correct answer.
• B 1 through B 5 – Edit these Objects to display the possible answers that the
viewer can pick from.
• E Evaluate B 1 through E Evaluate B 5 – Edit these Objects to perform the
necessary evaluations to determine if the viewer has picked the correct
answer(s).
• QR Question - Edit this Object so it displays the question you would like to
ask the viewer.
• QR Instructions - Edit this Object so it explains the procedure for answering
the questions in the tutorial.
• T- Title - Edit this Object so that it displays the title of this section of the
tutorial.

Scene 12 - Contact Us
If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Scene 13 - Thank You

If you have supplied the New Demo Wizard with information regarding your com-
pany or product, this Scene should be complete.

Customizing Questions in the Tutorial

Responses to the tutorial questions are retained in DemoShield variables. Changing
the values of these variables permits you to create Actions activated under certain
conditions. For example, in a Scene with three possible answers, assign a variable to
the correct answer. If the correct answer is chosen, the Demo will progress to the
next Scene. This is an example of creating a conditional Action.
To create conditional Actions, you first need to create an Event Object. An Event
Object can trigger certain Actions to be performed if the comparison of the vari-
ables is true or false.
To set the initial values of global variables:
1. Open the Demo Properties dialog and click on the Globals tab.
2. Click the radio button marked Initial under View State.
3. Enter your choice of initial values for the string and number variables.
By selecting the Permanently Save Variables check box in the Globals tab of the
Demo Properties dialog box, you can save the value of a Demo’s Global Variables
when running the Demo using the Player. This technique allows you to keep track
of viewer responses within the Demo. When the viewer interacts with an Object (for
example, an Edit Field) that you have specified to permanently save data, the data
entered into this Object is written out to an .INI file that is automatically loaded the
next time the viewer starts the Demo.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-29

 DemoShield’s Global Variables can be quite useful when you want to build an
Action that occurs only when certain criteria are met. For example, you can track
Button or Hot Spot clicks, track the Scenes a viewer has viewed, or compare the
contents of an Edit Field.

Expanding Your Demo

Adding Application Simulations to Demos
By adding an Automation Resource to your Demo, you can show your viewers what
your applications look like and how they work. An Automation Resource is a combi-
nation of multiple Resources constructed within the DemoShield environment to
demonstrate how an application functions. Automation Resources can be orches-
trated to work together, resulting in a series of screen captures displayed simulta-
neously with a text description explaining how to perform any given task.
For example, an Automation Resource could consist of a series of Text Objects dis-
played sequentially at time intervals that you specify. Also, you can automate a series
of images or screen captures, complete with cursor moves to illustrate how an appli-
cation functions.
In the DemoShield environment, there are several types of Automation Resources:
• AppCam Resources
• SoftPhrase Resources
• Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation

AppCam Resources
An AppCam Resource contains one or more sequences of bitmap images and cur-
sor points. When an AppCam Resource is played in your Demo, the viewer’s cursor
will be moved from its original position and moved to a location you specify.
The Automation Wizard assists you in creating an AppCam Resource. Simply follow
the instructions in the Automation Wizard to produce an AppCam Resource. You
can choose the size of the play back window, as well as particular screens of the
application you are simulating.

SoftPhrase Resources
A SoftPhrase Resource is a type of Automation Resource created within
DemoShield. It serves to automate the process of creating, formatting, and setting
the timing for blocks of descriptive text, which appear in a Scene. A SoftPhrase
Resource is a way to chain together a group of individual Text Objects so each one
appears for a short period of time, just long enough the viewer to read, before mov-
ing on to the next Object. You control when and for how long you want each indi-
vidual Text Object to be displayed. Creating a SoftPhrase Resource is the most
efficient way of importing a large amount of text from another application.
The SoftPhrase Automation Wizard assists in breaking a text file into smaller pieces
to display sequentially in your Demo. The Wizard automatically handles the timing

7-30 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

for each piece of text; you simply choose the reading speed. Several formatting
options for each text block are available.

Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation

DemoShield features a Capture Images tool that allows you to capture images and
incorporate them into your Demos. The images you capture are automatically saved
as Image Resources. Once you have captured an Image Resource, you can view its
information by selecting the Resource Manager from the Demo Menu, clicking on
the Images tab and choosing the particular Resource.

Adding Multimedia
Multimedia is added to give your Demos a cutting-edge look and feel. MIDI, WAV
and MP3 sound Resources are added via Play Sound Actions and Quick Sound
Objects. AVI, SCM and QuickTime movies are also easily added as well.

Creating a Blank Demo

DemoShield features the New Demo Wizard, which is designed to get your Demos
up and running quickly. However, while the New Demo Wizard is an ideal tool for
allowing you to create your Demos quickly, it is limited in the sense that it uses pre-
formatted “themes.” To make your Demo more customized, it is recommended that
you begin by creating a New Blank Demo, or basically, create your Demo from
scratch.
Therefore, this section contains a collection of tips and tricks that have proven use-
ful in creating Demos. By reading through this document before you begin creating
your Demo, you will more prepared, which makes your Demo creation go more
smoothly.
After completing this section, you will be able to:

• Create a Demo that has all of the content in your Demo divided into logical
Scenes.
• Incorporate images, sounds and text in your Demo.
• Create a way of allowing the viewers of your Demo to navigate through the
Demo by interacting with buttons and other Objects that you incorporate.
• Create a distribution that you can copy onto CDs or place on your Web server
to make your Demo accessible to your audience.

Begin Construction
After you have answered all of the questions posed in the second section of this
document, you are ready to begin construction of your Demo. To do so, you must
first launch the DemoShield Designer. The Designer can be launched by selecting
the Designer Icon from the DemoShield program group, or by clicking the Designer
Icon in the DemoShield program folder. By default, this folder is located in C: \Pro-
gram Files \ InstallShield \ DemoShield 6.7 \ Program

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-31

 From the resulting welcome dialog, select Create a blank Demo option, and click
OK. After clicking Ok, the DemoShield Designer will appear. After the Designer
appears, you are ready to create your Demo.

Setting Up Your Scene Structure

After you have launched the Designer and specified that you want to create a new
Blank Demo, there is one Scene visible in the Scene Preview Window. By default,
this Scene is named “Empty.” To change the Name of this Scene, double click the
thumbnail image of the Scene in the Scene Preview Window. The Scene’s Properties
Dialog is displayed.
In the Scene Name field, you can change the name of this Scene to whatever you
like. When you click OK on the Scene’s Properties dialog box, the changes you
made will be visible in the Scene Preview Window. Since virtually all Demos feature
a Main Menu Scene, it is likely that you will want to change the name of this Scene
to Main Menu.
Since only one Scene is visible at this time, you probably want to add other Scenes.
When adding other Scenes, you have one fundamental decision, which is whether
you want to create each Scene to be unique, or whether you want your Demo to
have one consistent look and feel throughout.
An excellent example of a Demo featuring a unique look and feel for every Scene is
the Volkswagen Presales Demo included in the Sample Demos from your
DemoShield CD.Once you viewed this sample, you will have a better idea about
what type of Demo you want to create. Depending on the choice you make, create
the subsequent Scenes accordingly.
For example, if you are creating a Demo with one consistent look and feel, most
likely, you will want to create the first Scene, then duplicate that Scene. You can use
a copy of that Scene for all of the subsequent Scenes, and edit only the aspects of
each Scene that require changes. If you are creating a Demo with a unique look and
feel for every Scene, you will probably want to create Scenes from scratch for all the
subsequent Scenes.
To Duplicate a Scene:
1. Select the Scene you want to duplicate by clicking its thumbnail image in the
Scene Preview Window, or by clicking the Scene in the Demo Explorer.
2. Once the Scene you want to duplicate is visible in the Designer Window, select
Duplicate Scene from the Scene Menu.
To Create a New Scene:
1. Select New Scene from the Scene Menu.
2. Select Blank Scene from the resulting dialog.
3. Click OK.
When you return to the Designer, you will notice another thumbnail image of a
Scene visible in the Scene Preview Window. By default, this Scene is named #1
Scene. Double click this thumbnail image to display the Scene’s Properties dialog
box and rename the Scene to whatever you like.

7-32 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Create New Scenes, or duplicate existing Scenes until you have the number of
Scenes needed. By accessing each Scene’s Properties dialog box, you can rename
each Scene to whatever you want.
At this stage in your Demo, you should have created all the Scenes for your Demo.
Furthermore, every Scene should have a unique name in order to differentiate the
Scenes. After you have created and renamed the Scenes, it is time to begin filling
them with Objects.

Adding Content
Now that you basic Scenes in your Demo, you can start to customize the appearance
of the Scenes.

To Customize the Scene Background

DemoShield allows you to use a variety of techniques for customizing the appear-
ance of your Scenes; you can add a pattern or wash, a solid color, or, you can use an
image.
To customize the Scene background, double click the thumbnail image of the Scene
in the Scene Preview Window, and select the Fill Styles tab. Choose the type of Fill
Style from the Fill Option drop down list. If you select a solid color or wash, you
must choose the Fill and Background colors, as well as the wash fill. It is easy to
experiment with different colors, because a preview of the background appears in
the preview box at the bottom of the Fill Styles tab.
To use an Image, import the image you would like to use. It is recommended that
this image be created using colors from a palette shared by all images in your Demo.
Furthermore, it is recommended that this image be created to the dimensions you
are using for your Demo. If this image is created to the same dimensions as your
Demo, select the standard image option from the Fill Styles Tab.

Adding Text
In DemoShield, text is displayed in Text Objects. To create a Text Object, click the
Text Object button from the Objects Toolbar, and click the location in the Designer
Window to place your Object.
After you have created the Text Object, double click it to display the Text Properties
Dialog. In the text editing area, you can enter text or you can paste text into this area
from another word processing application.

Choosing Fonts
Now that you have added some text into the Object Styles dialog, choose a font for NOTE: If you select a font not
the text. Whenever possible, select a font that the viewers will have on their systems. available on your viewer’s
You can expect your viewers to have the following fonts: Arial, Courier New, Sym- computer, DemoShield
bol, Times New Roman, Wingdings, MS Serif, MS Sans Serif, and Verdana. will use Arial by default.

To apply a font to the text you entered into the Object Styles Tab:
1. Right-click the Text Object. Choose Object Properties | Font.
2. Change the font type and style to display the text to meet your needs.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-33

 3. Select a point size. If the point size is not listed in the combo box, you can type
in the point size. Click OK and the text you entered into the Object Styles tab
and the Font changes you made in the Font tab will be visible in the Designer.

NOTE: You can assign the font and point size of the text displayed in a Text Object by
using the Formatting toolbar.

Resizing Objects
1. To resize an Object, click the Object you want to resize. Handles will appear
around the Object.
2. Click any handle. The pointer changes to the sizing cursor.
3. Drag in any direction to make the Object smaller or larger. As the Object is
resized, DemoShield automatically wraps the text in accordance to its new
size.

Positioning Objects
To move an Object in the Designer Window, you can:
1. Click in the center of an Object and drag it to a new location.
2. Select an Object and press the arrow key that corresponds to the direction in
which you want to move the Object.
To display a visible grid to help you place Objects more accurately, select “Grid”
from the View menu. If you want to see an Object’s exact size and location, select it,
and its location is displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the Designer Window.

Borders
You can create a border around your Text Object similar to an Application window.
You can choose to include a Close button that allows the viewer to hide the Text
Object when he or she is finished reading it.
To add this type of border to your Text Object:
1. Double click the name of the Text Object to which you want to add a border.
2. Click the Borders tab, and make your selections.

Adding Images
In DemoShield, all images are displayed in Objects. You can display images in an
Autoshape, Graphic Object, or a Bitmap Button Object. To create a Graphic
Object, select the shape of the Object from the Autoshapes Toolbar. Click the loca-
tion in the Designer Window where you want to place it. You can resize the Object
to meet your needs by dragging the sizing handles as described above.
To fill the Object with an image, double click the Object to open its Object Proper-
ties dialog box. Once the Object Properties dialog box is displayed, click the Fill
Styles Tab. From this tab, choose the image fill style from the drop down box. Click

7-34 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

the Import Image button and then the Import button to browse to the image. You
have several choices as to how your image is displayed:
• Standard - The image is cropped from the bottom right corner in order to fit
the size of the Object in which it is being displayed.
• Crop Image - The image is cropped from the center to fit the size of the
Object in which it is being displayed.
• Resize Image - The image is stretched or shrunk as necessary to fit the size of
the Object in which it is being displayed.
• Tile Image - The image is replicated to fill the size of the Object in which it is
being displayed.
• Resize Frame - The Object is resized to fit the size of the image.
• Maintain Ratio - If the image is resized, it maintains the same proportions it
has in its initial state. For example, if the image is 40x20, it could be scaled
down to 20x10, but not 20x20. Click Ok to close the dialog box.
If you want to place additional bitmap or metafile images into your Demo, you
can copy (CTRL+C) and paste (CTRL+V) them from your Paint Program
directly into the Designer Window. After doing so, they will appear as new
Graphic Objects in the Demo Explorer.

Adding Sound
In DemoShield, sounds are played via a Quick Sound Object or as the result of a
Play Sound Action triggered by a viewer which initiates sound playback. This Event
can be a time in the Demo, or the result of user interaction, such as a button click.
DemoShield can play a sound file saved in WAVE (WAV), MIDI or MP3 file format.
Simply import the sound file through the Resource Manager, and use the instruc-
tions that follow to play the sound in your Demo.
A WAV file is a waveform digital recording. Your end-users do not need any special
files to hear it. Anyone with a sound card on his or her Windows system can play a
WAV file.
To record your voice in WAV file format, you can use Sound Recorder, an accessory
that comes with both Windows 95/98 and NT, or any other recording software that
allows you to save in WAV format.
A MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) file is not actual sound, but rather a
set of instructions telling the synthesizer on your end-user’s sound board what notes
to play with what instruments, and how to play them. Since MIDI files contain only
instructions, they are much smaller than WAV files of the same duration.
To have a sound play as the result of viewer interaction:
1. You must have an Object associated with the sound. For example, if you want
the sound to play when a viewer clicks a button, place a Bitmap Button on the
Scene.
2. Right click the Object choose Object Properties | Action.
3. Select the Event you want to trigger the sound to play from the combo box.
4. Click the New button.
5. Select Play Sound. Click Next.

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-35

 6. Choose the sound file from the drop down list.
7. Click Finish.
You have a choice of how you want DemoShield to handle the sound playback.
Your choices are:

Play Sound and Return

When building a Play Sound Action, this option plays the sound file once. As it is
playing, DemoShield time continues to run. Therefore, if “Stop Sound at Scene
Transitions” is enabled in the Options tab of the Demo Properties dialog box, the
sound file stops playing if the Scene ends.
Otherwise, the sound file continues to play, unaffected by Scene transitions.

Wait For Sound to Play

This option, when building a Play Sound Action, plays the sound file once. As it is
playing, Demo time stops, resuming only after the sound file has finished playing. A
Play Sound Action utilizing this Playback Option will not advance Demo time, and
therefore, cannot serve as background music.

Repeat Sound Playback

This option in the Action Wizard triggers your WAV sounds to be “looped” (i.e., the
sound will repeat for the duration of the Scene).
If “Stop Sound at Scene Transitions” is enabled in the Options tab of the Demo
Properties dialog, the repeated sound playback ceases when the Scene ends. Other-
wise, the sound file continues to repeat. This option is not available for MIDI files.
If you import a MIDI file, this option appears disabled.
To have a sound play without viewer interaction:
The easiest way to play a sound without any viewer interaction is by using a Quick
Sound Object.
To use a Quick Sound Object:
1. Click the Quick Sound Object button from the Quick Object Toolbar, and
NOTE: It doesn’t matter where click in the Designer Window.
you place the Quick
Sound Object since it will
2. Once you have placed the Quick Sound Object in the Designer Window, the
be transparent to the Event Properties dialog is displayed with the Quick Sound Styles tab chosen.
viewers of your Demo. You must complete the information on this tab before you can proceed to the
other tabs.
3. Choose a sound through the Sound Resources or the Sound Library. You may
click Import to import a sound from this tab.
4. Click Test Sound to preview the sound. As the sound is playing, the Test
Sound button becomes the Stop Sound. You may stop the sound at any time
by clicking Stop Sound.
You may import a sound file (either MIDI, WAV or MP3) through the DemoShield
Resource Manager.
To Import a Sound:

7-36 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 1. Display the Resource Manager by selecting Resource Manager from the Demo
menu.
2. Click the Sound tab.
3. Click the Import button to initiate a browse dialog to locate the sound file.
4. Click the sound file, and click the Import button on the browse dialog.
5. When you return to the Resource Manager, you will notice the sound is dis-
played in the Sounds tab of the Resource Manager.
Click the Close button to close the Resource Manager.
Once you import a Resource into the Resource Manager, DemoShield offers it to NOTE: Resources larger than
you as a choice whenever you are using a Resource of that type in your Demo. The 4MB in size must be
imported by reference.
procedure for importing Resources is the same for all Resource types, whether they
are images, videos, or sounds.
For more information on Importing Resources by reference, see the Resources
chapter.
To use an imported sound Resource in a Quick Sound Object:
1. Place a Quick Sound Object on your Scene. The Event Properties Dialog is
displayed, with the Quick Sound Styles tab chosen.
2. Choose the sound Resource from the Event Properties Dialog. Any imported
sound Resources is displayed in the Sound Resources combo box.
3. Select the sound Resource.
4. Click the Object Styles tab, and specify a time (in seconds) when you would
like the Sound to begin. You have the same options for play back as described
on the previous page. Select an option and click Ok.

Adding Video
Video--with or without sound--can be used to give a quick demonstration of how
your application looks and performs. Video files are large, and you will need to care-
fully consider using them if you are distributing your Demo on disk. DemoShield
can play a video saved in AVI or SCM file formats. Both formats may contain sound
as well as video data. ScreenCam files are generally smaller in size than AVIs.
There are two basic types of video you can play in DemoShield:
• AVI files captured from videotape. You can use a video capture board to cre-
ate AVI files from videotaped material, or you can obtain prerecorded AVI
files.
• AVI or SCM files that are video recordings of your live applications also called
“video screen captures.” DemoShield 6.7 is distributed with an application
named Software Video Camera that allows you to create AVO’s of your prod-
uct. A tutorial on Software Video Camera is provided in the DemoShield tuto-
rial.
After you record and import your video files, you can use DemoShield’s Play Video
Action to play your video. If you are playing an AVI file, you could opt instead to use
an AVI Object to play your video.
When you distribute your Demos, DemoShield’s Setup Wizard will prompt you for
the SCM run-time files your viewer will need to play the SCM videos. The Screen-

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-37

 Cam run-time executable, SCPLAYER.EXE takes up 283 KB compressed. See the
Knowledge Base for articles providing details on using AVI files in your Demo.
To incorporate a video Resource, you must first import the video Resource into the
Resource Manager.
The easiest way to incorporate Video into your Demo is by using a Quick Video
Object.
To create a Quick Video Object:
NOTE: If your Quick Video
Resource is larger than
1. Click the Quick Video Object button on the Quick Object Toolbar.
4MB, you must first import 2. Click in the Designer Window. The Event Properties dialog is displayed.
it “By Reference” through 3. In the tabs of this dialog, you must specify the information necessary to play
the Resource Manager. your video file.
This Resource must be dis-
tributed along with your Once a Quick Video Object has been created, you must reenter the Event Proper-
.DBD file in order to be ties dialog to make any modifications to the actual display of the video files:
included in the Demo your
viewers see.
1. Click the Quick Video Object button on the Toolbar.
2. Click anywhere on the designer screen. The Quick Video Styles tab of the
Event Properties dialog is displayed.
3. Choose the video Resource. If the video Resource (AVI or SCM) has already
been imported into your Demo, you may select it from the drop-down list next
to “Video Resource.” If it has not been imported, click Import to browse for a
video Resource. Click Preview to test play your video.
4. Designate the X and Y coordinates in the Scene where you want the video
Resource to play. The upper left corner of the video Resource will be placed at
the X and Y coordinates you designate.
There are two ways to enter this value:
• By typing in the exact X and Y coordinates - Type the coordinates (in pix-
els), in the fields next to “X” and “Y.”
• By clicking your cursor on the location itself - To choose the location, click
the Capture button. Move your cursor to the screen location where you
want the video to play, and click. The spot you clicked is recorded in the X
and Y fields automatically.
5. Click the General tab and type a new name in the field provided.
6. In the Object Styles tab, type the number of seconds into the Scene when you
want the Object to play the video file.
7. Click Ok to create the Quick Video Object

Creating a Navigation Structure

After you have created blank Scenes, it is highly desirable to create a means for the
viewers to navigate them. Therefore, you can begin to enable a “structure” that
allows the viewers to do just this. Earlier in this document, you were advised to cre-
ate an outline. This outline will help you create the navigation structure.
There are basically two ways to create navigation: navigation based on user interac-
tion, or automatic navigation. Decide which method you would like to use for each
Scene.

7-38 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Normally, Scenes allow you to navigate to the previous and next Scenes, and a way
to exit the Demo, or return to the main menu in every Scene.

Building Navigation Based on Viewer Interaction

One way of allowing viewers to navigate between the Scenes is to create interactive
Objects associated with Go to Next Scene and Go to Previous Scene Actions. One
useful way of accomplishing this task is to use a VCR Button Object which you can
copy into all Scenes where it is applicable.
To Create a VCR Button Object that controls navigation:
1. Click the VCR Button Object Button on the Object Toolbar, and click the
location on the Designer Window where you would like to place the Object.
2. Once you have placed the VCR Button Object in your Designer Window, dou-
ble click the Object to cause its Properties dialog box to be displayed:
3. Once this dialog is displayed, click the Object Styles tab. From this tab, you can
select the VCR Buttons to display in the Scenes. For example, you can include
a button that will return the viewer to the Main Menu when he or she clicks
the Home button. Likewise, you can include buttons that will direct the viewer
to the Next and Previous Scenes when he or she clicks the Next or Previous
buttons. Finally, you can include a button that allows the viewer to exit the
Demo.
The Scenes that constitute the next and previous Scenes are determined by the
order of the Scenes in the Scene Preview Window. Therefore, it is advised that you
organize the order of the Scenes in your Scene Preview Window with the first Scene
occurring at the top of the order, and your final Scene occurring at the bottom.
To change the order of the Scenes as displayed in the Scene Preview Window, right
click the thumbnail image of the Scene you want to move, and select move down, or
move up to position the Scene. Once you have created a VCR Button that coordi-
nates the navigation, click OK on the VCR Properties dialog box. You can place this
Object in all the Scenes where it is applicable. To do so, select the VCR Button
Object by single clicking it, and selecting copy from the edit menu. Click the thumb-
nail image of the Scene where want to paste this Object. This Scene is displayed in
the Designer. Select paste from the Edit menu, and the Object will appear in this
Scene. Repeat this cut and paste procedure until you have a VCR Button placed in
every Scene.

Creating an Automatic Navigation Structure

If you would like your Demo to progress from one Scene to another at timed inter-
vals, you can do so by specifying a time limit for a Scene. Once the time limit is
reached, the next Scene is displayed.
To do so, double click the Scene to cause its Scene Properties dialog box to be dis-
played. In the General Tab of the Scene’s Properties dialog box, set the value of the
Scene Length edit field to whatever you want. WARNING: A Scene cannot be longer
In the Scene Transition Effect, select Go to Next Scene. When your Demo is than two hours.
played, the initial Scene will be displayed for the time you entered into the Scene
Length edit field. When its Scene length time is reached, the Scene will progress to

InstallShield Software Corporation Customizing Your Demo • 7-39

 the next Scene in the Demo. Remember that the next Scene is determined by the
order of the Scenes in the Scene Preview Window.

Additional Methods for Controlling Navigation in Your Demo

In the example above, the procedure for using a VCR Button Object was provided.
However, you are in no way limited to only this type of Object. You can use Bitmap
Button Objects filled with your own custom images, Hot Spot Objects, Button
Objects, or Quick Button Objects from the DemoShield Quick Button library to
control your navigation. Using any of these Objects to control navigation follows
the same basic procedure. That is, placing the Object in the Scene, and editing its
properties to meet your needs.

Distributing Your Demo

The DemoShield Distribution Wizard walks you through the process of preparing
your Demo for distribution to your viewers. By creating a fully configured directory
structure, the Distribution Wizard ensures your Demo will be optimized for distri-
bution and eliminates the possibility of placing the files necessary for distribution in
the wrong directories on your viewer’s system. The Distribution Wizard allows you
to select the type of distribution method to use to distribute your Demo. By select-
ing the type of distribution method and providing the Distribution Wizard with the
necessary information to create that type of distribution, DemoShield will create a
directory structure for you to copy onto your distribution media.
Before you distribute your Demo, you need to decide how your Demo is going to be
distributed. Will you distribute it on a CD, other distribution media, or will you dis-
tribute it via the Internet? After you have answered these questions, you can provide
the Distribution Wizard with the appropriate information to prepare your Demo for
distribution.
• If you plan to distribute your Demo on a CD or other distribution media, it is
recommended that you select either the Simple, or Single Executable distribu-
tion type from Distribution Wizard.
• If you plan on distributing you Demo via the Internet, or making it viewable
from your Web site, it is suggested that you create a DemoX or DemoNow
distribution type from the Distribution Wizard.
To begin:
1. Save the Demo and select Distribution Wizard from the Tools Menu.
2. Supply the Distribution Wizard with all the information required.
3. After you have supplied the Distribution Wizard with all of the information, it
prompts you to build your distribution. After you have done so, you must
place the distribution either on a Web server (for DemoX and DemoNow dis-
tributions) or copy it onto media for passing along to your viewers.

7-40 • Practical DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 8
Using DemoShield

Table of Contents
Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Attaching Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Editing Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Editing Template Properties for an Object . . 8-4
Editing Template Properties for a Scene . . . . 8-4
Editing Template Properties for a Demo . . . . 8-5
Creating Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
This chapter covers common tasks you may want to per- Thumbnails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
form when using DemoShield. Included in these tasks are Adding Images to a Template . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
how to use templates (and create your own), reusing
Attaching a Template to a Demo . . . . . . . . . 8-6
information from other demos, testing Demos prior to dis-
tribution, and distribution methods. Reusing Demo Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Also included is information on simulating software, Import Demo Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
which enables you to create Demos that can show off a Import Scenes with Associated Resources . 8-7
product’s features and functionality. Resource Import Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Overwrite Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Copy and Paste Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Testing Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing from a Local Hard Drive
or LAN Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing on a Local Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Testing on a Network Hard Drive or Server 8-10
Distribution with the Distribution Wizard . . . . 8-11
Simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
CD Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Creating a CD Browser Distribution . . . . 8-11
Demo Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
DemoNow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
DemoX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Creating a DemoX Distribution . . . . . . . 8-13
Single Executable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

InstallShield Software Corporation 8-1

 Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Creating a Setup Wizard Distribution . . 8-14
Preparing Your Demo for Distribution . . . . 8-15
Distribution Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
DemoX vs. DemoNow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Software Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Automation Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Automation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
AppCam Automation Resources . . . . . . . . 8-18
Creating AppCam Resources. . . . . . . . . 8-18
AppCam Tips & Tricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Displaying Your AppCam Automation . . 8-21
SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Creating SoftPhrase Resources. . . . . . . . 8-22
Synchronizing AppCam
and SoftPhrase Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Screen Capture/Move Cursor Simulation . . 8-23
Capturing Screen Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Modifying the Sequence Display . . . . . . 8-24
Removing an Image or Cursor Location . 8-24
Capturing New Images
and Cursor Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Adjusting Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Creating a User-Led Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Software Simulation vs. Live Application . . 8-25
Software Video Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Recording a Software Simulation Video . 8-27
Importing the Video into DemoShield . . . 8-28
Embedding the Video into DemoShield . 8-28
Testing the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Playing and Reviewing Videos. . . . . . . . 8-29
Displaying Your Video
with Quick Video Objects . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Video Recording Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Templates
A template is a special type of Demo file that stores the initial (default) Object,
Scene, and Demo properties. It has a .TPL file extension, and is stored in the TEM-
PLATES subdirectory (or folder). For example, each time you create a new Text
Object, it will start out with the same default settings for font, font size, font color,
etc. Those default properties stored in the .TPL file are currently attached to your
Demo. The name of this file appears at the bottom of the Object Palette.
Separate from these template files are the regular Demo (.DBD) files that the New
Demo Wizard uses as the basis for each new Demo. These are regular Demo files
stored in the DEMOTEMP subdirectory (or folder). Once the New Demo Wizard
closes, DemoShield no longer accesses these .DBD files.
You may attach a new template file at any time during the Demo creation process.
However, any time you attach a new template, the new default properties will NOT
affect existing Object, Scene, and Demo properties. Only new Objects and Scenes
will have the new template properties.
This might be useful if, for example, you wanted all of your Text Objects in Scene
#1 to be in 18 point, red, bold font, and all of your Text Objects in Scene #2 to be
in 20 point, blue, italic font. Rather than editing each Text Object’s properties indi-
vidually, you could attach a template with the desired default Text Object properties
at the appropriate time. So, if TEMPLATE1.TPL has the 18 point, red, bold Text
Object default properties, and TEMPLATE2.TPL has the 20 point, blue italic Text
Object default properties, you could attach TEMPLATE1.TPL just prior to creating
the Text Objects in Scene #1, and TEMPLATE2.TPL just prior to creating the Text
Objects in Scene #2. This eliminates the time consuming task of editing numerous
individual Object or Scene properties.

Attaching Templates
To Attach a template:
1. Choose Attach Template from the File menu. The Attach Template dialog box
appears.
2. Browse for, or type the filename of, the template you want to load. This file
must have a .TPL extension.
3. Click OK. The file you select is your current template. All new Objects,
Scenes, and Demos you create derive their default properties from this tem-
plate.

Editing Templates
To Edit a template:
1. Choose Open from the File menu to open an existing template file.
2. When the Open dialog box appears, choose Template Files (.TPL) from the
list marked “Files of Type,” and browse for the template file you want to open.
3. Edit the properties you want to change. Object, Scene, and Demo properties
can be edited.

InstallShield Software Corporation Templates • 8-3

 Editing Template Properties for an Object
To Edit an Object’s template properties:
1. After you open the template (TPL) file, you need to open the Template Prop-
erties dialog box for each Object whose properties you want to save.
2. All Graphic Objects (i.e., Autoshapes and Polygons) have the same Template
Properties.
3. Choose Edit Template Properties from the Object menu.
4. Select the type of Object to which you want to make changes.
5. Set the template properties the same way you set regular Object properties,
with the exception of Object size. (Use the Size tab in the Object’s Template
Properties dialog box to set the default size of the Object [in pixels]).
6. Click OK to save your selections.
7. Repeat the above steps for each Object you want to edit. The new settings do
not become immediately active in the template file itself; changes take effect
after you have opened a regular Demo with the edited template attached.
8. Choose Save from the File menu to save the changes to your current template
file.
9. Choose Save As from the File menu to create a new template file with the
changes. Save your template with a unique name in the Template directory (or
folder). Make sure that Template (.TPL) Files is selected from the Types of
Files list in the Save or Save As dialog box.

NOTE: You cannot access the Template Properties dialog box from within a .DBD file. You
must edit template properties from within the .TPL file.

Editing Template Properties for a Scene

To Edit a Scene’s template properties:
1. After you open the template (.TPL) file you want to edit, you need to open the
Scene Properties dialog box for each Scene you want to edit.
2. Each Scene in the template file contains individual Scene properties, indepen-
dent from the other Scenes in the template file. When DemoShield saves the
.TPL file, it reads each Scene individually, including all of the Objects, Scene
properties, and referenced Resources. In the Designer, each time you choose
New Scene from the Scene menu, the New Scene dialog box presents graphi-
cal representations of all of the Scenes in the template you are currently using.
3. Any links to Resources in a Scene’s template properties are included when you
attach that template, whether or not the Resources are actually used in the
Scene.
4. In your template file, go to the Scene you want to edit.
5. Choose Properties from the Scene menu. The Scene Properties dialog box
opens to the General tab.
6. Edit the Scene properties, grouped in tabs, as you want.
7. Delete any Objects you do not want to be included in the Scene’s template.

8-4 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 8. Edit any remaining Object’s as you want. You may resize or reposition them,
or change their properties.
• If you plan to have particular Demo Resources load into the Demo when
you choose this Scene template, rename those Resources to “link” them to
the Scene.
• If you choose an Object filled with a Resource in a template Scene, but do
not link the Resource to that Scene, the Object appears in your Demo with
a solid color fill.
9. Choose Save from the File menu to save your changes to the template.
10.Reopen your Demo (.DBD) file.
11.Choose Attach Template. This updates the Demo link to the new template.
The next time you choose this Scene layout in the New Scene dialog box, the edited
Scene appears.

Editing Template Properties for a Demo

To Edit a Demo’s template properties:
Most commonly, the New Demo Wizard is used to create a new Demo file.
When you select a new Demo type, such as Presales or Cue Card, the new Demo
that is built derives its initial Demo Properties from the regular Demo (.DBD) file
the Wizard modifies to create your new Demo.
However, when you choose to create a “New Blank” Demo, its initial Demo Prop-
erties will come from the last template (.TPL) file you created. To edit these proper-
ties, open the template (.TPL) file you want to use.
1. Choose Properties from the Demo menu. The Demo Properties dialog box
opens.
2. Set new Demo properties for the template file, the same way you would for
any Demo.
3. To save your changes to the current template, choose Save from the File menu.
To save your changes as a new template file, choose Save As from the File
menu. In the combo box marked “Type of Files,” make sure to select Template
(.TPL) Files. Save your template with a unique name in the Template directory
(or folder).
4. In your next Demo file, choose Attach from the File menu to attach the tem-
plate you finished editing.
The next time you create a New Blank Demo, its default Demo Properties are
derived from your template file.

Creating Templates
A Template is a file that stores information about Objects, Scenes, and Demos. It
has a .TPL file extension, and is stored in the TEMPLATES folder.
Each time you create a new Object, that Object contains characteristics describing
its font, size, location on the Scene, etc. These characteristics, or Properties, are
stored in the template (.TPL) file currently attached to your Demo.

InstallShield Software Corporation Templates • 8-5

 Template files also contain basic layout information, which can be reused or
changed according to the purpose of the Demo. In addition to general Scene Prop-
erties, such as Scene length and Scene Transitions, Templates also store information
to construct fully configured Scenes. Each Scene in your Template file can be
thought of as an individual template, containing the Scene’s general properties as
well as the Properties for all Objects in that Scene.
To create a new template:
1. Create a blank Demo.
2. Choose Save As from the File menu. From the Save As dialog, choose Tem-
plates as the file type. Enter the name of the Template and click Ok.
3. Select and place any Objects, Actions, Events, etc. you want on the Scene.
4. To set the Properties of each of these items, you must choose Edit Template
Properties from the Object menu.

NOTE: Editing the properties by right-clicking and selecting Object Properties will not store
your changes in the template. If the changes are not stored in the Template, they
will not be available for use in other Demos.

5. Save the Template.

Thumbnails
DemoShield uses thumbnails to represent the Scenes in the New Scene dialog. The
dimensions of the thumbnails must be 130 x 98, and the color depth must be 256
colors.
Thumbnails should be created after all the Objects in the Scene have been created.
Thumbnails are useful when using Templates, because they give a preview of how
the Scene will look.

Adding Images to a Template

Templates, like other Scenes, may have Images included, for instance, you may want
to import an image of your company’s logo, an image that will be used as a back-
ground to all Scenes, or you may want to import a thumbnail image of certain
Scenes in your Demo. Any Images you use must first be Imported through the
Resource Manager. For more information about Importing Images, see Resources.

Attaching a Template to a Demo

In order for the Properties stored in a Template to take effect in your Demo, you
must attach the Template to the Demo:
1. Choose Attach Template from the File menu and attach the Template.
2. Each new Object and Scene you create will derive its initial properties from
this Template file.

8-6 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

NOTE: Changes to a Template affect only those Objects created after the Template is
attached to the Demo.

Reusing Demo Components

Import Demo Wizard
If you want to reuse .AVI files, images, text files, macros, or any other type of
Resource that you have imported into other Demo (DBD) files, there is no need to
import them all individually again. The Import Demo Options Wizard allows you to
import entire Scenes, along with all associated Resources, or just certain types of
Resources from selected Scenes in existing DBD files.
The Import Demo Options Wizard launches when you choose Import Demo from
the File menu, and click the Options button from within the Import Demo dialog
box.
This Wizard walks you through the steps necessary to import entire Scenes, or cer-
tain types of Resources used in Scenes of other Demo files.

Import Scenes with Associated Resources

Check this box if you wish to import entire Scenes from another Demo (DBD) file.
You do not need to specify the types of Resources in the “Resource Importation
Options” if you are importing entire Scenes, as DemoShield automatically imports
all Resources contained in the specified Scenes.
Click Next to display the next dialog.

Resource Import Options

If you wish to import Resources from another Demo (DBD) file of a certain type
only, clear the “Import Scenes, with associated Resources” box and select the type(s)
in this section of the Import Demo Options Wizard.

Import Option Description

Table 8-1.
Import Images Imports all image Resources from the Import options.
selected DBD file.

Import Macros Imports all macro Resources from the

selected DBD file.

Import Files Imports all file Resources from the

selected DBD file.

Import Video Imports all video Resources from the

selected DBD file.

InstallShield Software Corporation Reusing Demo Components • 8-7

 Import Option Description
Table 8-1 (continued). Import Sound Imports all sound Resources from the
selected DBD file.

Import Automations Imports all automation Resources from the

selected DBD file.

Click Next to bring up the next dialog.

NOTE: You cannot import individual Resources, only all Resources of the individual types.

When importing entire Scenes or individual types of Demo Resources from another
.DBD file, the Import Demo Wizard will prompt you for instructions in the event
that you are importing Resources that have the same name as those already included
in your Demo.

Overwrite Options

Table 8-2. Option Description

Overwrite options.
Do not overwrite Scenes and When selected, DemoShield will now
Resources with the same name. overwrite Scenes and Resources that have
the same name. In this way, you can
establish naming conventions so that
Scenes and Resources in your current
Demo are not overwritten when you
import Scenes or Resources from an
existing Demo.

Prompt me to enter a new name each When selected, DemoShield will prompt
time the same Scene and Resource you before overwriting any Scene or
name is encountered. Resource with one sharing the same
naming conventions that you are
importing. In this way, you can decide
which Scenes or Resources are
overwritten as you import a Demo.

Copy and Paste Objects

If you have created Objects you want to reuse in your Demo, it is possible to copy
and paste Objects using the Demo Explorer. Right click the Object(s) you want to
copy and choose Copy. Right click the Scene name you want to place them into,
choose Paste.
For example, you have a Scene named #1 Scene with three Objects:
• T Title
• T Subtitle

8-8 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 • G Logo
Select G Logo, T Subtitle and T Title and paste them in another Scene. Notice that
these Objects are pasted in the order in which they were chosen:
• G Logo
• T Subtitle
• T Title
Remember, the order in which you select the Objects is the order in which they are
pasted, regardless of how the Objects are arranged on the Scene.
For more information about the order of Objects on the Scene, see “Layering
Objects” on page 3-22.

NOTE: You may select multiple Objects by holding the Ctrl key while choosing the Objects.

Testing Demos
There are two places where you can test run your Demo:
• DemoShield Designer
• DemoShield Player
Most likely, you will test run a Demo many times before you distribute to your view-
ers. For the most part, you will test-run your Demo in the Designer. Test running
your Demo in the Designer allows you to immediately test changes immediately.
You can test your Demo in the Designer by pressing Play on the Control Panel tool-
bar, or by pressing F5.
Additionally, you will want to test run your Demo in the Player. Test running a
Demo in the Player allows you to play videos and macros, and view your Demo
more or less in the same way that your viewers will see it. To test your Demo in the
Player, save the Demo and then in the Control menu, select Play Current Demo
from the Run In Player submenu.

Testing from a Local Hard Drive or LAN Server

It is possible to test a DemoNow Demo locally before posting the Demo to a Web
server. Step by step instructions on how to do this are included below. The instruc-
tions are separated into local hard drive and LAN hard drive configurations.

Testing on a Local Hard Drive

To test your Demo off of a local hard drive, you will need to supply a direct DOS
path to the DN67 file in order for the DemoNow control to locate the file correctly.
This path must be specified in the VALUE= line of the <OBJECT> tag’s
<PARAM> line. Netscape requires that the embed scr= tag only contain the name
of the .DN67 file when running a Demo locally. An example of this would be:

InstallShield Software Corporation Testing Demos • 8-9

 <object classid="clsid:48F54D2C-E636-4644-9A49-F1A5C82598A9"
height=35
width=103
codebase="DEMONOW.CAB#Version=6,70,015">
<param name="WID" value="file://
c:\MyDemos\Demonow\demoname.DN67">
<embed scr="demoname.DN67"
height=35
width=103
type="application/DemoNow670">
</embed>
</object>

Once you have set up this configuration, save your HTML page and open it in Inter-
net Explorer. The control loads, and the DemoNow button appears. Once it does,
you will be able to test your Demo as if it were running off of a Web server.

Testing on a Network Hard Drive or Server

There are two methods you can use when testing your Demo from a network drive
or a LAN server. If the drive letter where your Demo files reside is mapped, and
each of your company’s computers use this same mapping convention, you can use
the technique mentioned above for testing your Demo. If your LAN is TCP/IP
enabled, and you know the IP address of the computer hosting the Web Demo, you
can use the IP address as the URL to the WID file.
For example, if you had a network machine configured as a web server, it is possible
to create a new directory within its WWWRoot structure. You can then point to this
directory structure using both the IP of the server and the name of the directory you
created for the Web Demo files. Assuming an IP address of 123.123.123.123 and
test directory of ‘demotest’, a sample configuration would be:

<object classid="clsid:48F54D2C-E636-4644-9A49-F1A5C82598A9"
height=35 width=103 codebase="DEMONOW.CAB#Version=6,70,015">
<param name="WID" value="http://123.123.123.123/demotest/
mydemo.DN67">
</object>

Once this change is made, you can view the Demo in Internet Explorer. If you have
the LAN server configured to recognize the DemoNow MIME type, you should
also be able to view the Demo in Netscape Navigator.
If you wish to configure the HTML page to support Netscape Navigator, it is neces-
sary to change the URL settings in the <EMBED> tag to reflect the IP address.
Based upon the sample above, the <EMBED> tag would be:

<embed scr="http://123.123.123.123/demotest/mydemo.DN67"
height=35
width=103
type="application/DemoNow670">
</embed>

8-10 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Distribution with the Distribution Wizard
The Distribution Wizard allows you to select the type of distribution method to use
to distribute your Demo. By selecting the type of distribution method, and provid-
ing the Distribution Wizard with the necessary information to create that type of
distribution, DemoShield will create a directory structure for you to copy onto your
distribution media.
The choices of distribution types the Distribution Wizard offers you are:

Simple
A simple distribution builds a directory structure featuring only the necessary com-
ponents for the viewer to launch your Demo. Typically, these are the DemoShield
Player (demo32.exe), and your .DBD file. If your Demo includes Resources
imported by reference, these files will be added into this directory structure as well.
Likewise, if your Demo features any ScreenCam movies, the Distribution Wizard
will include the Lotus ScreenCam Player. If your Demo features any QuickTime
movies or MP3 files, the Distribution Wizard will give you the option to include the
QuickTime runtime installation files as well.

CD Browser
CD Browsers are visual front ends to a CD that provide the viewer with the ability
to browse the contents of a CD, and view these contents in an easy to navigate man-
ner. DemoShield allows you to create CD Browsers that can launch the contents of
a CD, making them the ideal tool for launching installations, viewing other Demos,
and simply exploring the contents of a CD within a browser that emphasizes your
company’s identity. Typically, when a CD featuring a CD Browser is placed in the
viewer’s CD drive, the browser automatically launches so it is the first contact the
viewer has with the CD, making it the ideal tool for organizing CD contents and
navigating to the information most appealing to the viewer.

Creating a CD Browser Distribution

To create a CD Browser distribution for your Demo, complete the following.:
1. When creating a CD Browser, the Distribution Wizard prompts you to pro-
vide some specific information about the target audience to whom you are
planning to distribute your Demo.
2. Select the Include Autorun check box if you want your Demo to begin playing
automatically when the CD is placed into the viewer’s CD-ROM drive. Select
Multi CD
3. Select the Copy all Files to the Root Drive on the CD option if you want all
the necessary files in your distribution in this directory. By placing all the files
associated with your distribution in this directory, you can optimize the perfor-
mance of your Demo since the DemoShield player will be able to find all of
the included Resources and those imported by reference.
4. The name you enter into Application Name edit field will be the name of the
executable in the root of the CD. This executable is the launch application that

InstallShield Software Corporation Distribution with the Distribution Wizard • 8-11

 determines the operating system running on the user’s machine and launches
the correct version of the DemoShield Player for that operating system. If you
selected to include an Autorun on your CD browser, this executable will auto-
matically be launched when the CD is placed in your viewers CD drive.
5. After you have supplied the Wizard with the information it prompts you for,
click Next.
If you have included an Autorun in your distribution, it will not function on any
media other than CD.

TIP: If your CD Browser appears to have “jerky” movement of Objects, consider select-
ing the Multi-CD option in the first CD Browser Distribution Wizard panel, even if
you only have a single CD. What this will do is copy files locally before executing,
which will remove the reliance on the speed of the CD-ROM drive, and provide
smoother movement.

Demo Help
Help Demos are Demos intended to be included in .HLP or .CHM files. Demos
compliment help files by actually showing examples of what you are trying to
explain. While help files typically provide text descriptions of how to get results with
your products and explain the steps for performing specific tasks, help Demos actu-
ally show the viewer the results of performing a specific task. You can use help
Demos to show the results of performing a specific Action, or provide an engaging
multimedia tutorial. While any Demo you create with DemoShield can be used as a
help Demo, the Distribution Wizard establishes a directory structure for your help
Demos to make distributing your help Demos along with your compiled help files
an easy job.

DemoNow
Web sites featuring pages containing embedded Demos saved for DemoNow
ActiveX controls or plug-ins display a DemoNow button. When the viewer wants to
view the Demo, he or she clicks this button, the first Scene of the Demo is loaded.
DemoNow transfers all the components required for each additional Scene until it is
closed. In essence, DemoNow acts as an agent transferring information between the
viewer and the DemoShield Player. When a viewer clicks on a DemoNow button in
a web page, DemoNow launches the Player, which in turn plays the Demo.

DemoX
DemoX is an extension to DemoShield that allows Demo creators to embed self-
launching Demos into their applications or Web sites. Unlike DemoNow, which
simply launches the DemoShield Player over the Internet, DemoX is a version of
the Player itself that has been modified to be an ActiveX component. Any Demo
created with DemoShield can be modified to operate with DemoX. You are strongly
encouraged to take Demo file size into consideration - the smaller each Scene of
your Demo is, the more efficiently your Demo downloads and starts playing with

8-12 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

DemoX. Objects created in DemoShield tend to take up very little space; however,
every imported Resource makes your Scene size larger. You can get an idea of how
large a Resource is by selecting it in the Resource Manager and reading the file infor-
mation that is automatically displayed.

Creating a DemoX Distribution

The Distribution Wizard will configure an HTML page for you to embed your
Demo into if you are preparing a Demo for a DemoX or DemoNow distribution. If
you want the Distribution Wizard to create such a page for you.
To create a DemoX distribution for your Demo, complete the following:
1. Select the “Create an initial HTML Page” check box. If you do not select this
option, the Distribution will only prepare the Demo to be embedded into an
existing HTML page in the directory that you specified in the second panel of
the wizard.
2. Cut and paste the HTML code generated by the Distribution Wizard into the
HTML pages that you want to display the Demo.
3. The Distribution Wizard prompts you to provide a subtitle that will be dis-
played to the viewers of your HTML page when it is opened in their Web
browsers. For example if you entered “Look what I made!” into this field, it
would be displayed on the HTML page.
4. Finally, you are prompted for your company (or personal) Web site URL, and
the URL where your Demo will be placed on your Web server. As stated in the
panel, if you do not know this information, you can always return to this panel
and enter it later.
5. After you have provided the Distribution Wizard with all the information,
click Next.
6. The Distribution Wizard prompts you to provide information about your
company and a description of your product (or Demo) that it will use in creat-
ing your distribution. You can provide your company name, product name, a
contact email address, and even copyright information. If you do not want to
enter any of these edit fields in this panel of the Distribution Wizard, or it does
not apply to you Demo, you can leave it blank.
7. When you have finished entering this information, click Next.
8. In this panel of the Distribution Wizard, you are ready to build your distribu-
tion. By clicking the build button, the Distribution Wizard starts the construc-
tion of your distribution. If you have included Resources by reference in your
Demo that could not be located, the Distribution Wizard may prompt you to
provide a location for these files. After the Distribution Wizard has finished
building your distribution, click Next.
9. Congratulations! The Distribution Wizard has prepared a distribution for you
to copy onto your media and pass on to your viewers.
10.Copy the directory the Distribution Wizard has created for you from the loca-
tion you specified in the second panel of the Wizard onto your distribution
media and you are ready to distribute your Demo.

InstallShield Software Corporation Distribution with the Distribution Wizard • 8-13

 Single Executable
If you select the Single Executable option from the Distribution Wizard, Package
for The Web technology is used to bundle your Demo, and all the related
DemoShield files into a single self-extracting executable distributed to viewers of
your Demo. In a Single Executable, the Distribution Wizard asks you to provide a
name for your package. This package is then saved as an executable (. EXE) file that
self-extracts and installs the necessary DemoShield components on your viewer’s
system.

Setup Wizard
DemoShield provides the Setup Wizard to help you create your distribution media
(disks or CDs). Based on InstallShield installation technology, the installation cre-
ated by the Setup Wizard creates a program group (or folder) on your viewer’s desk-
top with an icon your viewer can double-click to run your Demo.
The Setup Wizard walks you through the steps of creating a professional installation
for your Demo. The Wizard will ask you for the Demo file you are distributing, and
for any support files your viewer will need to run your Demo. It will provide all the
necessary run-time files automatically. The Wizard also provides you with several
options for customizing your installation. For example, you can designate one
numerous languages, include an uninstaller, display a splash screen, or choose to
have your Demo launch automatically after installation.

Creating a Setup Wizard Distribution

To create a Setup Wizard distribution for your Demo, complete the following:
1. Launch the Distribution Wizard
2. Select Setup Wizard from the Select Distribution Type list and click Next.
3. In the Build Location panel, specify or browse to where you want to place the
files required for your Demo. Click Next.
4. Select the installation media type and the installation language for your distri-
bution. Click Next.
5. Specify installation default information, such as the title, installation location,
program folder name, and whether the Demo should automatically launch
after its installation. Click Next.
6. Configure installation background settings. You can either provide a bitmap to
use in front of a background color, or just use a background color. Click Next.
7. Select all files necessary for Demo distribution. Click Next.
8. Specify the files you want to add as program items in the program folder.
Choose a name and icon for each program item. Click Next.
9. If you have unused Resources, or if you want to change the compression
options for Demo size optimization, you can do so from the Resource Man-
agement panel. When you have finished, click Next.
10.Click Build to begin building your Setup Wizard distribution. When finished,
the Build Status area of the wizard indicates it is done building. Click Next.
11.Click Finish once your build has successfully completed.

8-14 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Preparing Your Demo for Distribution
To prepare your Demo for distribution:
1. The first step in creating a directory structure by using the Distribution Wizard
is to select the type of distribution you would like to create.
2. Select the type of distribution that you want to create from the Select distribu-
tion type combo box. After you have selected the type of Distribution that you
want to build, click Next.
3. Specify a location on your local system or a network drive where you want the
Distribution Wizard to build your directory structure. The Distribution Wiz-
ard will use the location that you specify in this dialog as the root level of your
directory structure, and will automatically create any necessary subdirectories
for you. It is important to remember where you tell the Distribution Wizard
where to build your directory structure because you will need to copy it onto
the distribution media you will be using to distribute your Demo.
4. Depending on the type of distribution you are creating, the next step in the
Wizard will vary. Follow the steps for the types of distribution you are building.
For a Simple or Setup Wizard distribution:
1. Proceed to step #4 in the next section.
For a CD Browser Distribution:
1. When creating a CD Browser, the Distribution Wizard prompts you to pro-
vide some specific information about the target audience to whom you are
planning to distribute your Demo.
2. Select the Include Autorun check box if you want your Demo to begin playing
automatically when the CD is placed into the viewer’s CD-ROM drive.
3. Select the Copy all Files to the Root Drive on the CD option if you want all
the necessary files in your distribution in this directory. By placing all the files
associated with your distribution in this directory, you can optimize the perfor-
mance of your Demo since the DemoShield player will be able to find all of
the included Resources and those imported by reference.
4. The name you enter into Application Name edit field will be the name of the
executable in the root of the CD. This executable is the launch application that
determines the operating system running on the user’s machine and launches
the correct version of the DemoShield Player for that operating system. If you
selected to include an Autorun on your CD browser, this executable will auto-
matically be launched when the CD is placed in your viewers CD drive.
5. After you have supplied the Wizard with the information it prompts you for,
click Next.
If you have included an Autorun in your distribution, it will not function on any
media other than CD.
For a DemoX or DemoNow distribution:
The Distribution Wizard will configure an HTML page for you to embed your
Demo into if you are preparing a Demo for a DemoX or DemoNow distribution. If
you want the Distribution Wizard to create such a page for you:

InstallShield Software Corporation Distribution with the Distribution Wizard • 8-15

 1. Select the “Create an initial HTML Page” check box. If you do not select this
option, the Distribution will only prepare the Demo to be embedded into an
existing HTML page in the directory that you specified in the second panel of
the wizard.
2. Now, you can simply cut and paste the HTML code generated by the Distribu-
tion Wizard into the HTML pages that you want to display the Demo.
3. The Distribution Wizard prompts you to provide a sub title that will be dis-
played to the viewers of your HTML page when it is opened in their Web
browsers. For example if you entered “Look what I made!” into this field, it
would be displayed on the HTML page.
4. Finally, you are prompted for your company (or personal) Web site URL, and
the URL where your Demo will be placed on your Web server. As stated in the
panel, if you do not know this information, you can always return to this panel
and enter it later.
5. After you have provided the Distribution Wizard with all the information,
click Next.
6. The Distribution Wizard prompts you to provide information about your
company and a description of your product (or Demo) that it will use in creat-
ing your distribution. You can provide your company name, product name, a
contact email address, and even copyright information. If you do not want to
enter any of these edit fields in this panel of the Distribution Wizard, or it does
not apply to you Demo, you can leave it blank.
7. When you have finished entering this information, click Next.
8. In this panel of the Distribution Wizard, you are ready to build your distribu-
tion. By clicking the build button, the Distribution Wizard starts the construc-
tion of your distribution. If you have included Resources by reference in your
Demo that could not be located, the Distribution Wizard may prompt you to
provide a location for these files. After the Distribution Wizard has finished
building your distribution, click Next.
9. Congratulations! The Distribution Wizard has prepared a distribution for you
to copy onto your media and pass on to your viewers.
10.Copy the directory the Distribution Wizard has created for you from the loca-
tion you specified in the second panel of the Wizard onto your distribution
media and you are ready to distribute your Demo.

Distribution Media
When you have finished creating your Demo, you most likely want to copy it to a
disk or CD that you can distribute to your viewers. Creating the installation is easy.
DemoShield’s Distribution Wizard walks you through it, giving instructions in each
step. The directory where your viewer plays your Demo must contain these files:
• DEMO32.EXE
• The DBD file(s) containing your Demos
• Any other files necessary to properly play your Demos (i.e., video support
files, etc.)

8-16 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

The Wizard automatically creates an installation for your Demo, and places these
files in a special directory (or folder) on your system. From there, you can copy them
to your distribution disks or CD.
When your end-user receives your disks or CD, he or she simply double-clicks on
SETUP.EXE (or types Setup) to install your Demo. At that time, a new program
folder is created on your end-user’s system. Your end-user double-clicks your Demo
icon to play your Demo. If you are incorporating any Internet related Actions into
your Demo, you must distribute DEMO32.EXE in order for these Actions to func-
tion.

DemoX vs. DemoNow

DemoX plays your Demo inline within your web page in the viewer’s web browser.
The viewer’s web browser functions normally while your Demo plays in your Web
page. DemoNow plays your Demo on the viewer’s system as if they had run a local
copy of DemoShield. It takes control of the viewer’s screen just as if they were play-
ing the Demo on their system. If your Demo includes the following Actions, you
should use DemoNow instead of DemoX: Launch Demo, Stop Demo, Play Video,
and Launch Application. These Actions are disabled in DemoX.
Both DemoNow and DemoX are available as an Internet Explorer ActiveX control
or as a Netscape plug-in. Additionally, the DemoX ActiveX control can be embed-
ded in any application that supports ActiveX technology, such as the Microsoft
Office Suite or Microsoft Visual Basic.

Software Simulations
Software simulations are valuable in teaching users how to use your products,
whether it be for tutorial purposes, or for presales information. The sections below
cover how DemoShield can help you create superb software simulations.

Automation Resources
By adding an Automation Resource to your Demo, you can show your viewers what
your applications look like and how they work. An Automation Resource is a combi-
nation of multiple Resources constructed within the DemoShield environment to
demonstrate how an application functions. Automation Resources can be orches-
trated to work together, resulting in a series of screen captures displayed simulta-
neously with a text description explaining how to perform any given task.
For example, an Automation Resource could consist of a series of Text Objects dis-
played sequentially at time intervals that you specify. Also, you can automate a series
of images or screen captures, complete with cursor moves to illustrate how an appli-
cation functions.
In the DemoShield environment, there are several types of Automation Resources:
• AppCam Resources
• SoftPhrase Resources

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-17

 • Capture Screen/Move Cursor Simulation

Automation Wizard
The Automation Wizard walks you through the steps of creating or editing either an
AppCam or SoftPhrase Resource. Automation Resources and application simula-
tions add automatically timed text and images to Demos.
When creating a new Automation Object, you must create or select an existing
Automation Resource to be associated with the new Object. To do so, right click the
Automation Object and select Edit Automation. The first dialog box in the Automa-
tion Wizard asks offers the choice of creating a new Resource, or editing one that
already exists. To associate an existing Automation Resource with the new Automa-
tion Object, select it from the Automations list and click Select. To create a new one,
click New. The Automation Wizard guides you through a series of steps to assist you
in creating and editing the Automation Resource.
The Automation Viewer and AutoSync Wizard serve to precisely orchestrate the
timing of Automation Resources so that Demos maintain a professional and pol-
ished look.

AppCam Automation Resources

An AppCam Automation Resource is an Automation Resource containing one or
more screen and cursor point capture sequences. Captured images and cursor points
are saved together as individual sequences. These sequences can then be edited and
reordered as desired. When played, an AppCam Automation Resource performs
cursor moves and displays screens as originally captured, realistically simulating an
application. Since AppCam Automation Resource captures are created from within
DemoShield, they may be combined with Text, Quick Sound Objects, or other
interactive Objects that can be played concurrently with the automation.
Any Automation Resource greater than 4 MB must be imported through “By Refer-
ence” into the Resource Manager. Automation Resources may not exceed 6 MB.

Creating AppCam Resources

To create an AppCam Resource:
1. Click on the Automation Object Button on the Object Toolbar or Select Auto-
mation from the Object | New Object menu to create an Automation Object.
When you click in the Designer Window, a black rectangular Object appears.
2. You can resize the Automation Object to fit your needs by clicking and drag-
ging the sizing handles.
3. Right-click the Automation Object, and select Edit Automation. Doing so ini-
tiates the Automation Wizard.
4. By clicking the New button on the Automation Wizard Dialog Box, a dialog
then prompts you to select the type of Automation you want to create.
5. Select AppCam, and click Next.
6. Click the Begin Button, and start the application you want to capture.

8-18 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 7. As soon as you start the application, place your cursor on the Caption Bar of
the application, and press the Control key to perform the capture. Click Done
on the Automation Capture dialog.
8. Once you have selected the background window for all of the screen and cur-
sor captures you plan to use in your AppCam Resource, you can begin to cap-
ture screens and cursor points. A dialog will be displayed to prompt you to
begin capturing screen shots.
To capture screens or cursor points:
1. Click the Begin button from this dialog. Doing so allows you to capture either
complete screens or cursor points.
2. After you click on the Begin button, the background image screen you selected
will be displayed along with the Automation Capture dialog. Pressing the shift
key will toggle the options on the Automation Capture Dialog between cap-
ture the window under the pointer, and capture cursor point.
To capture the window under the pointer:
1. Place the cursor on the title bar of the window (making sure to keep it on the
title bar, do not move it).
2. Press the Control key.
To capture a cursor point:
1. Place the cursor in the location you would like DemoShield to move it to when
the AppCam Resource is being played.
2. Press the control key.
NOTE: Do not to move your
You can repeat the steps for screen captures and cursor points as often as necessary
application window after
to capture a short sequence of images and cursor moves. You will be able to add you capture your base
sequences, as well as edit all the individual elements from within a sequence. You image, or subsequent
will also be able to delete and rearrange sequences. screen captures may be
shifted out of position.
When you have finished capturing your first sequence, click Done on the Capture
dialog. Doing so will cause the Automation Viewer dialog to appear. This is where
you will edit your AppCam Resource. Horizontal black bars represent an individual
AppCam sequence. You can move these sequences along the timeline to the exact
time at which you want them to appear in your AppCam Resource.
• To test play your AppCam Resource, click the Test Play Button.
• To add another sequence to your AppCam Resource, click the Add Button.
• To save your AppCam Resource, click the Next Button to access the Save dia-
log box.
• To save your AppCam Resource, type a name for it in the Automation Name
field, and click the Save Automation button.
• If you want to create another AppCam Resource, click on the Another button.
• If you are finished creating AppCam Resources, click on the Done button to
return to the Designer.
• If your Automation Resource is larger than 4 MB, click the Save Automation
as Data File Button to import the Resource “by reference.” (DemoShield can-
not support AppCam Resources larger than 6 MB.)

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-19

 When you import any Resource by reference, you must remember to include the file
when you are distributing your Demo. For more information, consult “Demo Dis-
tribution.”
It is recommended that you reduce your color depth to 16 or 256 colors when
recording AppCam sequences, as DemoShield saves these images at the current
color depth.

AppCam Tips & Tricks

Using AppCam in a Demo is a powerful way of demonstrating software. Use the
following guidelines to create effective AppCam Automation Resources.
• Record an AppCam Sequence when running Windows in 256 color mode.
AppCam sequences are built using the color depth at which they are recorded.
Since there is a 6MB limit on AppCam file size, recording at true or high color
mode can easily exceed this limit.
• Capturing the base image of an AppCam sequence is the most important step
in the AppCam creation process. Capture the window with the largest area to
be used otherwise screen captures could appear clipped. Ensure that the appli-
cation window is sized appropriately as that a capture of it will fit within the
confines of the Demo you are creating, and place the cursor over the title bar
of the application when performing the capture.
• Capturing the Window Under Pointer in AppCam is done in the most literal
sense possible. Make sure that the cursor is placed precisely when performing
screen captures in AppCam. The exact technique may vary from application to
application, but some general rules to follow are:
• To capture a window, place the cursor on the title bar of the window.
• To capture a pull-down menu, place the cursor within that menu.
• To capture a dialog box, place the cursor on the title bar of that dialog box.
• To capture two child windows within a parent window, the parent window
must be captured by placing the cursor over the title bar of the parent win-
dow. The Automation Wizard highlights exactly what will be captured
before the capture is performed.
• Use the AppCam Sequence Editor to modify the timing of an AppCam
sequence. To move elements of an AppCam at once (i.e., to extend the dura-
tion of some middle element and have all elements after that adjusted accord-
ingly), break the AppCam sequence into multiple sequences and move entire
sequences at once. This keeps element timing within sequences constant while
enabling the entire sequence to be moved to the new time location. To break
an AppCam sequence into multiple sequences, right-click any element and
select Break Sequence. This element becomes the first in the new sequence.
• To extend the duration of an AppCam, drag the end of the last sequence to the
right to the desired duration. This effects the duration that the AppCam
sequence displays in the Scene after all of the elements in that AppCam
sequence have played. It will not proportionately adjust the timing of each ele-
ment within that AppCam.

8-20 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 • The Test Play button of the Automation Wizard produces a rough draft quality
playback of an AppCam sequence. Screen flashes are not uncommon during
playback as the AppCam reverts to the base image. Actual playback of an App-
Cam will be seamless when played through the DemoShield Player or
Designer, without screen flashes.
• Always keep the size and position of the base window consistent between sep-
arate recording sessions of an AppCam sequence. AppCam records based on
the absolute position of windows and cursor placement when building the
automation resource. If the application window is moved and/or resized
between recording sessions, the images and cursor moves that are captured
will not be aligned properly with the original AppCam sequence. This does not
affect editing different AppCam Automation Resources, only when adding
sequences to existing ones.

NOTE: Keep in mind that AppCam Automation Resources do not scale with Demos set to
operate in a non-windowed mode.

Displaying Your AppCam Automation

The Automation Object allows you to display the AppCam automation you have
captured in your Demo.
1. Choose an Automation Object from the New Object menu option and place it
in your Demo.
2. Name your Automation Object using your naming convention.
3. Choose the Object Styles tab displayed at the right, and choose the Automa-
tion Resource from the Resource drop-down menu.
4. If you want to edit your automation later, right click on the Automation Object
and choose “Edit Automation.”

SoftPhrase Resources
A SoftPhrase Resource is a type of Automation Resource created within
DemoShield. It serves to automate the process of creating, formatting, and setting
the timing for blocks of descriptive text, which appear in a Scene. A SoftPhrase
Resource is in essence a means of chaining a group of individual Text Objects
together so each one appears for a period of time long enough for your viewer to
read it before moving on to the next Object. You control when and for how long
you want each individual Text Object to be displayed. Creating a SoftPhrase
Resource is the most efficient way of importing a large amount of text from another
application for use in your Demo.
The SoftPhrase Automation Wizard assists you in taking a text file you have created
in a text editor and breaking it into smaller pieces to display sequentially in your
Demo. The Wizard automatically handles the timing for each piece of text; you sim-
ply choose the reading speed. Several formatting options for each individual text
block in your SoftPhrase Resource are available.

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-21

 Creating SoftPhrase Resources
To create a SoftPhrase Resource:
1. Create a new Automation Object. Right-click on the black rectangle and left-
click on Edit Automation. The Automation Wizard is initiated.
2. Click New.
3. Choose SoftPhrase Automation, and click Next.
4. Choose a Reading Speed. The Reading Speed displayed in WPS (words per
second) determines how long each block of text will remain on screen.
DemoShield recognizes each space character as a new word. Choose a speed
and click Next.
5. If you would like to import a text file for use in your SoftPhrase Resource,
click Browse to locate the text file you want to use. If you do not want to
import a text file, and choose to enter the various text blocks displayed by your
SoftPhrase Resource, click Next.
6. If you have imported a text file to use in your SoftPhrase Resource, you can
highlight the first block of text you want your SoftPhrase Resource to display.
Alternatively, you can simply click in the text data window, and type the first
text block you want to use, and then select it.
7. Click the Add Button.
8. To spell-check the text in a sequence, click Edit to open the SoftPhrase Text
Editor Dialog Box. Click the Spell button to launch the DemoShield Spell
Check feature.
9. To change the formatting of your new text phrase, right-click on the text in the
preview window, which opens a dialog box.
10.Repeat steps 6-9 to add additional text phrases. When you are finished, click
Next. The Automation Viewer dialog appears displaying your SoftPhrase
Resource. You can move the individual text phrases in the SoftPhrase
Resource along the timeline so they appear and disappear in the Scene in
exactly the way that meets your needs. You can test play a SoftPhrase Resource
by clicking on the Test Play button.
11.When you are ready to save your SoftPhrase Resource, click Next. The Save
Automation dialog appears.
12.Type the name for your new Resource, and click the Save Automation button.
To create another Automation Resource, click the Another button; otherwise,
click Done to return to the Designer.

Synchronizing AppCam and SoftPhrase Resources

The Automation Wizard allows you to synchronize the appearance of a SoftPhrase
sequence with each new AppCam sequence. The Wizard will display a special Auto-
mation Viewer dialog named AutoSync where you can view and edit both types of
Automation Resources.
To synchronize AppCam and SoftPhrase Resources:
1. Select Automation Wizard from the Tools menu to launch the Automation
Wizard.

8-22 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 2. Click the AutoSync button. In the resulting dialog, all the AppCam and Soft-
Phrase Resources created will be listed. To synchronize any of these two
Resources, simply click on one Resource of each type.
3. Click to select an AppCam Resource and a SoftPhrase Resource and click
Next.
4. Double-click the first sequence you want to synchronize. You can choose
either an AppCam or a SoftPhrase sequence.
5. Double-click the sequence you want to synchronize with your first selection.
DemoShield immediately changes the start time and length of the first
sequence to match the timing and length of the second sequence.
6. When you have finished synchronizing your AppCam and SoftPhrase
sequences, click Save to save the editing you have performed on both
Resources. You can click Cancel to return to the Designer, or click the
Another Button to create or edit another Automation Resource.

Screen Capture/Move Cursor Simulation

DemoShield features a Capture Utility tool that allows you to capture images and
incorporate them into your Demos. The images you capture will be automatically
saved as Image Resources. Once you have captured an Image Resource, you can
view its information by selecting Resource Manager from the Demo Menu and
clicking on the Images tab.
Cursor moves in a Demo provide a method for actually moving the person viewing
your Demo’s cursor to a specified location. Adding cursor moves to a Demo pro-
vides an excellent way of demonstrating software, or highlighting areas of images
that you feature in your Demos.

NOTE: Cursor moves are created by the Move Cursor Action.

Capturing Screen Images

To capture Screen Images, select Capture Images from the Tools menu to launch
DemoShield’s built-in screen capture tool. The Designer Screen minimizes, and the
Capture Dialog appears.
To toggle between the various types of captures the DemoShield Capture Tool can
perform, press the shift key. The Control key will actually capture the image once
you have selected the capture type you want.
In addition to choosing from the capture types shown below, you have the option of
pressing the F12 key to toggle the Capture Cursor Image option. The text on the

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-23

 Capture dialog box is highlighted in blue to indicate that the cursor image will be
captured.

Capture Type What it Captures

Active Window The largest open active window will be
Table 8-3.
captured. This option will also capture
Capture Types.
open windows that are located within this
window.

Active Client Window The smallest active full window, but not a
menu or transitory window. For example,
if you were capturing a dialog box, you
would see the whole dialog except for the
window caption.

Full Screen Capture All windows are shown on the screen.

Window Under Pointer Any window that has the cursor placed in
the title bar. Use this capture option if you
need to capture menus, edit fields, or
other transitory windows.

Modifying the Sequence Display

Each displayed sequence starts with the background you initially captured. Each
horizontal set of sequences will restart with that background but will not maintain
the sequences above them. AppCam allows you to merge, break, add, and move
sequences in order to smooth out the automation. Right click any of the sequences
to see what options are available to you on each sequence.
Sometimes merging or breaking sequences can smooth out your Demo. Right click
on a sequence and choosing “Merge Sequence” or “Break Sequence.”
To adjust the order of the sequences, click a sequence and hold the mouse key
down. Then drag the sequence to the right or left. You can also move a sequence up
or down in order to adjust the display by right clicking on a sequence and choosing
“Move Sequence Up” or “Move Sequence Down.”

Removing an Image or Cursor Location

If the image or cursor movement is not one you want to keep, remove the image by
right-clicking on the black area of the sequence containing the image, and choose
“Delete Sequence.”

Capturing New Images and Cursor Locations

If you need to capture new windows or cursor locations is not the one you wanted
to capture, Capture a new image from your software application by clicking the Add
button to capture the image you want to capture. Perform the capture and click the
done button to complete it.

8-24 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Adjusting Timing
The “ruler” at the top of the Test your Application Sequence lets you see how many
seconds that your automation takes, and how long each sequence is.
You can adjust the length of time that a sequence is displayed by clicking on the end
of a sequence and dragging the end of the bar to the right or left. This will increase
or decrease the time that it takes to display that sequence on the screen.

Creating a User-Led Tutorial

A Capture Image simulation is one of the best ways for a student to learn. With cap-
ture image simulations, you can create User-led tutorials, in which the user performs
the functions that you are trying to teach them.
Before creating a simulation, open up the application you want to teach the user to
use, and perform the actions that you plan to simulate. After you get an idea of what
you want your user to do, write up an outline of what you want to occur, and create
an storyboard as well.
After you have created the storyboard, capture the screens you want in your Demo.
Then make a list of the Objects you will need to create this tutorial. Finally, after you
have your list, create the tutorial in chunks. In other words, work on the tutorial in
small sections at a time.
1. Open the application and perform the actions you want to simulate yourself.
2. Create a written outline of the simulation.
3. Make a storyboard of the simulation you are creating.
4. Perform the screen captures.
5. Make a list of the DemoShield Objects needed to create this tutorial.
6. Create the tutorial in chunks.

Software Simulation vs. Live Application

Using a software simulation instead of a live application allows the multimedia
developer more control than distributing a live application provides. Software Simu-
lations are more reliable and predictable than a live application can be and allows the
developer to lead the user through specific areas of the product that they want to
demonstrate.
Live applications should be used when launching them in conjunction additional
files (readme.TXT files, .PDF files, etc.). Live applications should also be launched
when installing an application.

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-25

 The three tools listed below allow you to create software simulations within the
DemoShield environment. This table provides you with some of the pros and cons
of the tools used to create these software simulations.

Tool Pros Cons

Table 8-4.
Simulation methods. AppCam Produces small file sizes; Longer learning curve
Resources files can be edited; smooth
mouse moves; beneficial for
creating tutorial segments; good
for use in Internet Demos

Software Video Use will full or partial screen Files cannot be edited
Camera recording; short learning curve; easily without using or
creates common file extension purchasing additional tools;
(.AVI); movies can be distributed creates larger file sizes
without adding additional files
or players

User-Led Beneficial for creating tutorials; Longer learning curve;

Tutorials provides easy editing and more labor intensive
(Capture Image customization; more control
Sequences)

Software Video Camera

Software Video Camera is a powerful utility that allows you to record videos of
screen actions and save them as standard AVI files, which you can add to WinHelp
or HTML Help systems. Software Video Camera works on all major Windows
Operating Systems (Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows Me, and
Windows 2000) and provides smoother videos than competing products.
The videos you record can be used in many ways including:
• To visually explain complex procedures
• To teach applications
• To demonstrate product features
Not only can you show your end-users exactly what is happening on the screen, but
you can also provide narration, if your system is equipped with a sound card and
microphone. Software Video Camera is ideal for creating training and tutorial files,
as well as demonstrations.
Software Video Camera is a product of eHelp Corporation. For help with the use of
Software Video Camera, consult the help file that accompanies the product.
For the purposes of demonstrating the basic procedure to recording software simu-
lations using Software Video Camera, the following steps will walk you through the
process of creating a simulation of Notepad. Open Notepad, and follow the steps
below.

8-26 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Recording a Software Simulation Video
Software Video Camera, a video recording tool created by eHelp Corporation,
allows you to create AVI files or video to place within your Demos. Software Video
Camera is packaged with your DemoShield CD. It records information using VCR
buttons, allowing you to play and record your software simulations.

Setting Up Your Recording Area

To create a video or AVI file, start by closing any unneeded applications to ensure
that you do not inadvertently include them in your video.

NOTE: Software Video Camera will be disabled if your computer’s color depth is set for
more than 256 color. Most applications are made with screens in 16 or 256 color.

1. Set your video colors to 16 or 256. Videos recorded in 256 colors look bad in
16-color mode. If you are sure that your videos will be viewed on systems sup-
porting 256 colors, you can safely record them in 256 colors. On the other
hand, if it is likely that many of your audience use 16 color displays, you should
record your videos in 16-color mode.
2. Start the Software Video Camera. This can be found under the Start menu,
under Programs\InstallShield\DemoShield 6.7\
3. Set the properties for your video capture. Click the Setup icon on the Software
Video Camera dialog box.
4. The Hot Keys section lets you set any keyboard shortcuts you would like to
use to start or stop the Software Video Cam. By using keyboard shortcuts, you
can avoid having to record the mouse moves to stop the Software Video Cam-
era. The keyboard shortcuts to start and stop the video camera will be dis-
played at the bottom of the Software Video Camera dialog box. The default
shortcut to start recording is Num Lock. The default shortcut to stop record-
ing is Esc.
5. Use the Software Video Camera section to specify where and how you want
the Software Video Camera dialog box to appear. You can set the maximum
number of frames per second.
6. If you want to capture audio as well, click the Capture Audio with Video but-
ton. To use the Audio Options, you must have a sound card and microphone
properly installed on your computer. If your system does not contain a sound
card, this option will be disabled.
7. Set the dimensions of the area you want to record by click the Area button.
Two boxes will appear - the Set Recording Area box and the capture window, a
frame bordered with animated red and white stripes. If you know the exact
size and location of the window you will be recording, enter in the parameters
in the Set Recording Area dialog box. To enlarged or reduced the size of the
capture window, move your pointer to the corner of the capture window until
the compass arrows turn into two diagonal arrows. Left-click and move the
arrows to enlarge or reduce the size of the window.
8. After clicking the Area button, your pointer will be replaced by compass
arrows that will allow you to move the capture window. Move the capture win-
dow to the area of your screen that you want to record. For future reference,

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-27

 the exact size and location of your capture window will appear in the Set
Recording Area dialog.

Recording the Video

Once you have sized the capture area accordingly, you can begin recording. For the
purposes of this tutorial, follow the steps below:
1. Click Record or press NumLock to begin recording.
2. Click the Notepad window and type the following message:
“This is a sample recording of a Notepad session.”
3. Press Esc to end the recording session.
4. A dialog will prompt you to save your recording. Save the recording with any
name in any location you desire.
5. Once the video is saved, it appears on-screen in a preview window. If you want
to preview the video, click Play.

Importing the Video into DemoShield

Now that you have created your sample recording, you can import it into a Demo.
1. Create a new Empty Demo or One Scene Empty Demo.
2. Select Demo | Resource Manager to open the Resource Manager.
3. Click the Video tab.
4. Verify the Import by Reference check box is unchecked.
5. Click Import.
6. Browse for the sample video.
7. Click Import to import the video.
8. Click Close to close the Resource Manager.

Embedding the Video into DemoShield

To embed the video into your Demo, you can use a number of different methods.
However, for this sample, you will use a Quick Video Object.
To create the Quick Video Object:
1. Click the Quick Video icon on the toolbar or select Object | New Object |
Quick Objects | Quick Video
2. Click anywhere on the Scene to start the Quick Video Wizard.
3. The first panel allows you to name the Object, if you so desire. Click Next to
continue.
4. The next panel allows you to configure the start time of the video. Leave this
number at 0.0 seconds.
5. The next panel allows you to select what video the Quick Video Object should
play, as well as where it should be placed on the screen. Select the video you
imported as the Video Resource and enter 50 for both the X and Y coordi-
nates. This will off-set the video 50 pixels from the upper-left corner of the
Demo window.
6. Click Finish to exit the Wizard

8-28 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

Testing the Video
The Software Video Camera video is now associated with the Quick Video Object
you just created. However, in order to test the video, run the Demo through the
DemoShield Player.
1. Save your Demo.
2. From the Control menu, select Play Current Demo from the Run in Player
submenu.
3. of the AVI file you have just recorded.

Playing and Reviewing Videos

To play and review your video:
1. Click the Play button on the Software Video Camera icon bar.
2. A standard Windows Open dialog appears, prompting you to select an AVI file
to play.
3. Select the desired AVI file, then click OK. The Video Player utility appears.

Displaying Your Video with Quick Video Objects

Start by importing your video into the Resource Manager under the Video tab.
Quick Video Objects allow you to display AVI, SCM, MOV or QT file types within
your Demo.
To create a Quick Video Object:
1. Click the Quick Video Object Toolbar icon. Then click in the DemoShield
Designer Window to signify that you want to incorporate this Object into your
Demo.
2. Change the default name assigned to the Quick Video Object.
3. Click the Object Styles tab.
4. Specify the time you want the Quick Object to enter the Scene.
5. Click the Quick Video Styles tab.
6. Choose the Video Resource you want to play. If you have already imported
this Video Resource into the Resource Manager, you will see its name dis-
played in the combo box. Choose the name of the Video Resource you want
displayed in the Quick Object. If you have not imported any Video Objects
into the Resource Manager, you can import the Video Resource from the
Quick Video Object Wizard by clicking the Import button. Select the AVI or
SCM file you are importing using the browse window.
7. Click the Capture button to specify where you want to display the video. Your
cursor will assume the crosshair display mode. Click the area of the screen
where you want to display your video. You may also specify these coordinates
by typing them in the edit fields.
8. Click OK to finish creating the Quick Video Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Software Simulations • 8-29

 Video Recording Issues
The following are issues you need to be aware of when recording a software simula-
tion video:
• Backgrounds - Set the background to a solid color in order to make your video
easy to view. Size the capture area to the area you intend to record.
• Mouse Movement - do you need to move your mouse? Use the Tab key
instead.
• File Size -In order to reduce the file size, capture an image of the background
window, and only record the area of the screen that is changing.
• Editing the AVI - In order to edit your AVI, you will need to use an additional
AVI editing tool, such as Adobe Premiere or another AVI editor.
• Voiceovers - When recording voiceovers, record them separate from your
video so that you can edit them easier if you need to. place them into your
Demo with an Quick Sound Object and time them to your video.

8-30 • Using DemoShield InstallShield Software Corporation

 9
DemoShield Tools

Table of Contents
Spell Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Demo Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
DemoShield Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Managing Captured Image Resources . . . 9-4
Using captured images in your Demo . . . 9-4
Action Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
DemoShield includes a variety of tools that can assist you Macro Recording Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
in Demo creation. From the common ones, such as Spell Creating Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Check and Find and Replace, to the much more powerful
ones such as the DemoText Editor (used for localization), Find and Replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
these tools provide powerful functionality for a variety of DemoSpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
DemoShield tasks.
DemoText Editor & Localization . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Features of DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Font Setting Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Incorporated Spell Checking . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Conversion to Other Languages . . . . . . . 9-8
Creating a DAT File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Editing the DAT File
with DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Available DAT File Languages. . . . . . . . . 9-9
Functions of DemoText Editor . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
DemoShield Objects in DemoText Editor . . 9-10
Bitmap Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
List Box Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Menu Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Text, Quick Link, and Quick Report
Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
VCR Button Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Global Demo Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

InstallShield Software Corporation 9-1

 Launch Application Data. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
SoftPhrase Automation Files . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Localizing Demos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Distributing Localized Files . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Placing DAT Files with the Demo . . . . . . 9-12
Using Language Directories
to Contain Localized Files . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

9-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Spell Check
Selecting Current Scene or Entire Demo from the Spell Check submenu in the
Tools menu the DemoShield Spell Checker. If no misspelled words are detected, a
dialog will appear indicating that DemoShield has finished spell checking the Scene.
If a misspelled word is detected, an appropriate dialog box will appear offering sev-
eral options.
The DemoShield Spell Checker uses the options that you set in the Spell tab of the
Designer Options dialog box, accessible by selecting Options from the Tools menu.

Demo Reports
DemoShield allows you to print various reports about your Demos. Printing reports
is extremely helpful when you are collaborating on Demos, or showing your super-
visor your progress on any aspect of Demo construction.
The various types of reports that you can create with DemoShield are as follows:
• Scene Preview Report - The Scene Preview Report is useful when you want to
print an image of each Scene that occurs in your Demo. The Scene Preview
Report prints each Scene of your Demo on a separate page, allowing you to
view the appearance of each Scene.
• Handouts - The Handout Report is useful to prepare handouts for meetings,
or to plan changes in design to your Demos. The Handout report prints
images of Scenes in your Demo on a page and provides an area for comments
next to each Scene. You can select to print handouts consisting of two to four
Scenes per page.
• Resource Report - A Resource Report prints when the various Resources that
are used in your Demo and where they are used. This type of report is
extremely helpful when you need to enumerate the amount and specific
instances when any given Resource is used.
• Timeline Report - The Timeline Report allows you to print a list that denotes
the life periods of the Objects in you Demo, and when time configured Events
occur. This type of report is extremely helpful when you are orchestrating the
way that Objects enter and exit the Scenes of your Demo.
To print reports, select Print from the File menu.

DemoShield Capture
You can use DemoShield to capture images from your application to include in your
Demo. Use the following procedure to capture images in DemoShield.
1. Open an existing Demo or create a new one.
2. Select Capture Images from the Tools menu.
3. The Designer will minimize and display a dialog giving you the capture options
available. Through this dialog, four different capture modes are available:

InstallShield Software Corporation Spell Check • 9-3

 • Window Under Pointer - Captures the smallest active window, including
transitory windows. Use this capture type if you need to capture menus, edit
fields, or other transitory windows.
• Active Window - Captures the window with the focus. Will also show win-
dows open within it. For example, if you capture a dialog box using this
capture type, DemoShield will capture the whole dialog (including the win-
dow caption) and any pull down menus or transitory windows.
• Active Client Window - Captures the smallest active full window, but not a
menu or transitory window. For example, if you capture a dialog box using
this capture type, DemoShield will capture the whole dialog except for the
window caption.
• Full Screen - Captures all windows open and visible on the screen. To tog-
gle between selections, press the Shift key. To capture the desired window,
press the Ctrl key.
4. Once you have finished capturing the screens, click the Done button on the
Capture dialog.
When capturing the images, the Capture dialog may become obscured or mini-
mized, you can restore the dialog by selecting it from the Taskbar or by cycling
through the active applications using the Alt+Tab keyboard shortcut.

NOTE: Images are captured using the current desktop color settings. For this reason, it is
recommended that you capture your images at a color depth of 256-colors to min-
imize the size of the captured image.

Managing Captured Image Resources

When you capture images in DemoShield, they are stored in the Images tab of the
Resource Manager and use naming conventions similar to the following:
Image01
Image02
Image03
etc.
To make it easier to keep track of these images, you may wish to rename the images
to use more intuitive naming conventions. To do so:
1. Select the image from the Images tab and click on the Rename button.
2. Enter the desired name in the Resource Name entry field. Limit the number of
characters in the name to 25 or less.
3. Click OK to save your changes.

Using captured images in your Demo

To embed captured images into your Demo, you will need to create a new shape on
the Scene and use an image as a fill style.
1. Select an Autoshape, such as a rectangle, from the Autoshapes Toolbar.

9-4 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation

 2. Place the shape in your Demo by holding down the left mouse button and
drawing the shape to the desired size. Release the mouse button when fin-
ished.
3. Double-click the Autoshape to open its Object Properties.
4. Click on the Fill Styles tab.
5. Select the Image option from the Fill Option combo box. Select the appropri-
ate image from the Images list.
6. Select the Image Option that you wish for your image. Resize Frame is recom-
mended as it will expand or shrink the Autoshape to fit the actual size of the
captured image. For a complete list of image options, consult the help file.
7. Click OK.

Action Wizard
The Action Wizard provides a method for you to walk through all of the steps of
creating custom Actions in the DemoShield environment. The Action Wizard is ini-
tiated whenever you create a new Action from the Actions Tab of any given Object’s
properties dialog box.
For more information on the Action Wizard, see “Building Actions” on page 4-7.

Macro Recording Utility

Just as you can record and play back your voice on a tape cassette, you can record
and play back your mouse moves and keystrokes with a macro. To use your macro in
a Demo, you must first launch the application you used to record the macro. Then
you would use a Play Macro Action to play the macro. Although you will probably
use macros to build Demos that teach or advertise other software applications, you
could use a macro to record anything you do while you are using your PC.
When you Demo an application using a macro, it is saved in the Resource Manager
as a Macro Resource. Then you insert a separate Play Macro Action in your Demo
to play the macro file.
When you run your Demo, the macro plays back and your viewer sees onscreen all
the clicks, keystrokes, and whatever other functions you performed while you were
recording. You may want to record several macros to use in one Demo, depending
on the type of Demo it is and what you need to show your viewer.
If you create your macros using mouse moves instead of keystrokes, you will need to
create every macro in each of the main screen resolutions you intend to support in
your Demo. A macro recorded using only keystrokes plays correctly on any applica-
tion, regardless of the resolution the viewer is running, or whether the display uses
Small Fonts or Large Fonts.

Creating Macros
To create a macro, complete the following:

InstallShield Software Corporation Action Wizard • 9-5

 1. From the Tools Menu select Record from the Macro submenu. A popup dia-
log appears, explaining the steps involved in creating a macro. After clicking
OK, DemoShield minimizes.
2. Start the application you want to demonstrate.
3. Configure the application window to look the way you want it to look. For
example, you may want to maximize the application.
4. Set up the application so that you see onscreen exactly what you want your
viewer to see just before you begin demonstrating what you want to explain.
5. The application should be set up the way that it will appear on the viewers sys-
tem after being launched. DemoShield will not store the position of the win-
dows in the application. Most commonly the application is maximized prior to
recording the macro and an Application Object is used to launch the applica-
tion and maximize it. The primary benefit between an Application Object vs. a
Launch Application Action is that the Application Object may be placed in an
Application Scene. In a full screen Demo this would make the Scene transpar-
ent, thus allowing DemoShield Objects to appear on top of the launched
application. Additional information regarding Live Application Demos can be
found here.
6. Press the Start/Stop Recording Macro Key. You will hear a message beep.
7. Click in your application’s main window to make sure it has the focus.
8. Perform the mouse moves, keystrokes, and other functions you want your
viewer to see as you explain the application in your Demo. If possible, you
should record your macros with keystrokes only. This will enable your macro
to play back correctly regardless of the screen resolution your viewer is run-
ning, and whether or not they are using Small Fonts or Large Fonts.
9. When you are finished, click the Start/Stop Recording Macro Key to stop
recording the macro. A beep sounds again. The application disappears and you
return to the DemoShield Designer Window.
10.If you use mouse movements to record your macro, you will have to record
the macro for each major screen resolution you intend to support in your
Demo. This will ensure that the macros will playback correctly on every
viewer’s system. If you use only keystrokes to record your macro, you only
have to record your macros once (for each Windows operating system).

Find and Replace

By selecting the Find and Replace function from the edit menu or pressing Ctrl+F
key, you can quickly find and replace attributes for Scenes, Objects, Properties, and
values within your entire Demo.
By selecting an item you would like to find and replace in the combo boxes of the
Property Find and Replace Dialog box, you can specify the values of the Object or
Scene and the values that should replace the previous ones.
You can select to have DemoShield prompt you in every instance in which the prop-
erty you have selected will be replaced and also whether or not DemoShield
searches the entire Demo, or only the specified Scene.

9-6 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation

DemoSpy
The DemoSpy utility is provided in DemoShield to allow users to access useful
information when using an Application Object to launch an Application, such as a
window’s class, caption, and dimension. The DemoSpy utility provides the users
with information that is necessary when configuring an Application Object.
To open DemoSpy, select DemoSpy from the tools menu. To use the utility, click
the crosshair icon in the DemoSpy dialog and drag the DemoSpy over the title bar
of the application you want to display specific information about. DemoSpy will
then display Class, Caption and size information about the selected application. To
configure an Application Object using this information, simply copy and paste
either the Class or Caption information into the appropriate edit fields in the Object
Styles tab of the Application Object’s Properties dialog. DemoShield uses the infor-
mation provided by the DemoSpy Utility to keep track of the application you are
launching.

NOTE: For applications that have constantly changing captions (for example, a word pro-
cessor), it is often better to use class information in Application Objects, rather than
the caption. The class information will always be constant.

DemoText Editor & Localization

The DemoText Editor, accessible from the Tools menu in the DemoShield
Designer and from the InstallShield\DemoShield 6.7 Tools folder in the Start menu,
works in conjunction with the DemoShield Designer to add internationalization
capability to Demo creation. If, for example, you want to create a Demo, and then
convert the text displayed throughout the Demo, e.g., Text Objects, Menu Objects,
Bitmap Button Objects, Button Objects, VCR Objects, Quick Report Objects,
Quick Link Objects, and global Demo data into other languages, you can do so
through this utility. You can also localize global Demo data not associated with any
particular Objects or Scenes through this utility.
The Editor lists all the Scenes in the .DBD file and each Object within each Scene,
with special viewing options to organize your workspace. When you select one of
the listed Objects, the current size and name of the Object appears, stating appropri-
ate limitations regarding the editing of such Objects. Additionally, edit fields are pro-
vided to ensure that you enter the replacement text in the desired location. By
selecting Global data, you can display the text displayed on menu items, and buttons.
Additionally, you can localize SoftPhrase Text. You can save Resource types as
.AAA files, which can be exported through the Resource Manager.
Once you export your text and create a distribution using the Distribution Wizard,
DemoShield includes the .DAT and .AAA files along with other required files. A
translator can open up the .DAT and .AAA files using the DemoText Editor and
localize the text. The text replacement is totally transparent to people viewing the
Demo, since the replacement text will automatically be replaced in the existing

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoSpy • 9-7

 .DBD file. This reduces the amount of time it takes to customize your Demo, while
increasing your ability to create customized Demos for an international audience.

Features of DemoText Editor

The Editor lists all of the Scenes in the .DBD file and each Object within each
Scene, with special viewing options to organize your workspace. When you select
one of the listed Objects, the current size and name of the Object appears, stating
appropriate limitations regarding the editing of such Objects. Additionally, edit fields
are provided to ensure that you enter the replacement text in the desired location.
By selecting Global data, you can display the text displayed on menu items, and but-
tons. When you select Launch Application Data, there are disk messages that must
be localized as Demo text before you distribute your Demo. To localize these mes-
sages, simply supply the localized text in these edit fields.
Additionally, you can localize SoftPhrase Text Resources. You can save these
Resource types as .AAA files, which can be exported through the Resource Man-
ager.
Once you export your text and create a distribution with the Distribution Wizard,
DemoShield includes the .DAT and any .AAA files along with other files required to
view the Demo. The translator can open the .DAT and .AAA files in DemoText.exe
and make the appropriate changes to the editable text, without ever having to open
the actual .DBD file.

Font Setting Ability

In order to account for the various differences in writing systems of various lan-
guages, the DemoText Editor allows you to set a font to accommodate these neces-
sary changes. More specifically, the DemoText Editor supports double byte
languages. While functionality is the paramount advantage of this feature, other
obvious advantages exist as well, such as accelerated editing, quick copying, and the
ease of changing styles. To set the font, select Font from the Options menu.

Incorporated Spell Checking

Spell checking, an inevitable part of editing, is now made simpler with the addition
of an incorporated spell checker. The spell checker increases accuracy and consis-
tency, and can be run independently of the DemoText Editor.

Conversion to Other Languages

In an actual DBD file, all the text displayed by the Demo can be exported into a
DAT (or data) file. This DAT file contains all the text displayed in Bitmap Buttons,
Buttons, List Boxes, Menus, Quick Links, Quick Reports, Text, and VCR Objects.
This DAT file can be edited, making it possible to convert the Demo text into other
languages without modifying the structure of the original DBD file. In doing so, the
elements within a DBD file that do not require translation or modification (e.g.,
graphics, AVI Resources, screen captures, and sound files) are consequently
unchanged.

9-8 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation

DemoShield, through the Distribution Wizard, automatically includes the .DAT file
in the set of files necessary for distribution. When the Demo is run on an interna-
tional version of Windows, the DemoShield Player will first look for an appropriate
DAT file and load that data if it is found.

Creating a DAT File

DemoShield Designer automatically creates a DAT file whenever the native Demo
text is exported. When you open a DBD file in the DemoShield designer, a DAT file
can be created by selecting File | Demo Text | Export. You can then select the
name for the DAT file.

Editing the DAT File with DemoText Editor

Once a DAT file is created, it can be opened and edited by the DemoText Editor. To
do so, open DemoText Editor, and select File | Open. Browse for your DAT file
from the resulting window. When you find the DAT file you want to use, select it
and click Open.

Available DAT File Languages

Currently, over 30 languages are supported in DemoShield. To include multiple lan-
guage support for your Demo, simply create a DAT file, translate the original text
into the target language, and save it with the corresponding language extension.

Functions of DemoText Editor

When you have created a DAT file, and opened it in the DemoText Editor, every
instance of native text that occurs in that DBD file is available for editing. When you
select one of the Objects from any Scene in your DBD file, DemoText Editor dis-
plays pertinent information concerning that Object, namely its size, name, and any
appropriate limitations regarding its editing.
Object Information – View the Scene name, Object name, and size (in bytes) of
the selected Object. Any applicable limitations concerning an Object’s ability to be
edited will also be displayed.
Scene – This drop-down list contains all of the Scenes within the DBD file in which
native text resides. In addition to offering the choice of a Scene to edit, the Demo-
Text Editor allows you to edit Global Demo Data, not associated with any Object or
Scene.
Object Text Data – The native text contained in the Object is displayed here. This
is the actual field that is edited when creating a language specific DAT file. For
example, the file size of the Object is displayed, as well as the number of characters
you can enter into an edit field (if this applies to the Object).
Object Window - All Objects within the Scene selected in the Scene List are dis-
played here, subject to all the View Options.
View Menu – The selections presented here allow you to select which types of
Objects should be selectable from the Object window.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoText Editor & Localization • 9-9

 Formatting Settings – Change the font style and point size with these two drop-
down lists. The settings will be reflected during run time.
Delete Button – When an Object is selected in the Object List, click this button to
remove it from the DAT or AAA file. This will eliminate the Object’s data from the
editable file. You may want to delete Objects that display native text that should
remain unchanged, regardless of the language of the viewer(e.g., company name).
Check Spelling – Click this button to activate the DemoText Editor Spell Checker,
which will detect spelling errors in the currently selected Object’s data (subject to
the Spell Checker settings.

DemoShield Objects in DemoText Editor

All DemoShield Objects displaying native Demo text are editable in DemoText Edi-
tor. The following is an overview of the editable properties of these Objects.

Bitmap Button Objects

A Bitmap Button Object can display a bitmap or metafile image as a button. In the
event that a Bitmap Button Object contains native Demo text, that text appears in
the DemoText Editor. A Bitmap Button Object provides the Demo viewer with
interactive options. Upon clicking the button, any Action specified by the designer
of the Demo occurs. The data displayed belongs to a DemoShield Bitmap Button
Object. The Bitmap Button Object Data field reflects the data entered into the Bit-
map Button Object’s Properties Object Styles tab. This is the caption that appears
on the face of the button, if any. You may enter up to 80 characters for a Button
Object’s caption.

Button Objects
A Button Object provides the Demo viewer with interactive options. Upon clicking
the button, any designer specified Action occurs. The data displayed belongs to a
DemoShield Button Object. The Button Object Data field corresponds to the data
entered into the Button Object’s Properties Object Styles tab. This is the caption
that appears on the face of the button. You may enter up to 72characters for a But-
ton Object’s caption.

List Box Objects

A List Box Object is an interactive Object that duplicates the appearance and func-
tionality of a standard Windows list box. When your viewer clicks on any List Box
entry, the item is highlighted, and the Action linked to that entry is performed. You
can link any DemoShield Action to a List Box entry. The data displayed belongs to
DemoShield List Box Object. The List Box Object Data fields reflect the data
entered into the List Box Object’s Properties Object Styles tab. Each List Box entry
may contain up to 60 characters, and you may have up to 60 List Box entries per List
Box Object. In order to view all of the entries, you can use the scroll bar to move
through the list.

9-10 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation

Menu Objects
You can create an Object that will appear as either a PopUp menu with up to 10
user-defined items, or a Dialog with up to 10 selections and user-defined Title and
Instructional text. For each item or selection, you can assign an Action such as Go
to #2Scene, or Exit Demo. Typically, a Menu Object serves as a way to allow users
to navigate to different sections of the Demo. You could set an action for each
menu item or dialog selection to go to a main Scene. The data displayed belongs to a
DemoShield Menu Object. The Menu Object Data fields represent the data entered
into the Menu Object’s Properties Object Styles tab. If the Menu Object has the
PopUp Object style, the “Title” and “Instructions” fields will not apply to the
Object during run time. You may enter up to 40 characters for each menu.

Text, Quick Link, and Quick Report Objects

Text Objects display headlines, body text, or any other words that appear on the
Scene. Quick Report and Quick Link Objects also share this panel as each is a form
of a Text Object. The Text Object Data field reflects the data entered into the
Object Styles tab of the Object’s Properties dialog. If the Object has a border that
includes a caption, the “Text Object Caption” field provides access to that text. Text
Objects can contain up to 64K of data.

VCR Button Objects

A VCR Button Object is a set of VCR buttons that the viewer uses to control the
Demo with navigational actions already in place. You can use these preset Actions as
they are, edit them to serve your particular needs, or add additional Actions. If the
VCR Object is configured with symbols rather than words, modifications made by
DemoText Editor will not appear during run time. The VCR Object Data fields
reflect the data entered into the VCR Object’s Properties Object Styles tab. You may
have up to 40 characters per VCR Object entry. You can use the scroll bar to view all
possible entries.

NOTE: The Pause/Continue button in VCR Button Objects must have a label in the
<option1>/<option2> format. For example, Hold/Ready.

Global Demo Data

By editing the Global Demo Data, you can make changes to numerous global
strings contained in the DBD file, but are not associated with any Scene or Object.
For example, you can select and edit the Demo caption, the text that appears in the
caption bar of the window that the Demo is displayed in. Also, you can edit the cap-
tions that are displayed on menu buttons, or the ending message of a Demo.

Launch Application Data

Launch Application Data refers to the text strings that need localization in case the
files needed for application execution are unavailable.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoText Editor & Localization • 9-11

 SoftPhrase Automation Files
SoftPhrase Automation Files can be localized through the DemoText Editor. Soft-
Phrase Automation Files are imported into the DemoText Editor as .AAA files.
Each text block of a SoftPhrase Automation can be localized within this .AAA file.
Exported SoftPhrase (.AAA) files, once localized, must be placed in language-spe-
cific directories in order to work with all languages you intend to support with your
Demo.

Localizing Demos
To localize a .DAT file, you must first create a .DAT file from a Demo. To do so,
select Demo Text | Export from the DemoShield File menu.The DAT file is cre-
ated in the folder specified by the user.
After you have created a .DAT file, you can open this .DAT file in the DemoText
Editor to localize it. To launch the Demo Text Editor, select Demo Text Editor
from the Tools Menu in the Designer or select the DemoText Editor program icon
from the InstallShield DemoShield 6.7\Tools folder in the Start menu. Once the
DemoText Editor has been launched, select Open from the file menu, you will be
prompted to browse for a file to open.
The DemoText Editor shows all the Objects that contain instances of Demo Text in
them. By selecting any Object, you can view the text contained in this Object in the
language in which it was originally created. You can replace this text with the correct
localization strings of the target language.
The final step in localizing a .DAT file is to save the text that you have localized with
a language specific file extension. Once you have created one or more localized files,
you can distribute them along with your Demo. You can include up to 30 language-
specific files with your can Demo distribution.

Distributing Localized Files

You can distribute localized file in one of two methods:
1. Create a distribution using the Distribution Wizard and DemoShield places
the .DAT file in the same directory with the Demo.
2. Creating separate language directories to hold the localized files

Placing DAT Files with the Demo

The easiest way to localize your Demo is to create a distribution using the Distribu-
tion Wizard, and allowing DemoShield to place the .DAT in the same directory with
the Demo. As the DemoShield Player initializes, it will detect the current Windows
language and use the appropriate language DAT file if it exists. This method cannot
be used if you have are localizing SoftPhrase resources to multiple languages.

9-12 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation

NOTE: DAT files localized with language-specific extensions will not be added to the
DemoShield project file unless you select to open the DSJ file in the DemoText Edi-
tor. In the former case, you must manually copy the localized DAT files to your dis-
tribution directory to ensure they are included with the distribution.

Using Language Directories to Contain Localized Files

Another method to distribute localized files, is to create a folder for each language
relative to the location of the Demo containing all the localized Resources. The
DemoShield Player recognizes directory names that correspond with the three-char-
acter extension of the target language. For instance, if you are localizing your Demo
to German, you can create a directory in the folder where the Demo is located called
DEU. You can then place your localized German .DAT file and/or SoftPhrase
Resources in this folder. When the DemoShield Player initializes, it will detect the
Windows language and search for language directories corresponding to that lan-
guage. If it finds such a directory, it will use any .DAT or SoftPhrase files contained
within the directory.
In the folder corresponding to the three-character language extension, place the fol-
lowing files:
1. Your localized .DAT file. When you localize this file, you should save it with
the three-character language extension that corresponds to the target language.
2. Any SoftPhrase .AAA files that have been localized. DemoShield will search
the folder you have created with the three-character language extension when
searching for the appropriate .AAA files to use.
3. Any bitmaps or other Resources specially created or modified for use in a
localized Demo.These images must be imported into the Demo by Reference
in order to display correctly. For additional information on files imported by
reference, please see the DemoShield Help File.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoText Editor & Localization • 9-13

9-14 • DemoShield Tools InstallShield Software Corporation
 10
DemoShield Tutorial

Table of Contents
Setting Up Your Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Basic Lesson: Editing Text Objects . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Choosing Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Displaying Body Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Resizing Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Positioning Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
This chapter contains a series of tutorial lessons that can
Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
assist you in learning the basics of DemoShield. You will
learn how to display images, modify Scenes, edit buttons, Basic Lesson: Displaying Images . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
and use resources. Basic Lesson: Modifying Scene Properties . . . 10-6
Then, after you have mastered the basics, you can go on Editing Scene Length and Transition . . . . . 10-6
to the advanced lessons, which teach you about creating
Basic Lesson: Editing Interactive Buttons . . . . . 10-7
Demos from scratch, and creating interactive software
simulations. Bitmap Buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Changing a Bitmap Button’s Appearance. . 10-7
Changing a Bitmap Button’s Action . . . . . . 10-8
Basic Lesson: Object Timing, Motions,
and Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Life Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Basic Lesson: Using Resources . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Resource Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Building a Send To Action . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Basic Tutorial Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Customizing Demos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Advanced Lesson: Blank Demos . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Advanced Lesson: Event Objects . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Advanced Lesson: Capturing Images . . . . . . 10-13
Using Captured Images in your Demo . . . 10-14
Advanced Lesson: Automation Wizard . . . . 10-14

InstallShield Software Corporation 10-1

 Creating an AppCam Resource . . . . . . . . 10-14
Using AutoSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Advanced Lesson: Software Video Camera . 10-17
Using Software Video Camera
to Create Software Simulations . . . . . . . . 10-17
Starting Notepad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Checking System Color Depth . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Starting Software Video Camera . . . . . . . 10-18
Defining the Size of the Video . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Recording the Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Importing the Video into DemoShield. . . . 10-18
Embedding the Video into DemoShield . . 10-19
Testing the Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Adding Text Annotations to the Video . . . 10-19
Testing the Video and Text Annotations . . 10-20
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

10-2 InstallShield Software Corporation

Setting Up Your Demo
To start creating your Demo:
1. Launch the DemoShield Designer.
2. Select the Create a New Demo using the New Demo Wizard option.
3. Click OK. The New Demo Wizard is initiated to walk you through the process
of creating your Demo.
Once you have launched the Designer and see the New Demo Wizard dialog, select
the radio button that corresponds to the type of Demo that you want to create. For
the purposes of this tutorial, please select the Presales Demo radio button. When
selecting a radio button corresponding to any Demo type, you are asked to provide
information necessary to configure this Demo so it is personalized to your company
or product.
1. After you select the type of Demo you would like to create, (in this case, Pre-
sales) click Next.
2. Select which theme to apply to your Demo. DemoShield provides several pre-
formatted themes from which to choose. Each theme contains the same
options in terms of features it contains; they differ by featuring different layout
styles and arrangements of graphics and text. Once you have selected a theme
to apply to your Demo, click Next. For the purposes of this tutorial, please
select the Corporate Theme (full screen).
3. In the next panel, enter the pertinent information about your company. The
address, phone number, etc. entered here will be inserted in the appropriate
places in your Demo. Click Next.
4. Select a name for your product or Demo, and DemoShield will apply this
information in your Demo wherever it is applicable. DemoShield also provides
the option of selecting an image file to use as your company or product logo.
You can enter the name of that image in the edit field of this dialog, or click
Browse to specify one manually. This must be a bitmap (.bmp) image. Once
you have done so, click Next.
5. After you have entered all of the information in the previous dialogs, click Fin-
ish to enter the Designer and begin the construction of your Demo.
After you have answered all of the questions prompted by the New Demo Wizard,
the DemoShield Designer Screen is displayed. Any information that you provided to
the New Demo Wizard is displayed in the Designer Window.

Basic Lesson: Editing Text Objects

After the New Demo Wizard has built an initial Demo for you to modify, you can
begin customizing this Demo to meet you needs. A logical first step in this process
is to change the properties of a few of the Text Objects appearing in the first Scene.
In the first Scene (Main Menu) of the Presales Corporate theme Demo there are
three Text Objects displaying titles in the Scene. One Text Object displays the title
of the Demo, one displays the subtitle, and the final text Object provides an intro-
duction.

InstallShield Software Corporation Setting Up Your Demo • 10-3

 Entering Text
1. From the Demo Explorer, click the Text Object named “T Title” from the
Scene named “Main Menu.” Handles appear around this Text Object in the
Designer Window when you select it from the Demo Explorer.
2. Double click the Text Object named “T Title” from the Demo Explorer. The
Object’s Properties dialog box is displayed. By default, the Object’s Properties
dialog box opens to the General Tab.
3. Click the Object Styles tab to edit the text that is displayed in this Text Object.
Click the large edit field in this dialog. Enter any characters that you want. The
text you enter into the Object Styles edit field will wrap, but you can force a
line break by pressing enter.

Choosing Fonts
Now that you have added some text into the Object Styles dialog, choose a font for
the text you entered. Whenever possible, select a font that the viewers of your
Demo will have on their systems. You can expect your viewers to have the following
fonts: Arial, Courier New, Symbol, Times New Roman, Wingdings, MS Serif, MS
Sans Serif, and Verdana.
To apply a font to the text you entered into the Object Styles Tab:
NOTE: You can also assign the
font and point size of the
1. Click the font tab of the Object Properties dialog box.
text displayed in a Text 2. Change the font type and style to meet your needs.
Object by using the For- 3. Select a point size.
matting toolbar. 4. When you click OK, the text you entered into the Object Styles Tab and the
Font changes you made in the Font Tab will be visible in the Designer.

Displaying Body Text

To edit the body text in the Main Menu Scene of the Demo:
1. Double click the Text Object named “T Introduction” under the Scene named
“Main Menu” in the Demo Explorer to access this Text Object’s properties.
When you are entering the text you want to display in this Text Object, keep in
mind, body text should be set off in a serif font for greater readability. It is a
good practice not to display text in window that displays no more than six
words per line.
2. Replace the default text with new text describing the purpose and goal of your
Demo. If you want to edit this text in a Text Editor (for example, Microsoft
Word) you can copy (CTRL+C) and paste CTRL+V) text into the edit field on
the Object Styles Tab.
3. Click the Font Tab and select a serif font, such as Times New Roman.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box and view your changes.

Resizing Objects
The text that you entered into the Object “T Introduction” will require you to resize
and reposition the Object.

10-4 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

To resize an Object:
1. Click the Object you want to resize. Handles will appear around the Object.
2. Click on any handle. The pointer changes to the sizing cursor.
3. Drag in any direction to make the Object smaller; drag out to make the Object
larger. As the Object is resized, DemoShield automatically wraps the text in
the Object in accordance to its new size.

Positioning Objects
To move an Object in the Designer Window, you can:
1. Click in the center of an Object and drag it to a new location.
2. Select an Object, press the corresponding arrow key pointing in the direction
you want to move the Object.
3. To display a visible grid to help you more accurately place Objects, select
“Grid” from the View menu. If you want to see an Objects exact size and loca-
tion, select the Object, and the location information will be displayed in the
Status bar at the bottom of the Designer Window.

Borders
If you want, you can create a border around your Text Object making it look similar
to an Application window. You can place a Close button near this border that allows
the viewer of your Demo to hide the Text Object when he or she is finished reading
it.
To add this type of border to your Text Object:
1. Double click the name of the Text Object in the Demo Explorer to display
this Object’s Properties dialog.
2. Click the borders tab, and make your selections.

Basic Lesson: Displaying Images

In the Scene named “Main Menu,” you will notice that the New Demo Wizard has
placed default images named “G Logo.” These are referred to as “Autoshape
Objects” in the DemoShield Environment.
To add images to your Demo:
1. Click the Object named “G Logo” from the Scene named “Main Menu” in the
Demo Explorer. This Object will appear selected in the Designer Window.
2. Double click this Object in the Demo Explorer to initiate its Object Properties
dialog box.
3. Click the Fill Styles tab of this dialog. Experiment with the various fill styles to
see how they effect the appearance of the rectangle as illustrated in the preview
window. Finish by re-selecting the Image Fill Styles tab.
4. In the Images window, you will notice a list of file names. These files have all
been imported as Resources into your Demo. To display an image not cur-
rently imported as a Resource in your Demo, click the Import Image button.

InstallShield Software Corporation Basic Lesson: Displaying Images • 10-5

 Use the browse box to locate a bitmap or metafile image you want to display in
your Demo. If the graphic you are using is in any format besides Windows
metafile (.wmf), you will need to select an Image Option. Choose from the fol-
lowing:
• Standard: the image is cropped from the top left corner in order to fit the
size of the Object in which it is being displayed.
• Crop Image: the image is cropped from the center to fit the size of the
Object in which it is being displayed.
• Resize Image - the image is stretched or shrunk as necessary to fit the size
of the Object in which it is being displayed.
• Tile Image - the image is replicated to fill the size of the Object in which it
is being displayed.
• Resize Frame - the Object is resized to fit the size of the image.
• Maintain Ratio - if the image is resized, it maintains the same proportions as
its initial state. For example, if the image is 40x20, it could be scaled down
to 20x10, but not 20x20.
5. Click OK to close the dialog box.
If you want to place additional bitmap or metafile images into your Demo, you can
copy (CTRL+C) and paste (CTRL+V) them from your Paint Program directly into
the Designer Window. After doing so, they will appear as new Autoshape Objects in
the Demo Explorer.

Basic Lesson: Modifying Scene Properties

After you feel comfortable editing Text and Autoshape Objects, you can edit the
properties of the entire Scene itself to alter the way it appears and behaves in your
Demo.

Editing Scene Length and Transition

Just as Objects have properties, so do Scenes. In DemoShield, you can assign and
edit these properties to fit the purpose of your Demo through the Scene Properties
dialog box. The length of the Scene, the type of background display, and color han-
dling options are all administered from within this dialog.
To change the Scene Properties:
1. Double click the name of the Scene in the Demo Explorer. The Scene Proper-
ties dialog box is displayed, with the General tab automatically selected.
2. Change the Scene length to 10.5 seconds.
3. Select the Transition Effect named Vertical blinds.
4. Select the Scene Transition named Go to Next Scene.
5. Click OK. The Scene Properties dialog closes.
6. Select Save Demo from the File menu.
7. Select Run in Player | Play Current Demo from the Control Menu. You will
notice that after your Demo has been playing for 10.5 seconds, you Scene will
make a transition into the next Scene in your Demo with an effect similar to
Vertical Blinds opening.

10-6 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

By experimenting with all of the Scene Transition Effects, you can apply the effect
that fits the look and feel of your Demo most closely.
In this example, the Demo was test run through the Player. It is advantageous to test
your Demo in the player so that you can see exactly how it will appear to your view-
ers. Alternatively, you could test play your Demo in the Designer Window by select-
ing “Play from Beginning” from the Control menu.

Basic Lesson: Editing Interactive Buttons

If you test play your Demo through the Player, you will notice that the buttons in
the Scene named “Main Menu” cause your Demo to switch to different Scenes
when clicked. This is achieved by assigning a “Go to Scene Action” to an Object.
Switching the Scenes in the Demo is only one of the many possible Actions that can
be performed when a button is clicked. For example, you can assign Actions to but-
tons that cause a sound to be played, a file to be printed, a video to be played, and so
on.

Bitmap Buttons
A Bitmap Button Object is a push button you can use to create interactivity in your
Demo. You can change the fill style of such an Object by editing the fill styles tab of
its Object Properties dialog box, just as you did to a Autoshape Object in Lesson 2.
In addition, you can assign an Action to a Bitmap Button Object that causes it to
perform a certain task in your Demo.

Changing a Bitmap Button’s Appearance

To change a Bitmap Button’s Appearance:
1. Double click the Object named “QB Feature 1” in the Scene named “Main
Menu” from the Demo Explorer. The Object’s Properties dialog box is dis-
played.
2. Select the Object Styles tab.
3. Change the button caption to the name of a feature you want to describe in
your Demo.
4. If you need to resize the button, you can enter new width and height values.
5. Select the inside caption position.
6. Click the fill styles tab and select the transparent fill style check box.
7. Click the Font tab.
8. Select a color for your text in this dialog. If no color displayed in this tab is
appealing to you, you can enter the RGB value of the color. In this particular
Scene a white, or other light colored font will look best as it contrasts strongly
against the background color.

InstallShield Software Corporation Basic Lesson: Editing Interactive Buttons • 10-7

 Changing a Bitmap Button’s Action
Changing the Actions a Bitmap Button Object performs is accomplished through
the Actions tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box. There is no limit to the num-
ber of Actions that you can assign to an Object.
To change an Action associated with a Bitmap Button:
1. Double click the Object named “QB Feature 1” in the Scene named “Main
Menu” from the Demo Explorer. Doing so will initiate the Object’s Properties
dialog box.
2. Click the Actions tab. In this example of adding Actions to an Object, you will
cause the Object named “QB Feature 2” to “disappear” while your mouse is
over the Object named “QB Feature 1.” You will be able to view this when
you test your Demo in the Player.
3. From the list box in the Actions tab of the Object’s Properties dialog box
select “Moves Mouse On Object.”
4. Click the New button. Doing so initiates the Action Wizard.
5. Select the “Hide” Action from the drop down list in the first screen of the
Action Wizard. Click Next.
6. On the next screen of the Action Wizard, choose the Object’s name you want
to hide, which in this case is QB Feature 2. Click Next.
7. On the same screen, in the Duration box, make sure that Scene Duration is
selected. Click Finish. If you were to test play your Demo in the player now,
when you move your mouse over the Object named “QB Feature 1,” the
Object named “QB Feature 2” disappears. However, when you move your
mouse off the Object named “QB Feature 1” the Object named “QB Feature
2” does not reappear.
To correct this:
a. Open the Object Properties dialog box for the Object named “QB Feature
1.”
b. Click the Actions tab.
c. From the list box in the Actions tab, select “Moves Mouse Off Object.”
d. Click the New button. The Action Wizard opens.
e. Select “Show” from the drop down list in the first screen of the Action
Wizard. Click Next.
f. In the next screen of the Action Wizard, select the Object named “QB Fea-
ture 2” from the drop down list.
g. In the Action Duration box, make sure that Scene Duration is selected.
Click Finish.
h. Save your Demo.
i. Select Run in Player | Play Current Demo from the Control menu.
j. When your Demo is playing and you move your mouse on the Object
named “QB Feature 1,” the Object named “QB Feature 2” disappears.
k. When you move your mouse off the Object named “QB Feature 1,” the
Object named “QB Feature #2” reappears.
l. You can assign Actions to any interactive Object in the DemoShield envi-
ronment. Using this same basic procedure, you may want to experiment

10-8 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

 with building Actions to see how they function in the DemoShield environ-
ment.

Basic Lesson: Object Timing, Motions, and

Effects
In this lesson, you will learn how to set the timing for the appearance and disappear-
ance of Objects from within a Scene. Moreover, you will learn how to stylize
Objects with effects and motions so they enter and exit the Scenes of your Demo
with impact.

Life Properties
Each Object your viewer will see in your Demo has Life properties. Life properties
are settings that determine when and how an Object appears in your Scene, how
long the Object remains in your Scene, and when and how it exits from your Scene.
An Object’s life is the total amount of time it exists in a Scene. In the following exer-
cise, the procedure for editing the Life properties of an Object is provided.
1. Double click on the Scene named “Feature 1A” from the Demo Explorer. The
Scene’s Properties dialog box is displayed.
2. Set the Scene length to 20 seconds.
3. Expand the view of Scene Feature 1a by clicking the “+” sign next to the
Scene icon. Double click the Object named “T Title.” The Object’s Properties
dialog box is displayed.
4. Click the Life tab.
5. Under the “Start Period” area of the Life tab, choose “Appear from lower
right” in the Motion combo box.
6. Choose “Random bits appearing” from the effect combo box.
7. Lower on the Life tab, there are edit fields where you may enter numbers to
signify time (in seconds.) In the Start field, enter 0.
8. In the Hold field, enter 5.
9. In the End field enter 10.
10.In the Exit field enter 20.
11.Click OK.
12.Save your Demo.
13.Select Run in Player | Play Current Demo from the Control menu.
When your Demo is playing, you will notice that the Text Object named “T Title”
will begin to appear immediately when the Demo begins playing, appearing from the
bottom to the top. At five seconds into the Demo, the Object is in full view and
does not move. The Object continues to be displayed until the end of the Scene.
The reason that the Object didn’t exit the Scene with any effects or motions is
because you only assigned effects and motions for the start period of the Object’s
life. To cause the Object to exit the Scene with a similar effect and motion, repeat
the steps to this lesson, but in step number 5, select exit period. Notice that when
you are setting the times for the various life periods as you did in steps 7 through 11,

InstallShield Software Corporation Basic Lesson: Object Timing, Motions, and Effects • 10-9
 the colors in the lifeline resize according to the times entered. You can adjust or
“fine tune” the times at which Objects enter and exit Scenes by sliding these bars in
the timeline editor.

Basic Lesson: Using Resources

DemoShield allows you to incorporate images, text, sound, video, and other
Resources created outside of the DemoShield environment. The first step to using
outside Resources is to import them into the Resource Manager.

Resource Manager
Choose Resource Manager from the Demo menu to view information about, pre-
view, import, or otherwise manage the Resources used in your Demo. Each type of
Resource has a tab in the Resource Manager.
For the purposes of this tutorial, a .TXT file is necessary. If you have an existing file
with the .TXT extension on your system, it may be used for this exercise. If you do
not have a .TXT file on your system, follow these steps to create one:
To create a .TXT file:
1. From the Windows Start menu, select Notepad from the Accessories sub-
menu under the Programs submenu. Notepad is launched.
2. Type “DemoShield is the greatest!” in the Notepad document.
3. Save the file using the name test.txt.
To import a text file to the Resource Manager:
1. Select Resource Manager from the Demo menu. The Resource Manager
opens.
2. Click the Files tab of the Resource Manager.
3. Click Import. Browse to the file named test.txt.
4. Click OK.
The file named test.txt is now be visible in the Files tab of the Resource Man-
ager. Once a Resource has been imported, it can be used in your Demo. Addition-
ally, you can use the same Resource multiple times in your Demo, without having to
import it again.

Building a Send To Action

Now that you have imported a file into the Resource Manager, DemoShield can use
it when you are building Actions. For the purposes of this tutorial, the procedure for
building a Send To Action will be described. A Send To Action will enable the
viewer of your Demo to print your text file.
To create a Send To Action:
1. Double click on the Object named “QB Feature 3” in the Scene named “Main
Menu” from the Demo Explorer. The Object’s Properties dialog box opens.
2. Click the Actions tab.

10-10 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

 3. Select “Left-Clicks Mouse Up” from the list box. Click the New button. The
Action Wizard launches.
4. Select “Send To Action” from the drop down list on the first screen of the
Action Wizard. Click Next.
5. In the second screen of the Action Wizard, make sure the word “Printer” is
displayed in the Value area.
6. Click in the Resource Name area of this screen, and choose the text.txt file
from the drop down list.
7. Save your Demo.
8. Select Run in Player | Play Current Demo from the Control Menu.
When you click on the Bitmap Button Object named “QB Feature 3” when your
Demo is being run in the Player, the file named “Test.txt” is printed on your default
printer.

Basic Tutorial Conclusion

Congratulations, you have completed the Basic Tutorial! By experimenting with the
other Actions available in DemoShield, you will be well on your way to designing
impressive Demos in no time! If you want to explore some of the advanced features
in DemoShield, please continue to the next section, which begins the advanced tuto-
rial.

Customizing Demos
The New Demo Wizard is immensely useful when you are establishing the proper-
ties and layout of your Demo, however, you have a great deal more freedom to exer-
cise your creativity when you create a Demo from scratch. In this tutorial the
concept of Blank Demos will be discussed. Also discussed in the scope of this chap-
ter are building independent Actions and creating software simulations.

Advanced Lesson: Blank Demos

Until now, you have relied on the New Demo Wizard to gather the information cru-
cial to an effective Demo, and organize it for you in logically divided Scenes. How-
ever, once you are familiar with the information types that the New Demo Wizard
prompts you for, you can achieve the same functionality with greater freedom by
creating a Blank Demo. When you are creating a Blank Demo, you are starting from
scratch, meaning that DemoShield does not provide any graphics or text for you to
use in your Demo. It is up to you to provide any images and text. Often, this may
require access to graphic design software, or to work closely with a graphic designer.
To create a New Blank Demo:
1. Click on the DemoShield Designer Icon from the DemoShield program
group.

InstallShield Software Corporation Basic Tutorial Conclusion • 10-11

 2. Select the “Create a blank Demo” radio button from the DemoShield Wel-
come Dialog.
3. Click OK.
The Designer appears with one blank Scene with a grey background. You can edit
the background of the Scene by editing the Fill Styles tab of the Scene Properties
dialog box (see Basic Tutorial) and add Objects to your Scene to create specific
functionality in your Demo. By following the lessons in the tutorials contained in
this document, you can follow the procedures for implementing various Objects,
and Software Simulations.

Advanced Lesson: Event Objects

Event Objects allow you to include Actions that automatically occur at specific
times in your Demo. These Actions triggered by Event Objects will always occur,
even without any interaction from the viewer of your Demo.
Creating an Event Object to Play a Sound:
1. Click the Event Object button on the Object Toolbar and place it in the
Designer Window. An Event Object is displayed in your Designer Window,
and in the Demo Explorer. If you do not see the Object, select Invisible
Objects from the View menu.
2. Double click the Event Object in the Designer Window, or in the Demo
Explorer to initiate its properties dialog.
3. Click the Object Styles tab in the Event Object’s Properties dialog box. Make
sure the time is set for 0.0 and the “Do Not Advance Demo Time” check box
is selected.
4. Click the Actions tab of the Event Object’s Properties dialog box and choose
True Actions.
5. Click the New button. The Action Wizard is launched.
6. Select “Play Sound Action” from the drop down list in the first screen of the
Action Wizard. Click Next.
7. Select the Default_Click sound from the Resource Name drop down list, and
select “Play Sound and Return” radio button from the Sound Playback
Options box.
8. Click Finish.
9. Click OK to exit the Event Object’s Properties dialog box.
10.Save your Demo.
11.Select Control | Run in Player | Play Current Demo.
Notice that the Sound file plays at 0.0 on the Demo clock, and Demo time contin-
ues as the sound is playing. This means that the viewer could continue to interact
with any Objects you have in your Demo while the sound is playing; the viewer
could even switch to a different Scene. If you want to set up your Demo in a way
that would not permit the viewer to interact with any other Objects in the Demo
while the sound is playing, follow these steps outlined in “Creating an Event Object
to Play a Sound,” and select the “Wait For Sound to Play” check box instead of the
“Play Sound and Return” check box in step #7.

10-12 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

Advanced Lesson: Capturing Images
Screen shots of your software applications allow you to show the viewers of your
Demo what the user interface of your products looks like, and can be combined
with cursor points to actually walk viewers through the procedures for performing
certain tasks. DemoShield features an Image Capture Utility that allows you to cap-
ture screen shots and automatically import them as image Resources that can be
used in your Demo.
To Capture Images:
1. Select Capture Images from the Tools menu. DemoShield minimizes and the
DemoShield Capture dialog is displayed in the lower left corner of the screen.
The combo box under “Select Your Capture Type” shows all the capture
options that are available. They are as follows:
• Window under Pointer - Captures the smallest window under the cursor,
including transitory windows. Use this capture type if you need to capture
menus, edit fields, or other transitory windows.
• Active Window - Captures the window with the focus. Will also show win-
dows open within it. For example, if you capture a dialog box using this
capture type, DemoShield will capture the whole dialog (including the win-
dow caption) and any pull down menus or transitory windows.
• Active Client Window - Captures the smallest active full window, but not a
menu or transitory window. For example, if you capture a dialog box using
this capture type, DemoShield will capture the whole dialog except for the
window caption.
• Full Screen - Captures all windows open and visible on the screen.
To toggle between selections, press the Shift key.
2. Open the Windows Calculator program. To do so, select Start | Programs |
Accessories | Calculator.
3. To capture the desired window, press the Control key. When performing a cap-
ture, the hourglass cursor is displayed and you will hear a click. After the cur-
sor returns to the pointer shape, the captured image will be found in the
Images tab of the Resource Manager.
4. By default, DemoShield names the captured image Image01, with the number
corresponding to the order in which the image was captured. You can rename
the images by clicking the Rename button.
5. Pressing the Shift key toggles through all of the capture options. Press the
Shift key until the “Active Window” capture type appears in the edit field of
the DemoShield Capture dialog.
6. The window with “focus” is the Active Window. Click the title bar of the Cal-
culator program and hold the cursor there. Press the Control key. You will hear
a click sound indicating that the image has been captured.
7. Click Done on the DemoShield Capture dialog. The Designer reappears, and
displays a dialog stating that the images you have captured can be found in the
Resource Manager.
8. Click OK.

InstallShield Software Corporation Advanced Lesson: Capturing Images • 10-13

 Using Captured Images in your Demo
1. Select Resource Manager from the Demo menu. Click the Images tab. You will
see an image Resource named Image01.
2. Select Image01 by clicking it in the Resource Window. A preview of the image
and information regarding its type and size will appear in the Preview Window.
3. Click the Rename button and rename the Image as “Calculator” so it will be
easier to identify.
4. Click Close to save your changes and exit the Resource Manager.
5. In order to display your image, create a Rectangle from the Autoshapes toolbar
in your Scene.
6. Double click the rectangle to open its Object Properties dialog.
7. Click the Fill Styles tab.
8. Select the Image fill style from the drop down list, and choose the Resize
Frame Image Option.
9. Select “Calculator.”
10.Click OK to return to the Designer.
The rectangle will now be filled with your screen shot.

Advanced Lesson: Automation Wizard

The Automation Wizard walks you through the construction of both AppCam and
SoftPhrase Resources. These Resources can be synchronized by using DemoShield’s
AutoSync tool to create a software simulation, which displays a series of screen
shots with accompanying text descriptions.

Creating an AppCam Resource

AppCam Resources automate the process of capturing screen shots and cursor
points, enabling you to create a simulation of your application in use. In this tutorial,
you will be creating an AppCam Resource to teach your viewers how to add two
numbers using the Windows Calculator program.
Before you start the Application you want to Automate, it is recommended that you
set your display resolution to 256 colors. This makes the size of your Automation
Resource more manageable for viewers who are running 256 color mode.
1. Select Automation Wizard from the Tools menu. The Designer minimizes and
the Automation Wizard is displayed. Click the New button to begin creating a
New Automation.
2. Select the AppCam radio button to create an AppCam Automation. Click
Next.
3. Click the Begin Button on the Automation Wizard dialog. The Automation
Capture dialog is displayed in the lower left side of your screen.
4. Select Start | Programs | Accessories | Calculator to start the Calculator
program.

10-14 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

 5. Click Done on the Automation Capture dialog. The Automation Wizard is dis-
played and prompts you to capture the background window of the application
you are automating. Click Begin. NOTE: You must hold the cursor
on the title bar while you
6. Place your cursor on the title bar of the Calculator application. While holding are capturing the screen.
the cursor on the title bar, press the control key. The AppCam Capture Results Moving the cursor will
dialog is displayed. cause the capture to be
7. From this dialog, you can preview your image capture if you wish. Click Con- blurry.
tinue. After you have captured the background window of the application, you
can start to record an application sequence. Each image you capture in your
application sequence is basically a “frame” in your AppCam Resource. There-
fore, if you capture eight screen captures or cursor points, your AppCam
Sequence will have eight frames.
For the next capture you perform, you will automate the viewer’s cursor moving
over the “2” key on the Calculator application. To do so:
1. Click Begin.
2. Place your cursor on the 2 key on the calculator application. Press shift until
the capture type in the combo box of the Automation Capture dialog is “Cur-
sor Point.” Press the control key to perform your capture.
3. Click Done on the Automation Capture dialog.
4. When the Automation Wizard is displayed, you will notice an image displayed
in the Automation Viewer Window between the numbers zero and one of the
timeline. This image will be red on the left side, indicating that it is a cursor
move capture. Test play your automation and notice how your cursor automat-
ically moves to the position of the screen capture over the “2” key.
5. Now that you have moved your viewer’s cursor over the 2 key on the Calcula-
tor application, automate the Calculator application depicting a 2 as if the
viewer clicked this key on the actual application.
To Automate the Calculator Application:
1. Click the add button in the Automation Wizard and add a screen capture, not a
cursor point, of the calculator with the number 2 displayed in the calculator’s
display screen.
2. Continue to add captures in the following order:
a. A cursor point, depicting the mouse over the plus (+) key.
b. A cursor point, depicting the mouse over the 2 key.
c. A cursor point over the equal key (=).
d. A screen capture of the calculator application depicting the number 4.
3. After you have completed all of the screen captures described above, you
should have six captures recorded in your Automation Viewer window.
4. When you click the test play button, your AppCam should automate the
sequence of performing the 2+2=4 calculation on the calculator. When you
are finished adding and testing the captures, click Next on the Automation
Wizard dialog.
5. Save your automation with the name “Calc,” and click the Save Auto-
mation button.
You have saved the Automation as an AppCam Resource. This Resource can be
found in the Automation Wizards list of automations, and in the Auto tab of the

InstallShield Software Corporation Advanced Lesson: Automation Wizard • 10-15

 Resource Manager. Now that you have automated the images involved in the 2+2=4
calculation, you can create a SoftPhrase Resource describing in words the process
behind performing this calculation.
Creating a SoftPhrase Resource:
1. Click Another.
2. Click New.
3. Select SoftPhrase Automation, and click Next.
4. Select the Medium Reading Speed Radio Button. Click Next.
5. The “Import Text File” step of the Wizard is optional. You will be creating
your own text in this example, so leave the edit field blank and click Next.
6. In the large edit field of this panel in the Automation Wizard, enter the follow-
ing text: “Click the 2 button.”
7. Select this block of text by dragging the cursor over it, and click Add to add it
as a text block to your SoftPhrase Resource.
8. Click Next. The Automation Viewer is displayed. You will notice one image in
the upper left corner of the Automation Viewer Window. This image is
magenta on the left side indicating that it is a text block.
9. Click Add to add additional text blocks to your SoftPhrase Resource.
10.Add the following text blocks using the procedure described in steps 6-8.
a. “Click the plus (+) button”
b. “Click the 2 button”
c. “Click the equals (=) button”
d. “Two plus two equals four”
11.When you return to the Automation Viewer you should have five blocks of
text. Click Next.
12.Save your SoftPhrase Resource with the name “CalcText.”
13.Click Save Automation.
14.Click Another.

Using AutoSync
Now that you have created a series of automated screen captures and corresponding
text descriptions, you can synchronize these two Automation Resources so that the
correct text description is displayed simultaneously with the appropriate screen cap-
ture. To do so, you will be using AutoSync to orchestrate both Automation
Resources you have created.
To AutoSync an AppCam and SoftPhrase Object:
1. Click AutoSync on the first screen of the Automation Wizard,
2. A list of your SoftPhrase and AppCam Objects will be displayed side by side
so you may choose the SoftPhrase Object and the AppCam Object you wish
to synchronize.
3. Choose the two Objects to synchronize and click Next.
4. On the next screen, the Automation Viewer, black lines representing each
Resource are displayed. Automation Resources are shown on the top of the
screen, SoftPhrases on the bottom. As you can see, the SoftPhrase sequences
are longer than the AppCam sequences. You want the first block of your Soft-

10-16 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

 Phrase Resource to be synchronized with the second capture of your AppCam
Resource; the one where you move the viewers mouse over the 2 button.
5. Double click the second capture in the AppCam sequence. It turns gray, indi-
cating that it has been selected.
6. Double click the first block in the SoftPhrase sequence. The two images
appear synchronized on the timeline.
7. Synchronize the remaining text blocks and screen captures as follows:
• The third screen capture should be synchronized with the second text
block.
• The fourth screen capture should be synchronized with the third text block.
• The fifth screen capture should be synchronized with the fourth text block.
• The sixth screen capture should be synchronized with the fifth text block.
When you test play your Resource, the descriptive text explaining the steps in
the calculation appears at the same time as the screen captures illustrating this
logic as are displayed. Make adjustments to the lines by dragging them with
your mouse. The length of time each Resource plays cannot be adjusted, as
this time is fixed. You may, however, adjust the time when each Object enters
and exits the Scene.
8. Click the Test Play button to test your adjustments.
9. Click Save when the synchronization is acceptable.
10.Click Done to exit the Automation Wizard.

Advanced Lesson: Software Video

Camera
Using Software Video Camera to Create Software
Simulations
This tutorial will walk you through the steps of creating a software simulation using
Software Video Camera, which is included as part of DemoShield 6.7. Using this
program you will record a simple AVI file of a Notepad session, embed it into a
Demo, and then annotate the Actions of the AVI using DemoShield native Text
Objects.

Starting Notepad
Let’s start by opening Notepad.
Open Notepad by selecting Start | Programs | Accessories | Notepad. Once
this is done, size the Notepad window so that a capture of it will fit within the con-
fines of the Demo Scene you are creating.

InstallShield Software Corporation Advanced Lesson: Software Video Camera • 10-17

 Checking System Color Depth
With Notepad open, you can now begin recording your session using Software
Video Camera. To do so, you must first be sure that your system is set to 256-color
mode.

Starting Software Video Camera

Once you have verified your color settings, start Software Video Camera by selecting
Software Video Camera from the Software Video Camera Program Group or from
the Software Video Camera folder in the Start Menu. When Software Video Camera
opens, it will display a single line of VCR-like controls. These controls allow you to
configure and begin the recording of the AVI.

Defining the Size of the Video

To define the size of the video:
1. Click the Area button. A sizing guide will appear.
2. Click and drag the sizing guide to position it over the Notepad window.
3. Resize the capture region to fit the Notepad window by using the resizing
arrows around the perimeter of the capture region
4. Click OK on the Set Recording Area dialog

Recording the Video

Once you have sized the capture area accordingly, you can begin recording. For the
purposes of this tutorial, follow the steps below:
1. Click the Record button or press NumLock to begin recording
2. Click the Notepad window and type the following message: ‘This is a sample
recording of a Notepad session’
3. Press Esc to end the recording session. A dialog will prompt you to save your
recording. Save the recording with any name in any location you desire.
4. If you wish to preview the video, click the Play button. The preview window
will appear. Press the Play button.

Importing the Video into DemoShield

Now that you have created your sample recording, you can import it into a Demo.
1. Create a New Blank Demo.
2. Select Demo | Resource Manager to open the Resource Manager.
3. Click the Video tab.
4. Verify that the Import by Reference check box is unchecked.
5. Click Import
6. Browse for the sample video.
7. Click Import to import the video.
8. Click Close to close the Resource Manager.

10-18 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

Embedding the Video into DemoShield
To embed the video into your Demo, you can use a number of different methods.
However, for this sample, you will use a Quick Video Object.
To create the Quick Video Object:
1. Click on the Quick Video Button on the Quick Objects toolbar or select
Object | New Quick Object | Quick Video.
2. Click anywhere on the Scene to open the Event Properties dialog with the
Quick Video Styles tab automatically selected.
3. The Quick Video Styles tab allows you to select what video the Quick Video
Object should play as well as where it should be placed on the screen.
4. Select the video you imported as the Video Resource and enter 50 for both the
X and Y coordinates.
5. This will offset the video 50 pixels from the upper-left corner of the Demo
window.
6. Click the Object Styles tab to set when the video will play. Leave the time set to
0.0 seconds.
7. Click Ok.

Testing the Video

The Software Video Camera video has now been associated with the Quick Video
Object you just created.
To Test the Video:
1. Save your Demo.
2. Select Control | Run in Player | Play Current Demo.

Adding Text Annotations to the Video

Now, you will add some sample text that will appear during the duration of the
video.
To add Sample Text:
1. Create a Text Object near the middle of the Scene, off to the side from the
video.
2. Double-click on the Text Object to display the Text Properties dialog box.
3. Enter the following text in the Object Styles tab, in place of the default ‘Right-
click here’:
4. ‘This text will appear from the top.’
5. Set whatever point size or attribute you wish to assign to the Text Object.
6. Click on the Life tab.
7. Select Appear Top to Bottom from the Start Period Motion drop-down box.
8. Enter 0.0 as the Start Time and 5.0 seconds as the Hold Time. Other values
can be left at their defaults.
9. Click OK to close the Properties Dialog
Next, you will add another Text Object, this time using an effect.

InstallShield Software Corporation Advanced Lesson: Software Video Camera • 10-19

 1. Create another Text Object on the Scene. This one should be below the one
you previously created.
2. Double-click on the Text Object to open the Text Properties dialog box.
3. On the Object Styles tab, enter ‘This text will fade in’ in place of the ‘Right-
click here’ text.
4. Select the Life tab.
5. Select Random Pattern Appearing under the Start Period Effects drop-down
list.
6. Enter 5.0 as the Start time and 8.0 as the Hold time. Leave the other times at
their defaults.
7. Click OK to close the Properties Dialog.

Testing the Video and Text Annotations

To see the Text Objects interact with the video, you must save the Demo and then
view it through the player.
1. Save the Demo.
2. Select Control | Run in Player | Play Current Demo.

Conclusion
As you will see, the Text Objects appear on-screen as the video is playing. Using this
technique with your own videos, you can create a textual annotation that is
sequenced with whatever Actions are appearing on-screen at a given time.

10-20 • DemoShield Tutorial InstallShield Software Corporation

 A
DemoShield Server

Table of Contents
DemoShield Server Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Calling the DemoShield Server . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

The DemoShield Server is an alternate mode of operation

for the DemoShield Player. A programmer can use the
Server to control DemoShield from another application.
Your users can then launch your Demos from a menu
within your application, or any other mechanism your
programmer chooses. For example, a programmer could
set up your application’s tutorial so that it would play and
then close a series of Demos.

InstallShield Software Corporation A-1

A-2 InstallShield Software Corporation
DemoShield Server Operation
In its normal mode of operation, the Demo Viewer launches the Player. In Server
mode, the viewer does not control the player. The Server does—in a sense. Actually,
the Server is a passive program. The programmer launches the Server from another
application. The server runs invisibly in the background, waiting for your applica-
tion to tell it what to do.
The Server creates a window that will respond to specific Windows messages. The
Server will run indefinitely, unless you use the Windows Task List to end the task, or
send a message to the Server to destroy itself.

Calling the DemoShield Server

Command Description WPARAM LPARAM

DemoServerClose Closes the Demo 0 0
Table A-1.
DemoShield Server commands.
currently playing.

DemoServerDestroy Closes the Demo 0 0

currently playing, and
closes the Server.

DemoServerLaunch Initializes the Server 1-Suspended (PSZ)

to play the Demo. If 0-Start Full Path
the Demo is launched
in a suspended mode,
the Server waits until
the play message is
received (see below).

DemoServerPlay Starts the Demo 1-Silent Start LOWORD

playback for a Demo 0-Standard Start (x coordinate)
started in a HIWORD
suspended mode (y coordinate)
through the launch
message. The x and y
coordinates are used
to position a
windowed Demo. The
silent start option
launches the Demo
without the
initialization dialog.

You can change the way your Demo runs in the Player (DEMO32.EXE) by adding
parameters to the command line that launches the Demo. You may use these com-
mand line parameters in conjunction with, or in place of, the DemoShield Server
code.

InstallShield Software Corporation DemoShield Server Operation • A-3

 NOTE: You may not use command line parameters with the DemoShield Player when you
are using the Setup Wizard to build your distribution disks.

1. Right-click the Start Menu and select Open. Select Programs and the
DemoShield program folder. Right-click the DemoShield Player Icon and click
the Shortcut tab.
2. Under the Target field in the Shortcut tab, you see the full path to your
DEMO32.EXE file, followed by a space, and then the name of the DBD file
you are playing.
3. You may add one or more parameters to the command (or target) line. Place a
space before each parameter.
For example: c:\windows\Demos\DEMO32.EXE -q -x100 -
y200 window.dbd
The following table explains the command line parameters.

Parameter Description
Table A-2.
DemoShield Server command line -q Silent DemoShield launch. Launches the Demo without displaying
parameters. the “DemoShield Is Initializing...Please Wait” dialog.

-s Launches the DemoShield Player in server mode.

-x{value} Sets the X-axis of the Demo position with this x coordinate. This
coordinate is the location of the top left corner of the Demo during
playback.

-y{value} Sets the Y-axis of the Demo position with this Y coordinate. This
coordinate is the location of the top left corner of the Demo during
playback.

-vs1{value} Overrides the global string variable number 1 with the value
specified.

-vs2{value} Overrides the global string variable number 2 with the value
specified.

-vs3{value} Overrides the global string variable number 3 with the value
specified.

-vs4{value} Overrides the global string variable number 4 with the value
specified.

-vs5{value} Overrides the global string variable number 5 with the value
specified.

-vs6{value} Overrides the global string variable number 6 with the value
specified.

-vn1{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 1 with the value
specified.

A-4 • DemoShield Server InstallShield Software Corporation

 Parameter Description
-vn2{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 2 with the value Table A-2 (continued).
specified.

-vn3{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 3 with the value
specified.

-vn4{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 4 with the value
specified.

-vn5{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 5 with the value
specified.

-vn6{value} Overrides the global numeric variable number 6 with the value
specified.

InstallShield Software Corporation Calling the DemoShield Server • A-5

A-6 • DemoShield Server InstallShield Software Corporation
 G
Glossary

Action
An Action is anything you make your Demo do, either automatically or when your
viewer presses a key or clicks the mouse.

Active Client Window

When creating captures, this option captures the smallest active full window, but not
a menu or transitory window. For example, if you capture a dialog box, DemoShield
will capture the whole dialog except for the window caption.

Action Wizard
A DemoShield wizard that guides you through the process of building Actions.

Active Window
When creating captures, this option captures the window with the focus, including
any windows open within it. To select this capture type, choose Capture Images
from the Demo menu. The DemoShield Capture dialog box appears. Press Shift
until the Active Window option appears.

Animation
Multiple graphic images which are alternately changed and displayed at a specified
number of frames per second to produce the illusion of movement.

AppCam Resource
A sequence of screen captures and cursor moves created by DemoShield which can
be saved as a file with an .AAA extension.

Application Object
A DemoShield Object that allows you to configure your application to run within a
Demo.

Automation Resource
A Resource that lets you automate your application simulation or timed text to
describe your application simulation. For example, SoftPhrase or AppCam
Resources.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-1

 Autoshape Object
An Object that can display an image.

AVI
An Audio Video Interleaved file; an AVI is an integrated video and sound movie
used in the Windows environment that can be used in DemoShield.

BMP
The extension used for a Windows bitmap file.

Bitmap
An image in which each pixel is described by a specific color.

Bitmap Button Object

A DemoShield button Object that can display a bitmap.

Button Object
An interactive DemoShield Object that can be used as a check box, radio button, or
an interactive button.

Caption
A text heading in a window. The windows caption is what users click and drag to
position the active window on the screen.

CBT
A CBT (Computer-Based Training) trains someone on a very specific topic. CBTs
generally use graphics, sound, animation, and interaction to get the point across.

CD Browser
A CD Browser Demo provides a graphical user interface for launching another
application or applications. For example, a software publisher may wish to distribute
a CD containing evaluation-only versions of several new software applications.
Rather than simply placing all the executables on a CD, the publisher could create a
DemoShield Demo that would allow the user to select the application they are inter-
ested in, go to a Scene or Scenes describing the application, and click a button when
they are ready to launch the application. When the viewer closes the application, he

G-2 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

or she would return to the Demo's menu Scene and could select another application
to explore.

Control Panel Toolbar

Use the Control Panel Toolbar to test run and edit your Demo.

Cue Card
A Cue Card is a type of Demo that appears in a narrow window, running alongside
an application. A Cue Card provides step-by-step assistance in performing a specific
task or group of related tasks.

Cursor Point
A cursor point capture is not a capture of the cursor's image. A cursor point capture
is a recorded screen position. The position recorded is the X,Y coordinate relative to
the base image captured. The base image is the first window you capture with the
Automation Wizard; usually the main window of the application you are Demon-
strating. When your AppCam resource plays, the viewer's cursor moves to the cursor
points you captured. Each cursor point capture is indicated in the Automation
Viewer screen as a cursor element. You may delete a cursor element, or move it
ahead or back in time within a sequence.

DAT
A file created in DemoShield as a result of using the Export Demo Text feature in
the File menu. The DAT file can be opened and edited within the DemoText Editor
(DEMOTEXT.EXE).

DBD
A file created in DemoShield containing your Demo's content.

Demo
A collection of Scenes, Objects, and Resources used to convey a message.

Demo State Actions

Actions that affect Demo playback. These Actions are Pause/Continue Demo,
Delay Demo, and Stop Demo.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-3

 Designer Window
The Designer Window is where you work to design the Scene your viewer sees.
When you are creating your Demo, you place your Objects in the Design Window.
The Objects you see in the Design Window at any time are the visible Objects that
exist at that Scene time. To change the Scene time, use the Control Panel Toolbar.

Designer
The design component in DemoShield. This is launched to create the content of
your Demo.

Disabled Color
The disabled color is the color used to show any text in a Button Object, Bitmap
Button Object, or VCR Button Object when the object is disabled.

Display Actions
These actions affect what your viewer sees and hears in your Demo. For example,
for playing a sound or video file, you may choose from the following Display
Actions: Display Menu, Play Sound, Play Video and Move Cursor.

Distribution Media
A compact disc (CD) or diskette(s) that contain your Demo along with the
DemoShield Player (run-time file) and any other necessary files. Your end-users are
given the CD or disk to install and play your Demo.

Drag
The act of selecting an Object and moving it across the Design Window.

Edit Field Object

An interactive Object which lets the user enter text into a field.

End Period
The period between the End and Exit times; the time it takes for an Object to exit
the Scene. Any motions or effects assigned to the Object during this period will exe-
cute from the time the Object begins to exit from the Scene until it completes its
exit. You may assign a motion and/or an effect for an Object's End Period.

G-4 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

End Time
The point in time that an object begins its exit from the scene. This is the end of the
Hold Period and the beginning of the End Period. End Time must be lesser than or
equal to Exit Time.

Escape
A key on the computer keyboard that halts the operation in progress.

Event
The trigger that begins an Action. An interactive Object requires an Event. An
Event Object provides an time-based event, independent of viewer input.

Event Object
An Object used to incorporate Actions into your Demo occurring at a point in time,
or occur based on a comparison of a value or property.

EXE
An executable file. Application program files usually have an EXE extension, like
DESIGNER.EXE and DEMO32.EXE. DemoShield can launch an executable file
through an Application Object or the Launch Application Action.

Exit Time
The point in time that an Object disappears from the Scene. This is the end of the
End Period. If the Object's End Time is “End,” its life ends simultaneously with the
end of the Scene. Exit Time must be < Scene Length.

Fill Color
The Fill Color is the secondary color used in conjunction with the Background
Color in a pattern or wash fill style. If you are not using a pattern or a wash fill, the
Fill Color will have no affect on the appearance of your Demo.

Fill Style
A design option that lets you choose a color, design, or image to display inside an
Object or Scene.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-5

 Full Screen Capture
Captures all windows shown on the screen. To select this capture type, choose Cap-
ture Images from the Demo menu. The DemoShield Capture dialog box appears.
Press Shift until Full Screen appears.

Full Screen Play

A selection from the Control menu which allows you to test run your Demo full
screen from the Designer.

Full Screen Background

A Demo property which lets you specify a background color which will fill the
screen behind windowed Demo.

GIF
Defined as a Graphic Interchanged Format, the CompuServe network originally
created this file format.

Grid
A pattern of regularly spaced horizontal and vertical lines forming squares on the
Scene that can help you position Objects in the Designer Window. Each point on
the grid corresponds to one pixel. A black dot displayed in bold shows you the exact
center of your Scene. To toggle the grid on and off, choose Grid from the View
menu.

Group Object
A collection of Objects upon which Actions can be performed collectively.

Handles
Small rectangles that appear at the corners and sides of an Object in the Designer
Window when you click the Object. These handles indicate that the Object is
selected. To resize a graphic or Text Object, click the handle and drag.

Hold Period
The period between the Hold and End times; the time the Object maintains its Hold
position. Any effects assigned to the Object during this period will take place from
the time the Object reaches the location you designate in Designer mode (its Hold
position) until it begins its exit from the Scene. If you move an Object, DemoShield

G-6 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

automatically adjusts the x,y coordinates of the Object's Hold position until it begins
its exit from the Scene. No motions can be assigned to an Object's Hold Period.

Hold Time
The point in time when an Object reaches the location you specify on the Designer
screen (its Hold position). If you move an Object, DemoShield automatically adjusts
the x,y coordinates of the Object's Hold position. This is the end of the Start Period
and the beginning of the Hold Period. Hold Time must be less than or equal to End
Time.

Hot Spot Object

An invisible Object that allows the viewer to interact with an area of the Scene.

Interactive Object
An Object which allows the user to enter data, select answers, press buttons, and
make things happen in a Demo.

Invisible Object
An Object in DemoShield which your viewer will not be able to see. Examples of
invisible Objects include Hot Spots and Group Objects.

JPEG
A compressed image format created by the “Joint Photographic Experts Group” to
compress 24-bit color images. These images have a .JPG extension.

Jump Mark
An Object property which “tags” the Object. When an Object is “jump marked,”
you can create Actions to go to that Object's start time. You can set Go to Next
Jump Mark or Go to Previous Jump Mark Actions. To “jump mark” an Object,
open the Object's Properties dialog box to the General tab. Check the box marked
Jump Mark. At any point in your Demo, you can switch to the next Object or previ-
ous Object that has a Jump Mark.
You can use a Jump Mark with or without interaction from your viewer. Instead of
going to the next Jump Mark when your viewer clicks a button, you could create an
Event Object with a Go to Next Jump Mark Action. When the Event Object is trig-
gered, the Demo will jump to the Scene time of the next jump marked Object.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-7

 There is no limit to the number of Jump Marks you can place in a Scene to allow you
to bounce back and forth from one Object to another, creating all sorts of effects—
hiding text, displaying graphics, or restarting the Scene.
It's essential, when you create any Object, to decide if you want to make it visible or
invisible, enabled or disabled. However, unlike Visible and Enabled, a Jump Mark is
optional. In some situations, you may find using a Jump Mark is the best way to get
the desired results. At other times, you might decide it's easier to accomplish the
desired effect by switching to a different Scene.
To make your Demo go to the next or previous Object with a Jump Mark, use the
Go to Next Jump Mark or Go to Previous Jump Mark Actions.

Knowledge Base
The Knowledge Base features tips, tricks, and techniques; answers to Frequently
Asked Questions; and articles on both technical and design issues. We post periodic
updates to the Knowledge Base Articles online via our World Wide Web site.

Launch Application Action

An Action used to launch an application from within a DemoShield Demo.

Launch Associated Application Action

An Action used to launch an application from within a DemoShield Demo.

Launch Demo Action

An Action used to launch another Demo from within a DemoShield Demo.

Layer
When an Object is placed over another Object, the Objects are said to be in layers.

Left-Click Mouse
The act of selecting the left button on a mouse.

Life
The time span during which a DemoShield Object exists in a Scene from its Start
Time through its Exit Time.

G-8 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

Lifeline
The Lifeline is a three-color horizontal bar that graphically displays an Object's
Start, Hold, End, and Exit Times. It appears in both the Life properties dialog box
and the Timeline Editor.

Line Object
A DemoShield Object used to create lines within your Demo.

List Box Object

A DemoShield Object used to create list boxes from within your Demo.

Macro
Just as you can record your voice on, and play back, a tape cassette, you can record
and play back your mouse moves and keystrokes with a macro. To use your macro in
a Demo, you must launch the application you used to record the macro. Then you
would use a Play Macro action to play the macro.

Metafile
An image saved using the standard Windows metafile format. A metafile is a set of
drawing instructions. Windows metafiles have the extension .WMF. You can display
images in your Demos either in metafile or bitmap format. Metafiles scale in better
proportions than bitmaps.

MIDI
A sound file format (MID and RMI) you may import into DemoShield. MIDI
stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface. Unlike WAV files, which are digital
recordings of actual sound (voice or music), MIDI files simply define the instru-
ments and notes that are to be played, and how they should be played. A synthesizer
(generally part of a MIDI-capable sound board) on the end-user's system “reads”
the MIDI instructions and plays the music. Since MIDI files contain only instruc-
tions and not the actual music, they are many times smaller than digital audio files of
the same duration. MIDI files also use less processor power to play. To listen to your
Demo's MIDI files, your viewer must have a sound board with MIDI support
installed.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-9

 MIME
(Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) The standard used by Web Servers to iden-
tify the files they are sending to Web Clients. The MIME standard is a way of speci-
fying both the type of file being sent and the method that should be used to turn it
back into its original form.

Motion
A motion is the movement of an Object on the Scene. For example, you can make
an Object enter the Scene from the left edge of the Scene, and move right until it
reaches a spot near the center of the Scene. When you have no further use for the
Object, you may want it to move to another position until it finally disappears.
When an Object enters or exits a Scene this way, we call it a motion. You may also
create point-to-point motion by “capturing” a screen position where the Object will
begin appearing, and another position where the Object will finally disappear.
Motions are different from Actions. An Action affects how something in the Demo
works. Changing from one Scene to another, or stopping the Demo, are examples of
Actions. To set motions for an Object, use the Life Properties dialog box.

Move Cursor Action

An Action that recreates the movement of your cursor to a set of specified cursor
coordinates.

Multimedia
A collection of various media such as sound, video, graphics, and animation used
together to convey a message.

Native Demo Resolution

Your Demo's base resolution. Think of it as the base coordinate system for the
placement of Objects on your screen. You may select one of the five standard screen
resolutions (640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1152x864, or 1280x1024) for your native
resolution. Do not choose a native resolution higher than 640x480 unless you are
certain that your end-users will not run your Demo under 640x480 screen resolu-
tion. To check your native Demo resolution, choose About from the Help menu and
click the button labeled Demo Info.

G-10 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

New Demo Wizard
A wizard that lets you select various options to create the initial framework for a
Demo file. These initial settings can then be modified to meet your needs.

Nudge
The act of using the arrow keys to move an Object one pixel at a time.

Null Color
The color that DemoShield uses to fill any empty area on the screen when you test-
run your Demo.

Object
An element in DemoShield that can be used to create content for your Demo.

Object Ordering Actions

Actions that affect the stack, or Z-order of the Objects within a Scene. If three
Objects were placed on top of one another, for example, you could select one of the
Objects and choose the menu command Bring to Front. That would put the
selected Object on top of the others, so you could easily see it, select it, and edit it.
You may choose the following Object Ordering Actions: Bring to Front, Send to
Back, Bring One Layer Closer, and Send One Layer Back.

Object State Actions

Actions that affect the current state of a particular Object. You may Hide, Show,
Enable, Disable, or Highlight/De-Highlight an Object.

Palette
A file format containing color definitions for an image.

Play Macro Action

An Action allowing recorded macros to be played back to a launched application.

Play Sound Action

An Action that allows a WAV or MIDI file to be played back.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-11

 Play Video Action
An Action that allows an AVI file to be played back.

Player
The DemoShield Player (DEMO32.EXE) is the run-time-only version of the
DemoShield Designer (DESIGNER.EXE). The Player is a separate, smaller execut-
able program file that you copy to your distribution media along with your DBD
file. The Player can run a Demo, but you cannot use it to create a Demo.
To test run your Demos using the Player, choose Help|Play Demos|Configure
Demos and preselect up to 10 Demos. Then choose Play Demos|Play DBD to
launch your Demo in the Player. You can also choose the Play Current Demo
option to test run the Demo you are currently editing in the Designer.

Presales Demo
A Demo designed to sell a product, service, or idea. If the product is software, gen-
erally the Demo will include at least some Scenes where the application is simulated,
either via bitmap screen captures combined with cursor movement, or through
video screen captures recorded as AVI files.

Quick Tour Demo

A Quick Tour provides new users with an overview of a software product. For
example, the DemoShield Tour explains concepts and terms used in DemoShield,
and includes several Scenes which illustrate program features. Many developers pro-
vide an option to launch their product Quick Tour from the application's opening
dialog box.

Quick Animation Object

An Object containing an image or series of images that perform as an animation.

Quick Button Object

An Object that contains a series of graphics to display a Button Object in three
states: Unpressed, Mouse On, and Pressed.

Quick Object
A high-level Object that provides automated implementations of common function-
ality.

G-12 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

Quick Sound Object
An Object containing settings for sound playback.

Quick Video Object

An Object containing settings for video playback.

RGB
The RGB abbreviation stands for the three primary colors: red, green, and blue. By
combining different values of these three colors, it is possible to create any other
color. Using DemoShield's color selection dialog boxes, you can quickly choose
from 16 preset colors, or create any other custom color.

RTF
Rich Text Format. You may import an RTF file when you want to display text cre-
ated using a word processor. To display an RTF file, create a Text Object and open
its Properties dialog box to the Object Styles tab. Click the Text Options button to
bring up a dialog you can use to import the RTF file.

Scene
The basic building block of a Demo. Demos are composed of Scene, which in turn
contain elements such as Objects and Events.

Scene Length
The number of seconds the Scene will play. A Scene can be up to 99,999 seconds
(27.775 hours) long. You assign the Scene length in the General tab of the Scene
Properties dialog box.

Scene Transition Effect

This is the visual effect, if any, that displays during the transition period as the Scene
begins. The Scene's Transition Effect, if any, is assigned to the transition into the
Scene only. For example, if Scene #2 has a Vertical Blinds Transition Effect assigned
to it, then the transition from Scene #1 to Scene #2 will display this effect.

Start Period
The period between the Start and Hold times; the time it takes for an Object to
enter the Scene. Any motions or effects assigned to the Object during this period
will take place from the time the Object first enters the Scene until it reaches the

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-13

 location you designate in Designer mode (its Hold position). If you move an Object,
DemoShield automatically adjusts the x,y coordinates of the Object's Hold position.
You may assign a motion and/or an effect to an Object's Start Period.

Start Time
The point in time when an Object first appears in the Scene. This is the beginning of
the Start Period. An Object's life can begin at any time during the length of the
Scene. If the Object's Start Time is zero seconds, its life starts simultaneously with
the beginning of the Scene. If the Object's Start Time is 3.5 seconds, its life starts 3.5
seconds into the Scene. Start Time must be lesser than or equal to Hold Time.

Template
Use the Timeline Editor to quickly change the life properties of several Objects
within a Scene without the need to open each individual property dialog box.

Timeline Editor
Use the Timeline Editor to quickly change the life properties of several Objects
within a Scene without the need to open each individual property dialog box.

Transition Actions
Actions that determine what happens when the Scene ends. Does the Demo go to
the next Scene, or to some other Scene? Does the Demo advance to the start time
of a particular Object in the next Scene? You may choose from the following Transi-
tion Actions: Go to Scene, Go to Object in Scene, Go to Next Scene, Go to Previ-
ous Scene, Go to Next Jump Mark, Go to Previous Jump Mark, So to Sub-Scene,
and Return from Scene.

Tutorial Demo
A file or set of related files, either self-running or interactive, that teach, guide, or
instruct a viewer. Tutorials are usually one-to-one or intended for viewing in small
workshop/seminar groups. A software tutorial created with DemoShield might
include Scenes where DemoShield launches the application being taught. Macros
could be used to perform a “Watch It Work” option, and then the viewer could be
given the opportunity to try the task for themselves. An effective computer-based
training (CBT) tutorial should include as much user interaction as possible. Tests
may also be used, both to allow branching to different modules based on interest or

G-14 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

previous knowledge, and at the end of a module to reinforce material already pre-
sented.

unInstallShield
A component included in the Setup Wizard that lets you remove an installed Demo
from an end-user's PC.

Variable
A variable is a value stored in the computer. The value can be composed of any
printable characters, numeric or text. Unlike a constant, whose value never changes,
a variable's value can be changed at any time. DemoShield contains two kinds of
variables: local variables and global variables. Local variables, which you set by
means of Variable Objects, can be used only in the Scene in which they reside. Glo-
bal variables, which you set in the Globals tab of the Demo Properties dialog box,
can be used anywhere in the Demo. Both kinds of variables can be changed when
the Demo is running by means of the Set Variable Action.

Window
A term used to describe the area in which an open application displays in Microsoft
Windows.

Window Under Pointer

Captures the smallest active window, including transitory windows. Use this capture
option if you need to capture menus, edit fields, or other transitory windows.

Windowed Demo
A Demo with windowed playback style enabled. This type of Demo does not fill the
user's screen, but instead plays in a window. You select the size of the window. The
window can be between 100 and 1280 pixels wide, and between 100 and 1024 pixels
high. Use the Demo Properties dialog box, Demo Styles tab, or the New Demo
Wizard to create a windowed Demo.
If you check Fixed Size in the Demo Properties dialog box under Size tab, your
Demo will always remain the same absolute size. This means no Objects in your
Demo will scale. To ensure that your Demo will play on any resolution screen, the
window will default to 640 x 480, centered.

InstallShield Software Corporation Glossary • G-15

 Z-order
The order in which multiple items in a Scene are stacked or layered.

G-16 • Glossary InstallShield Software Corporation

 I
Index

A creating an AppCam Resource 8-18

creating an Event Object 4-13
Actions 4-3
Creating Conditional Actions 4-13
adding an effect to an Object 6-75
creating scenes 2-3
adding motion to Objects 6-73
Crop Image 6-31
Advanced Actions 4-6
CurrentScene 4-18
Alignment Toolbar 1-15
assigning an Event to an Object 4-11 D
assigning Demo Properties 6-78
Day 4-16
Assigning effects to Objects 6-75
DayName 4-16
assigning properties 6-78
delete a scene 2-5
associate an Event with an Object 4-11
deleting an Object 3-23
Automation Objects 3-4
demo properties 6-4
Automation Wizard 1-18
Demo State Actions 4-3
Autoshapes Toolbar 1-15
DemoNow 8-12
B DemoShield Designer 1-3
DemoShield Program Files
Bitmap Button Objects 3-5
DemoShield Designer 1-3
borders 10-5 Design Window 1-3
building a Send To Action 10-10 Designer 1-3
building Actions 4-7 Player 1-3
building advanced Actions 4-8 DemoShield Toolbars
building comparisons with variable objects 4-20 Alignment Toolbar 1-15
Button Objects 3-5 Autoshapes Toolbar 1-15
Control Panel Toolbar 1-15
C Line Objects Toolbar 1-16
Capture Utility 1-17 Object Toolbar 1-14
capturing Screen Images 8-23 Quick Objects Toolbar 1-16
CBT xxix Standard Toolbar 1-16
CD Browser xxix DemoShield toolbars 1-14
CD Browsers 8-11 DemoShield Tools
Automation Wizard 1-18
changing a bitmap button’s appearance 10-7
Capture Utility 1-17
choosing a font 10-4
DemoSpy Utility 1-18
Color Depth 4-15 Distribution Wizard 1-18
computer-based tutorial xxix Macro Recording Utility 1-18
Control Panel Toolbar 1-15 Spell Check 1-17
conventions xxxviii DemoSpy Utility 1-18
creating a SoftPhrase Resource 8-22 DemoX 8-12

InstallShield Software Corporation Index • I-1

Design Window 1-3 internet requirements xxx
Designer 1-3 IsFTP 4-18
DetectOS 4-19 IsHTTP 4-18
Display Actions 4-4
displaying body text 10-4
K
displaying images 10-5 Knowledge Base xxxvi
distribution media 8-17
Distribution Wizard 1-18, 8-11
L
duplicate a scene 2-4 Language 4-18
Launch Actions 4-5
E Launch Demo Action 4-10
Edit Field Objects 3-5 Life properties 10-9
editing interactive buttons 10-7 life properties 6-35
editing scene length 10-6 Line Objects 3-14
editing transitions 10-6 Line Objects Toolbar 1-16
Elapsed Time 4-16 Line/Polyline Objects 3-14
entering text 10-4 List Box Objects 3-11
Event Objects 3-6 Lock Keys 4-17
Events 4-11
Events triggered by mouse moves or clicks 4-11
M
Macro Recording Utility 1-18
G Maintain Ratio 6-31
Global Variable 4-15 Menu Objects 3-11
Group Objects 3-10 Minute 4-17
Month 4-16
H MonthName 4-16
Heading 2 8-9 Multimedia Actions 4-6
help demo 8-12
help resources xxxvi
N
Hotspot Objects 3-10 newsgroups xxxvi
Hour 4-16
O
I Object Ordering Actions 4-5
importing a resource by reference 5-5 Object Properties Dialog box - Fill Styles Tab 6-26
importing by reference 5-6 Object properties dialog box - General Tab 6-24
importing Resources 5-4 Object Properties dialog box - Life Tab 6-35
installing DemoShield xxx Object State Actions 4-4
Interactive Web and Help Authoring Effects xxix Object Toolbar 1-14

I-2• Index InstallShield Software Corporation

online help xxxvi specifing the life periods of an Object 6-73
OSVersion 4-17 specifying fully qualified locations 4-8
OSVersionMinor 4-17 Spell Check 1-17
spell check a scene 2-5
P Standard Toolbar 1-16
pattern 6-20 switch between scenes 2-3
Player 1-3 synchronize AppCam and SoftPhrase Resource 8-22
Polygon Objects 3-14 system requirements xxx
Polyline Objects 3-15 SystemDate 4-16
position an Object 3-21 SystemTime 4-17
positioning objects 10-5
preparing your demo for distribution 8-15 T
presales demo xxviii Text Objects 3-11
Tile Image 6-31
Q Time Panel Toolbar 1-15
Quick Objects Toolbar 1-16 timed Events 4-12
quick tour demo xxix tokens 4-9
Transition Actions 4-3
R transitions between scenes 2-6
Random 4-17 tutorial xxix, 10-11
register xxx
removing a Resource 5-7 U
renaming a Resource 5-5 using an image as a fill style 6-26
resize an Object 3-21
Resize Frame 6-31 V
Resize Image 6-31 Variable Objects 3-12
resizing objects 10-4 VCR button Objects 3-13
resolution 4-15 View Internet URL Action 4-10
Resource Manager 5-4
W
S wash 6-21
Scene Transition Effect 2-7
scene transitions 2-6
X
searching for Resources 5-6 X-Extent 4-17
Setup Wizard 8-14
simple distribution 8-11
Y
Single Executable 8-14 Year 4-16
SoftPhrase Resources 8-21 Y-Extent 4-17

InstallShield Software Corporation Index • I-3

I-4• Index InstallShield Software Corporation